<<

THE JOURNAL OF THE MUSIC ACADEMY M A D R A S' : ; I

k QUARTERLY (> - t f DEVOTED TO THE ADVANCEMENT OF THE SCIENCE

AND ART OF MUSIC

Vol. XL 1969 Parts MV

n r i srsrrfa ^ i *nr nrq-ffcr fagrftr

** I dwell not in Vaikuntha, nor in the hearts of Yogins, nor in the Sun; (but) where my Bhaktas sing, there be I, Narada ! ” iro.t*rfJ ted# gnibnfiMtobni* sit no noijnoilduq EDITED BY V. RAGHAVAN, M.A., PH.D. vk b io A * b 1970

THE MUSIC ACADEMY, MADRAS 115-E, MOWBRAY’S ROAD, MADRAS-14.

Annual Subscription—Inland Rs. 4. Foreign 8 sh. ADVERTISEMENT CHARGES

COVER. PAGES : Full Page Half Page Back (outside) Rs. 25 Rs. 13

Front (inside) „ 20 « 11 Back (Do.) „ 30 „ 16 INSIDE PAGES: 1st page (after cover) „ 18 „ 10 I Other pages (each) „ 15 9

Preference will be given to advertisers of musical j instruments and books and other artistic wares.

Special positions and special rates on application... • ■

NOTICE

All correspondence should be addressed to Dr. V. Raghavan Editor, Journal of the Music Academy, Madras-14.

Articles on subjects of music and dance are accepted for publication on the understanding that they are contributed solely to the Journal of the Music Academy.

All manuscripts should be legibly written or preferably type­ written (double spaced—on one side of the paper only and should be signed by the writer (giving his address in full).

The Editor of the Journal is not responsible for the view expressed by individual contributors.

All books, advertisement moneys and cheques due to and intended for the Journal should be sent to Dr. V. Raghavan Editor.

x

\ THE XLIInd MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE

OFFICIAL REPORT

The Opening Day

20th December 1968

The XLIInd Annual Conference of the Music Academy, Madras was held in the Academy’s premises, 115-E, Mowbray’s Road, , Madras-14 from 20th December 1968 to 1st January 1969. It was a memorable s ;ssion as the Academy elected for the first time in its history a distinguished lady musician, Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi, to preside over its Conference. There was a record gathering of musicians, musicologists, lovers of music and the public, as also visitors from foreign countries, all the gangways being thronged with rows of standing visitors. The Conference was opened by Her Highness Maharani Setu Bai of , one of the Royal patrons of the Academy and herself one of high attainments in music. f 4*A%p.«*% • t%m ft* p. hin^u On arrival Her Highness and party, which included His Highness the Maharaja of Travancore, were received by the Office­ bearers of the Academy and introduced to the President of the Conference and the members of the Experts’ Committee. There was then a group-photo of Her Highness and His Highness Maharaja of Travancore, the President of the Conference, members of the Executive Committee and the Experts’ Committee of the Academy. Her Highness the Maharani and party were then led to the auditorium of the Academy.

The proceedings began with the singing of prayer by Vidushi M. L. Vasantakumari.

Messages

Messages received for the success of the 42nd Conference were then read by Sri T. V. Rajagopalan, Secretary. 1 tH E JOURNAL OF THE (VOL. XL

Sri Rajaji sent his best wishes to the first lady President of the Academy’s Conference and congratulated the musical experts on their choice and courage.

Dr. S. Radhakrishnan sent his good wishes for the success of the Conference.

The Vice-President, Hon’ble Sri V. V. Giri, sent his best wishes for the success of the 42nd Conference.

Hon’ble Mrs. , Prime Minister of , said in the course of her message :

“ The Conference of the Music Academy of Madras has grown into an important annual feature of our music world. It has helped to conserve standards, to encourage young talent and to promote taste and understanding of music. My best wishes for the success of this year’s Conference.”

Mr. U. Thant, Secretary-Goneral, United Nations, said in his message that tbe presidentship which had been conferred on Smt. Subbulakshmi was the most coveted office and he regarded it as a crowning her great contribution to South Indian music and hoped that the Conference over which she presided would be a most successful one.

The Rt. Hon’ble the Earl of Harewood, said in the course of his message that he is particularly happy to hear the news that Srimati M. S. Subbulakshmi had been elected president of the Conference, as he counted himself as one of her most ardent British admirers. He hoped that she would come again to England and give a series of chamber concerts and hoped that the Conference under her Presidentship would be most successful.

His Excellency the Governor of Madras sent his best wishes for the success of the Conference.

Hon’ble Dr. C. N. Annadurai, Chief Minister of Madras wrote in the course of his message : “ The Music Academy has given Madras City the distinction of being classed as one of the few major seats of music in India. Rationality and comprehen­ siveness being the characteristic features of our music, it is at the P t S. I IV] THE XLIInd MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 3

same time a melodious .testimony to the heights of fancy to which the spirit of man can soar in search of aesthetic pleasure, that is the pleasure pure and simple. The melody of our music has been equally matched by a band of versatile, gifted and prolific composers. All these factors combine to provide us with what we now know as our musical heritage. I am sure the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy will scale new heights. I am more particularly glad that the traditional patrons of our music have been given important functions in this Conference.**

The following Governors of States sent their congra­ tulations to Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi and the Academy and wished the Conference all success :

Their Excellencies Sri V. Viswanathan, , Dr. P. V. Cherian, Bombay, Sri K. C. Reddy, , Dr. B. Gopala Reddi, U.P., Sri Vira, and the Governor* of Pondicherry, and Delhi Administration.

Messages had also been received from the following Ministers of Madras and the Ministers of the different States:

Sri Madhavan, Minister for Law, Madras; Dr. Satyavani- muthu, Minister of Harijan Welfare and Information; Sri Virendra Patil, Chief Minister, Mysore; Sri P. V. Narasimha Rao, Sri V. V. Raju, Sri V. Satyanarayana Rao of Andhra, Brahsunder Sharma, Health Minister, .

His Highness the Maharaja Jayachamarajendra Wadiyar Bahadur of Mysore sent the following message :

“ I am glad to know that the Music Academy, Madras is holding its 42nd Annual Conference from 20th December, 1968 to 1st January 1969 under the Presidentship of Vidushi Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi. I am also glad to know that Her Highness Maharani Setu Parvati Bai of Travancore inaugurates the Conference and that Dr. presides over the Sada*. It is also heartening to note that there will be Music Competi­ tions and concerts and discussions by experts in Musicology. It is befitting that Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi is honoured by the Music Academy. I am glad too that my friend Sri Raghavan is 4 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL also being awarded a Certificate of Merit. I wish the function all success and the Academy a bright and useful future.**

Hon’ble Y. B. Chavan, Union Minister for Home affairs sent his good wishes.

Hon’ble K. K. Shah, Minister for Information and Broad­ casting, Sri Jaisukhlal Hathi, Union Labour Minister, Dr. S. Chan­ drasekhar, State Minister, Health and Family Planning ; Sri V. C. Shukla, Minister for Home Affairs, Sri M. S. Gurupada- swamy, Food and Agriculture and K. S. Ramaswami, Home Affairs sent their good wishes, wishing the Conference all success.

Dr. Karan Singh, Union Minister for Tourism and Civil Aviation who was to preside at the Sadas of this Conference said in his message : “ The Music Academy’s Annual Conference is a major ^event in the cultural life of India. The stimulating dis­ cussions on the different systems of vocal and instrumental music, and the recitals of distinguished artistes will undoubtedly contri­ bute to the enrichment of our cultural heritage and provide an opportunity to promising musicians to come to the limelight. I send my good wishes to the organisers of the Conference and the participants.”

The following Institutions sent their messages : The Central Sangita Nataka Akademi, , The Rajasthan Sangita Nataka Akademi, Jodhpur, The Sahitya Akademi, New Delhi, National Centre for Performing Arts, Bombay, Gokhale Institute of Public Affairs, Bangalore, The Sangita Vidwat Samajam, Madras, Narada Gana Sabha, , Sri Kanakadurga Kala Samiti, Vijayawada, The Gramophone Company of India, ShanmukhanandaSabha, Bombay Arts Academy, Madras, Bharatiya Music Society, Bombay, Kalaranjani, Madras, and Svaminatha Sangita Kalasala, Kumbhakonam.

The Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangam sent its best wishes to the Academy which it refers to as the Mother Institu­ tion for Music and allied arts. The President, Tamil Isai Sangam, wished the Conference all success- P t s . i - iv ] t h b X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 5

Dr. P V. Rajamannar said in a letter to Dr. Raghavan: “ ] send my best wishes for the success of the Conference, which has been one of the highlights in the cultural life of Madras. I once again pay my tribute to the continuous good work done by the Music Academy in the cause of in particular under your able guidance. I am extremely gratified to find that the President chosen for the 42nd Conference is a distinguished lady vocalist, Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi. It was indeed a very bold gesture on the part of the Academy to have chosen a lady to preside at the Annual Conference. I believe this is the first time it has happened. I also notice with pleasure that this Conference is associated with two great persons well-known for their cultural attainments, Her Highness Maharani Setu Parvati Bai of Travancore and Dr. Karan Singh. I wish the Conference all success.” Sri J. J. Bhabha, Trustee-in-Charge, National Centre for the Performing Arts, Bombay sent his best wishes to the Music Academy for the success of its important Conference. * Sri K. P. S. Menon, Vice-President, Central Akademi said in his message : “ The rich and various programme which you have arranged is just what one would expect from an Institution of the standing of the Madras Music Academy, which has no peer in our land Sri Jaidayal Dalmia, New Delhi; Sri K. M. Munshi, Bombay ; Swami Gambhirananda, General Secretary, Ramakrishna Math, Belur; Swami Prajnanananda, Ramakrishna Vedanta Math, Calcutta; Sri S. N. Mazumdar of the D elhi; and Sri Thakur Jaidev Singh, , who wants the Academy to convene a special conference of the musicians and musicologists of the North and South to promote greater understanding between the two systems and uniformity of nomenclature. The Director of Cultural Affairs, U.P., The Principal of the Pachaiyappas College, Madras, Sri H. C. Kothari, Madras, Sri K. V. Subba Rao, Sangeet Natak Academi, and Magician P. C. Sorcar sent messages wishing the confer­ ence all success and convey their felicitations to Smt, M. S. Sub­ bulakshmi. 6 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VoL. XL

Sangita Kalanidhi Rajamanikkam Pillai conveyed his good wishes. Vidwan Ramalinga Bhagavatar, Nagaswara Vidwan M. P. N. Sethuraman, Sri Embar Vijayaraghavachariar, and Sri Rangaramanuja Ayyangar, sent telegrams wishing success.

Mr. , Music Director, Bombay and Pandit Balakrishna Biswa Kapileswari sent their greetings.

Dr. Willard Rhodes, President, Society for Asian Music, New York wrote: The Society for Asian Music, (New York) takes pleasure in congratulating the Music Academy, Madras on the occasion of its 42nd Conference and wishing it the great success which has distinguished its conferences in the past. We join with you in our devotion and dedication to the divine art of music. To the greetings of the Society, I add my personal warm greetings, remembering with nostalgia the wonderful musical experience I was privileged to enjoy at the Conference in 1965-66. • Dr. Mantle Hood of the Ethnomusicology Institute of the University of California, Los Angeles, sent a cable wishing the Conference all success.

The Pan-Orient Arts Foundation, U.S., said in the course of its message: “ There is now even more to be said in praise of the Madras Music Academy since electing M. S. Subbulakshmi to preside. She embodies all that is finest in the great Carnatic tradition.”

Mr. William Skelton, Chairman, Department of Music, Colgate University, Hamilton expressed in his message his admiration for the splendid work of the Music Academy.

Mr. Wallace Thompson, Executive Director, American Society for Eastern Arts, Berkeley, U. S. extended his best wishes for the success of the Conference.

Sri C. V. Narasimhan, Chief of Cabinet, United Nations, New York sent his best wishes. The National Institute for Comparative Music Studies Berlin wished for the success of the Conference which, it said, would certainly be, as always, a very important music event. P t s . i - iv j THE XLiind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 1

Welcome Address After the introductory remarks, welcoming the gathering, by Sri T. L. Venkatarama Iyer, President of the Academy, Dr. V. Raghavan, Secretary, presented the welcome address to Her Highness. He said: p Yof Highness, “We extend to you our welcome and express to you our warm and sincere regards and gratitude for kindly accepting our request that you should inaugurate our fortysecond Conference and the connected festival of music and dance this year.

We have had the pleasure and privilege of welcoming you and His Highness the Maharajah of Travancore whenever both of you had found time during your stays in the City to visit our Academy and listen to the concerts of our December Conference. But we may specially recall the occasion forty years ago when your Highness performed the identical function of inaugurating the the Aeademy’s annual Conference. The Academy was then in its infancy but thanks to your auspicious touch, it has grown into the great and many-sided institution and the stable and powerful organisation that it is to-day.

In requesting your Highness to open this year’s Conference which, for the first time in the annals of the Academy, is to be presided over by a distinguished lady musician, the Academy was obviously prompted by several considerations of appropriateness. The Academy as a body of Vidvans and Rasikas is guided by aucitya or poruttam which is the essence of conduct no less than of art. In your Highness we have not only a lady of eminence and high attainments, but also one who has a special and signi­ ficant connection with the art we are fostering in this Institution. In you there is a unique combination of expert knowledge of music and munificent and at the same time discerning patronage of the art. You are a Vainika Vidushi, trained by Vidvans of renowned ; and leading Carnatic Vidvans and Vidushis have had the pleasure and satisfaction of singing and playing before you with all their skill and care.

This is not to be wondered at in a scion of the royal house of the blessed Kulasekhara Alwar and the illustrious Padmanabha- 8 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

dasa Martanda Varma and the Raja-vaggeyakara, Sri Svati Tirunal. When we look back on the great fillip that the Travancore Samsthanam gave in the first half of this century to classical Carnatic music of the highest quality and standard, it would indeed strike one as a golden age of musical renaissance. The Music Academy has the proud pleasure not only of having played its active part during these great decades but also of receiving the help and patronage of the royal savants of Travancore and Mysore in their noble work.

The great Tyagaraja described Ramabhakti and its singing as the enjoyment of a kingdom, oka rajyamu; the more we enjoy and share this Samrajya, the more does it grow ; it never diminishes. It is with this sense of sacred faith that we in this Academy are performing year after year this great Nada-.

May we now request your Highness to inaugurate this, our forty-second session, and be with us and participate in the blessings of Nada . We remain, Your Highness, Your friends of the MUSIC ACADEMY, Madras.”

He then requested Her Highness to declare open the 42nd Conference of the Academy.

Opening Address Her Highness Maharani Setu Parvati Bai then delivered her Opening Address in Tamil.

id ftgjirijf tfwP Qff trip Quorum!

“ 1 sronu (SO ^«urr«(5 «nr, cronsjd?a> rfirrajfraS a&dsrr, ^siruiT^(Ssn!

Q<3=sir &or erOrsja.^ 6VJ0 «i^ finDriidb to a© ir ie a_iu&) Qd&irsrr n)6ar. rf r&j«6rr crcar&sru uron^iLjiD ctott

L|a&tp 6U T rr^6?n^

5 ^Sairi^iBenuj stott ^ *_^sroaj< 52Pff)0 i glT«rari_rr6iijjj (Lpcr>ff;ujfr0 ii) J 1930-^60 #_r6J<9&(S)5OT>L_uj ^l(rs®iri_T6u^/ asrrsaru jr«r«D6rt) fB/rsar ^Ijprfe^/ otjsu^CS^ott. 1930 6rr&j(3«, 1968 srrBiCSas? ^Pjsir6njDUJ <-5j<96.ri_uS) sn&i(2*? jglsir j^stror ^asTL-ufl srrBjC»<£ ? c9|uC»UTsa)<5 UJ _5ja5fri_ifluSleb <*rr(560^ g)6b3so, gj/TOTr®} j^lsb&O, a0jrii»a5iBi (Jicsb (B»r(5ld56»fl«»S0fB^/ii) anortidl^, «iSi^surrsard56Tr ^uQuir^ jjj ^ 0 uu gi (Sunrsb gurfc 0 ] u r& jQ .sb © ^ ^ * Qa&fr«rru> iSjirusbuJijb sy ffjui—fflSsb&o. ^fuQulT(Lg^l ^flB^llUIT (tp(Lgei]glLb ^SCSCITLDSO §)6ilQoj(T0 fflJ0 6 V|(tpij) e_fBja&6rr airrOTruirott«rt> g—6066^^1 syisfrot aorEJ^^ s_^ar06urBja&6tf)6b a>3so<$n)ihg) r ff)Uil(5 «SL.i— #>/. ^ sir an ^liB^ujfraSsb ^aSlpr gl^jCSurrOTr jj) lili^snSlab j<9&rrL_ii) (Ssu0 j ^)6bSso srtir n) rQ&frir)JD do^fT6ST(ipib Julias <-5>j<»rrL_u9*0 s—sabr®. g)uutq.uuili_ 5»>jL2«Sl0 ^ ^ u 3 «b (BfTfiir &rb(2prr6i}uu(tjidljD(o&nr® a»i_L_ nSriB^Juxritj, nQffoSujfr^iDtriiiu u i r Q u t i ® cuerrfr^as ^abrrmfluSsaT nQ/raj/r

g)iB<35 ^ja&fTL-iiluSlsttr <3&T6OTuj6OT6rD«(snjj<*<9Q[rfr sreOTrrf<»OTrrr<35 ^ 0 ii(S^5(r, (§Ii_ir, 2__srroir Uff)U|C2 fB<9&LDfr!riL|U> STOTT <5 0 ^ 5 Q^jlflllJU). ^QJfT<*(6T5 (»0 L£) <9&rT675T UJOTT «n5!60 ififEJa&OTT ^5>j6Tfl<»0 U) uajfflS, Cl<*srrrraiixi 6T6b 60rr6u jt)6V> jx> u_j ld u tfja? n&nrsor Q u 0 OT5lOLJU(5 <99C9(!DOTr. j^r6 d5 61i0 6 ^.LC 6TDli>C>U)6IT OTT ^ £ 0 tf) 0 a9(Ttt 6TOOTr^^)^)rru>T6U lilfflsnSlQl—OTT L_nrabt? Q^iu^a^irsar j^fisgs u)JOT)L_fB^l0«0li) 6j>0 filffl Jj|6l£lOTnU o j0 o^ii) dsirsir u j sot snSlsb ^|< 3&a£lfr nrsnosor ^^lji)a&rr<3& <90 nf)rfa&6rr. en srii^^ 6& 0 /si^l 6TO_aui_jSOaiv|,u51 ^ii> <9=(rrf rr 6iOii)U^«m^<«. OdBirOTis-© <^jn LSja'iujb^^0®^j ^jisuotjja q w Q&ek rBfnliq.60 qrtrJrerriDirssr (T6n3 «<»

g l0 <3 5 0 ii) Glurftiu airiuaQ. 6in_fEfrL.ti^.goiib @ 6urf u rr il© !T6n5)^iLjio Quji)j$(rfj<3i ($>^a5 0jj Lfl<966\jub Q u fr0 ^ ^ ii> J ST6VD60T p 6n5)<*rf <95(6510 oS1^ 6Ufr«Bi<35(6510 ^CSiofr^)

6U061 %rB(S^(r>piO (BL_LIU0 j(2 uT a) g l6061106^10 a&fr&0 u960 6$ £ 6U ^ <2a&fr6^i^*6rfl6b Lt60 n0«ip63r. 6r0f&j<^^« a& 2&© uS60 c t63t <%0 i3 rr(2«iij«r>£5 u frt_ 6ijio ^ , 1-61110 ^^rfjasTasu urr(5 u t_ 6ijio QaFiua0 0 frL_(Suj Q *i_rrto ff lto 0 mm mo gpiiii @ 0 <£a& (2 «u«rer(5 !io. * 8sou963r r£«g 6rt)6O0 uii) cffsOTr (2 urra&frio«b £§!0 Glu0io Qurrjjjui^. glfi»a>Li Qufrffyuanua= ji)n}i(Lp6rT6rr &_iEja&6rr 6ron&i<^^ (SstCsdco « 6rr 6iii£)mrra& r§/rua& (65 lo a_r&i<%6rr 60!<£6Ucg 6roanuu^ii) a_anip^ 0 |Li U60&3T ^ 670'_tu(o61J633r(5 )Ql063r njj lS) J IT IT 3$ g,Zsar QaFUJ0 ] Q&tT&mQ *_fBJ 66(65 633 L_IU ^IfB ^ 4 2 -6 0 0 ] a& AT 63T Li fT6iSr SB) 6TC <9= aPfB (o0fr6^^0 | L-6gr ^(TioiSI^^/ 633

English version of the Opening Address ** Srimati Subbulakshmi, President and Office-bearers of the Music Academy and friends :

I thank the Madras Music Academy for inviting me to open this Conference and Music Festival. I am grateful to you for your kind references to my family and myself. I have known the Music Academy, Madras from its very inception. This is the second time that you are inviting me to '"7

P ts. MV] THE XLiind madras music conference 11 this Festival. In 1930, I had the privilege of opening your Second Annual Conference. But where was 1930 and where is 1968? Where was the Academy of those days? Where is the Academy of today ? In the Academy of those days, there was no college, there was no journal, and no research publications. Musicians from the North or from the West did not come in such large numbers to participate in these proceedings. Today, your Conferences are known not only all over India but all over the world. These have come to be con­ sidered as a landmark in the musical events of the year. Today, in all India, there is no Academy like the Madras Music Academy and it occupies an unique place.

I am happy to see the great progress that the Academy has made and I congratulate the authorities of this Institution who, through unremitting labour, have brought it to its present position.

I know most of the Vidvans who have presided over your annual deliberations, who have sung or played during your festi­ vals and taken part in your research work. I take great pleasure in the honour and status you give to all these Vidvans. For the first time, you have chosen a woman as President but my grati­ fication is not due to that fact alone. Musical capacity, compe­ tence and service rendered to the Art—these qualities alone are to be considered. Art knows no difference between man and woman. You have chosen as President this year a lady who has attained great eminence in Carnatic music. Sangita Vidusbi Subbulakshmi, from the early years of her life, has delighted innumerable Rasikas in with the wealth of her voice. The Rasikas in North India also enjoy her music very much. During the last two or three years, she has acquired renown in the Western world also and has acquired an international status in the world of music. It is befitting that Srimati Subbulakshmi has been chosen as your President this year.

I am sure that according to the usual practice, there will be, in the morning assemblies of your Expert Committee, many use­ ful discussions and performances. My observations are based on my interest in music and 1 request you to take my words in that spirit.* Today, everybody is aware of the way in which musi

i 12 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L . XL

knowledge has spread. Music and dancing have become broad- based. Everybody works hard for attaining proficiency in those arts. But in this spread of musical interest, depth and strength of musical scholarship and knowledge and calibre are likely to suffer. Cinema, light music, from the West — several influences like these should not be allowed to spoil the purity and bhava of Carnatic music. The form of the art should never change. This is a great responsibility that rests upon this Academy and the Vidwans and Vidushis who help its advance­ ment. I know you will accept this responsibility and through Conferences such as this, and through various other forms of service to music, this Academy should find its fulfilment. This is my prayer. With great pleasure, I declare open this 42nd Con­ ference of the Music Academy/’

Vote of Thanks Sri V. K. Ramaswami Mudaliar, Member, Board of Trustees, thanked Her Highness for her gracious presence at their 42nd Conference and her kindly declaring the Conference open. He said that on an occasion like that when for the first time a lady musician was presiding over the Academy’s Conference, it was most appropriate that Her Highness, one of the Royal patrons of the Academy and one who was herself proficient in the art, should inaugurate the Conference.

Election of the President Then Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer, Principal, Teachers’ College of Music, Music Academy, Madras proposed Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi as President of the 42nd Con­ ference of the Academy. The proposal was seconded by Sangita Kalanidhi Semmangudi R. Srinivasa Iyer and supported by • Smt. C. Bai and Dr. V. K. Narayana Menon. They paid glowing tributes to the charm and excellence of Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi’s music and her manifold services to the art and cultural causes.

Presidential Address Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi then rose amidst prolonged cheers "and delivered her Presidential Address, PTS. l-IV ] THB X L iind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 13

a-avj

(Sldsotstou) LDsmrrrrr&svfl ^>joj(f*<2®fr, oSl^ai^ srtXmujS

fuZsOsuir ^sufraCoOT, src tii&g) u>6gr)suf iuff

Quifl(SiuT/f

e n o ih id p eSjSUJfr/r^^aserfW i5l(r^)nQ^Mjrr« «r6OT&OT3s0655U>u Q u fr jjju s m u ervrtd£&> 6iSl<£5sn6F> 6W6m uu96 orir 6tsot 0 ^j6rfl^dSl0Liu0T«(S«j Qasrrsir<£KSjd6st. ooriidp eSIpujiru

ujit6to&>6in& ) O ^rrL_fr*0j rerrsOT (SwjbQa&refr(6nj«iipjT)@ ast<*asii)6ifl

•sbCSaj glrfe^u Q u0ii) Q

*001^1(5^6^. Cios^jib, Quswr 0uu(500j6u^ff)

*ir<9B, 6TsotSsot ^ ^ s o t lSIitd£)n£l<$iuiT Jdfc * 0 ^ 1 @ii)ic«frn&Til(5 l « 0 ^ <5&0*nio «ua9«0«i> unrdSdQuj^sin^

6rO'TOUuSlsOT ( 5 * 0 ^ Q ^(f)siSl^0|«5B QdSfT6TT <9S)(o jD«OT.

siOfHJ«<$ srtxr

r£l if)(if)lb fB(TSOT, c^JjSSOTI—65J6OT 6T SOT <5 * 0 ^ 1, <-£>J6VJSOT£j| c®)j0 ^m L|U 3 Qusfl(SuJfrff<966lflsOT ^<^!sOT»UJlLjli» 0 j^OTrQa5fT6aOT(5l, g ) u QuTffJJUSJDU 6J-ff)(9SsOT(5 pSOT.

cvSipTswvsvi iDml^lsmijD £iej<90uj $ ( t j j 6filpirraiaj^iT ldgwmt ^irsOTjfliurrfr js5jfr<956rr Q^iTt-fHJdS 6ot>«juu0j st

* _ s rrs » r0 j. (SiDSOTstnu) ^fHidSliu in sun it an ssafl ^ s u r r a s f r nsu)0i e i t i i i d

^ L p r f e ^ u ^ n jja s Q

iu ^ ^ I s o 6r t j u l L l . ^IstDdP u)jpu )so/f<£F<^li0 ^pjGiiCStr (LpxaBtuiDirsar

«ff(SOT)*jr«r^^)

- S<5SVJT6OT<9&6Tr

< S 0 <5 <*<3^14.09 u j l d {T6n5!<9irf. ld

g > 0 G1l i 63OT SOTjfli li) Q a 5T(5 > ^ ;^ (S^ /r(5l, LDasirnB/rilsw5i_ 0 O ^n ri nai<90 g i 6TSOT<9S0 ^ ^suflujrrsOTO^5rr0 Q^iOLj 2strLli£j-U-j6rr6rr^j.

6W ih id ^ eSI^SH ^ 6JOSW5U nsmj>| ^sw>6US05MJ 65S16TT «<9&(26VJ (3 d56W56U ^6bSsO .

6ronijd&^ aierrff.y^luSlst) FF®uil($)6ir6Tr sroarirusOTiijdSsrflsb nbld^ / aSl^sn^g 14 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

OfOSWiuCoUJ _®>|<506O UfT!r£5 <5 £§J|pli) (LP0 SOT 6W51D, @ «n4F ^ f T T iu ^ « 6rr Q ^ iijs u ^ T ^ jii), ^/rsbaserr QsH

gCJprnruuJTfflSl^jtf), ^Q u>(f)«*fraSl|£jijb, a_«OdB^d§lssr 0a>!T nsT® ® 6rf] 6j)iii)^-L-a6 6&rfrBfn_a& enorBj^aj^^l6b girrsnreij *®uir® erjfruiL (p6TF6fr0J 6T6ofl6b, 6lS1^6H0 6TC63)U«0 @ ^)«b (Lp <96 <90 MJ LD T 63T UIHJ0

a_swjr(5l. JBU)0j 6 ^ 0 6 0 0 6r06m u , ^ ujsOietlL ® £§Is3>

<5«T 0| LO fE LB (Lp 63) l_UJ <95 T HE T L_ |6UT<95(S5<*0

• 63otit,s55^!, ^>jf^0fr<35«Tfl6ir ojl£)(2uj ^jsurfa56Tr^i fB/r^assrfl^jib

rBLD $6in& u$anurr6V *(i))unr® *_633ri_T<£<99u-|6rr«rr 0 j . <%irrBT[_& ercriidp 6rOfTLC!Tfr^uj0^63r srcbSso 6TDT6U (2 £u O u t3)553600.^)60 6«>nii^<5 6iSl06U0 srosnusmiULLjii), 6iS)<56U0 6ro S3> u 95 0 sfi^^/rsar^uj i_tj «Hff*2bnqii) (2*. 6$.

5906^«rar6TO6HTiiS ^ u j u j i t K*>j6iirr&2siTujLh r663ra$liLji_SBr nQ Sbraa C*6H633r(5lU.

glrB0 LD

9 55fi>0 Q uifllU LB63T J T f lb 8_06VJ3j9 6)S)lli_0 /. 6163^63)10), jgldSdSlllrj. L_<£0J 063>

(260<2lU 8 6TT 61T 0 ) . *<5J«U J ^ 0)55500-® 0<£#6b, ^SSTgpiB Q I J t T i m ®

«T«o^a5J<950srr(2cT(2iu <#itibio Q 6D 06 u t 5& TjrBjjjsjS^ii) 6T63T TJJ !BLX)l4

K * H & >cirr i 3 p 0 6)Sl3>6U£> 6it)«3)UuS6aT 6ronsj<£0 (26U5S(ipa) O u t) ( ^ 14.1^ 10— Quid (5svj<»3r(5u)— OuTytb 6rsir(2 33 Qsftsososotlb. 6TO03us3T055)63r <£l5riO06S)00 g i r u u p i ) 0i Q u T 0 (6 5 li), 5%LBfcb <£lflB 55 lSI P 0 , (j^)63T 63)1 LO ^ 6)51^ 0)3 55 6TOSJ<£0 tuerrtr&rf 6s ts 33t u 0 t)2 <9s u u j( « ) 0 lc .

6ro if <£0 susrrT^^tuSlsb aSlpsup swmu (ip^^luJiorracuswtu) 0 6)9 <5 siiT<3r ds&rr (Lpsir 63r 633f}*0 <» pT S. I-lv] TflS X L iind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE

Q«nrcrar(5l 6U0«uC>l uSlxajib «r<£<9&MJT« ^jppsnanu a^purpii> ffl«Lp«» Qpar a&uili^.(Siu (Suir^luj nBi_6Ui£j.65«j>« ct®*® (Sfusooruf-UJ^i sSaj>surr63ra&%rr^ (o£>t pgysSld^Lb rBrppiiii&r sorr <% @fB^5 aSptkip crOaou 6U0 rBj«(rso^606b £§)a&(ipii> 6r sorry ihLCL^dld psir. ^ ihpu usBsfliCS® {§)0i ^ssr&w (Lp&dhuLDr& ^rruusooflpd^id Q*rr«r(«r$i£> erwrnyub er$

e & p s u p fflfOflnuiiSsBr u>«frnBnril(5l ^ ^ 2to«nu) 6u rru j^ < $ 0 0 «rr(T(§ro)fr^^u)ff'«jr aQ&sreyub (2 ^ 0 <56p 0 /. srssr a^nruj 6r«5r<£0 £> p r i u LDil($)u)6b 60 . c r s k 006ijub firror<£0 srerijdBcS^aSsb q r ( 2 p r Q aifflaQ p Q^sw-060, @liBpa: Q&rpu <6i>rr«r0>0j«0 (y>g5«b arrjrwrnru) «nr6ar ^swStwCoUJ. 6T«ur(o6u, jj/riu or sir p & rja o ru ip p ^jforfnuiLfU), 0 0 6r«r nj <3bT5r6OTrii) unjnftiu «Sl^s9)iu«nujajU) nQSrerrijfji, aarsOigjQ&firp srargi ^(rrjemio ^farSsor sSSsotrr « S I iDpiemijr ^LDtsmwiursnir 6xi6ootiiidl, ^ su jp i ^ p to &&>j£la)iup 0j3siror(2«fr(ig «QC2 n[)6or. ^)j(5l^^uuj.iUT0/«nfr yj^rSeurrerti ^jiuiurBi^rrr ^ su ir& ^ a ^ rflSsOTftitg^s^l Q&egjpgidKSpfir. Qptii&riu a_«ni_^0j CT6OT*0 «nDf&id5^6 srsarn) 6^ctt«»jd (tpsnpuuuf. QprL-iiidQ fntupgi, surrsOTrii) aj«?n!ru5!6b a&p t 3 p p eu rr aSlpeursir yr^rfisurrsrc ^luujrBja&rtr ^auir&CSsrr. ^p&iriSlar, (if6iop iuir« 0 0 0 6 0 6uratib srsarpj Q&iuiu ^liutorriDsb, stf ili^-CJsoCSuj «5>j«sr uirL_ii <3«L_(»L_CTr. g)rB<55<* 0tfn njaniu rf f&i*^ Qix> Gu^p «r6flra50u)Uj0 QsiVArflj0 (6T5L_6ar (Suir^&sr ^eSp^i eu^ausnpu Qu0 sw)LDiLjL_«sr Q6usrf)u3L_(5<*> Qa&fT6rr

U60 jglflDdFu QuifluJir/r« 6ifl« r g >0 «frui_|#=u Ou0UjrnlB|. 16 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. X t

yrffioafl s32sssr piwwiDnrsrr ^ su irA srfleir e r6Br

sr60T rStnprbp tsar a5)<*0 ii>, (BW6tv& rrrrp0 j « 0 U) a_rfluJ6Dff<366rflsb g )« r njj (ipasaSuJLDnr® ^ (p u u s u rr « r« r j«ufr<356rr. n&rrsBr ^ j o j 0 « 0 6T6ii6iisnsif 6T «rar (653)11)60, 0 LD9 s t s o t a ^ u Q u 0 «nu) ej i>u($6iid5p ^ ( S io ^ < 0 spjib u & spiLp 'P/tuirnrgfi urrQuili-eiirr ^l&Jir. thireisr siO iiidpp j# f f ltia AQpAAf&spiib <^1 puLf sriup (SfuaarQib srm uQpirsirsmpCSuj p in g # 6Ufrip6jSlCTr ^ l60il ^|« j< 3 jr, 6r sarCosu, ^ a y e u a n y sr sar <*035 dSsaai_0 0 j«fr6rr / I puLfASsniqib, fgjuGtuirgi Q u 0 ( 0 ^ I p u u ir & A dQ«Di_0 0 ]6irafr £§)n&£50 asSnjsiniou Ud5«iS6?DUJiqix) «-5j6u j 0 j uirpiBJA 6ffl(Sso(Suj 6WL0ir u u 6mrui Q a u j 0 / « j6WJTfBj0 <^)(2 ^ « ar. $ihpu Qurrpiuenu «r ff)® /s to tt (2 u/r^p 6£ jii, 0 nri£i - 0 f6 «fi0 UJ/r® s t6stSsst 6U git it a 01 ^sirrradS, 0 0 6 iit® 6r 6OT<*0 u (SutrjSpgfi, ®sabrujt® 6T63r ® 0 a—pAirA^ffLLirj., Qpiiisu iota srarSsor surrtpaSlp gy su0 io «t65t Assoreusnyu upr& isirsin *_srrsmi) g£pihgi (Sua, @lp(Q)ft) g> 0 AiBpiruuib sutnupp(2p sr sot p i ifidSipaSCo p 6hr.

^ v d a a ®&O(0rf«OT j)|8sBr6U0U) iBentrp iBsirjfiIa «L_6aruil(3l6rr6rr mir(Spiruirsn>AiTA6ir jySstsr «u0 « 0 d> ^ } 0 i_ay(2u) ibit(Sprruit emSsor Q AUjpsoriT 6T6srdS0 (f sro< 5 0 0 dQiurr<9S{rrr^ 6rosu(rLfl«6rr* a&toSso, Cl®6Tr(fi, 6UfTc£l*6U(f)t 0 6 XQQS3T, d&gg(tp®6OT ^ d S lU STobsOfT Q ^ iU 6UfEJ «&fru^C2to «Dr&i<£

gjiby0, ^jssro^lujrr (Surrsar ij) (y36afl«jfra»Snru_|ti ^ilQa&irsaarL.

fBtb &iT6iQ$iru) su0^656U0ii), u v r p i r ctsst p

UJfr^psaflauCopr. i B L D g i 6TBrHj<€^ii) Q 60«i usJO!r«nuju uirir^^rrCSeo (Suit &j]UD. (Swtr&isy. swrr^nTWfrr&J^><£

^ 0 jufiu<® dsSstiujiraduj 6r0thi&g,&,6inp .yrrero^fj-^^irsb tDil($ti) «Sl6rr«« (y)if}.ujnrgj. ^uSIspii), «rrisQ/r«r £tprf^<^i<£crr C§«JS3ar(5)ii>.

^ u u i ^ u u i I l . Qprrp^ldaerr i h w g i «CT6va5l^uj(iia&(S«r. 6Tpnr

eterfleir ftpsvib ih iLg i «nDfEJ<£d5^£>i«0^ Gl^srflsufrwr 0 u ld g,thgif ai6m j

( i p a n j D C )*iua5 6u/r

piflgpir^jgliuirrfsr erc^ 0 ^lojfra&irfrgj efOcuTtfias^ii), (y)^£i6ro«iiruS)

^ d nyprr ^fSiiiT *rr£60^g§)fib (S^ToirnSl, g?(Scr <3&rr«o ^rfl^>fr^^iwjs?n[r f#Ss«r6ij<* <2d&rru9«S)«b j§i0^^jC2ftjfru)frd&. j»j«ij(f«(S«rr(r® (2 * ir p g i ^suit*sir0j <9&rr«>a>^)(*«o(oUJ amipfB^ yr£ srosuir^]^ ^p0iBfT6Ti iD6vj)rri/iT^r ^suit diSsfriLfibf jjrf) (2*nrurr6OaQ06v^699r uTjr^iu-irrtinju-ju) susaarnu^aSSpsor. UtJTjnfJLD «fffBfTL_d5 iSdSmOSJ/DfTfrsar yj£ SlOfT, (2<9ta^{r«95(65if, ,-5|0(6a3)u>(ajrr ^TdfrCS^sufra^irrfltunrjr «^<30(Sujrr0 u)^Bnajdfluj sniD^rr LD^imr^fr \jt£ #giu&iTL£>sjirQ%oikg,lix » *.*■>>

ujnrrr ^j«jrfd&(6T5<»0 L£i srsar 6ui<5sarn&ja&3irr ^ * t f l & njasr. (r«n_j sroeuffuS 6a$J>6Mnju i3{rd5i_«aruu(Sl^jj|ii) ‘ etorudd^ hou>uj<£/tuj ujr^fr^isafl’soJMJ^ STO^uufrrrifi (y>dba8uju»r<& fS&arojQairaRir® uoaafl

ij Qsosifl 3 Ife THE JOURNAL OF THB MADftAS MUSIC ACADEMY [Vol. XL

u9il(5l 6U0 6 U0 J urr 5-Tildas rf)0 rflttjay. L£g 6rG-°uutrrrw <5 0 * 0

IB id 6iSlp6vp 6W6m uu9 eb 6^0 rQ%sar^& <^)sar«arii (m aiuu 0 jiD l £ ) * a j i i ^jfijc^lujLD srsarry srtwffgroiaSlCo rnsar.

u)<36rr^LCfr ^sa) Coassurrjr, a£)0 6 Uirrr *_saarflnu) QperflaiirjBU L|«O0 )0 ii>. ufTL_6b^ aS!«rr«0 6 u ^ / wLL@i£l*ir r$l ff<& SUIT 6TO6iJ0 U ^*5ja,U-JLb «S)6Tr*«C>6U 6J fl)UlLl_«D6)J 6T 6ST U 0 ] p IT 66T a_*aar«niD. ^ M p e m p u u * < $ u Q u 0 < s& 0 i_ G « a r(2 u j £|isa> i _ i u ( 2 «y63ijr(j))cjb srsar6ijii>, srorrsv^^iurHJssrflsar

uuj(sa)sar u a^ l ysouuiJtuDfrry ^jtxiptm p jgfan&pgi, nSj6Uffl<3b0U iS 7 rpir sir lu id pyrQwamQib CTsarsijLO aSl^ujirrr^^las^ir* Coj&tl®*

Qd&it sir aSCS^sar.

' u ® ^ ! 6T6UTU0 ] ibid(ip6n(Sor(Suj ^ 0 aj«rLj ftD 6X10 0 1 cSIlLL-IT 6Cf prrCZ&sr QsosrfluS^jsfrsrr 6ro*«o^^li_(y>ii> ^sarq *_ 6«8ri_rr<906)S)(5 >ii>. 6jQ sa r6af)sb, 6ro<*so^0 ]« 0 Lib a_ilQ urr 0 6 rrnr* ^uu^i &*•?£)! 0 tT66T. ^fB(£!Ss0 uSl6b U<9665sir B_60<96Star <5 0 J®0 LD (oji^6anDUJnr<3006ar. fgtenpppirek * ctojsso (2 «orr0 SO0 U0 £ iq « n (_ * «r6BT0 (f 6rtl^ 0 0 a>LD0 J 4 CTO- ” 50 QlU6o(*jrr * 6T6GTp

nc^ajfip jtuus srosflDGsflirgjfli)® u®J,h|cdl. ©$01 Gu^dp Gao* jfiiSiueDimar® ’ cnnsTEaijjq•«** *•*# * t ajrcjpG^if v* * « ,*iU< «rt)^aj^^lsv 5l0 ii0 i iSUoy?™** e_ 60*ii) # £ 1 *0 1 0 QpiuexjiiiiBerflem- *_uJfr u r 6UL0 sr6060iru> * 60* * CSsosaar^ii srsar ry @<$s6l(0 ri0 i Q p ifl •S&P0 I- ‘(jpGffl • -Saan-TaQsb SU(r*<306afl(oSO 6^6tf) ®—633TI—mi)’ srsar0 lf u ? *!r * 6 o l u(Tgra§lujTff. *_6rrsrrtb Qp6rr6rrp Qpsrfliu $($ikj5ir&rprf&r P t s. i -iv] t h e XLiind madras music conference 19

6T0~*6r0«Jfljb SE_6WL_fT0lb. 4 3^006miD6ST ID63T 6T0 ~’’(2 ® 6lC-D6rO«U(r (ipCtprr' 6T61Tuprr& ^jujiu^eurr^trr 4 <**<*gni 6U(r(fl

lS ffl ® * Q so ir esar (ctfs) as cm cu.

6rt)~"6rO6O5r^B0)<»0 ibid 6&piu 6h u S l ^ i p asocarti) Q®|£j£>a> (5«06wjt(5Iio c r c s r u jjj s r c a r ^ s m * . ^ p p 0 eirtftrpenp ib63T0 ^gijULSujfrCTOii) Q<3Fiu0 i ussaru® ^^)® Q

Q u TIU® 0 ( r ^ J * 0 L ) UTUJTUD60, ©jtiu g SIiL ® ^(fl6r0^5Tu9uSl^|li) U(ri^.U urriq.u ULpm(Sai6sifr® Lb. 6ro«ojr (gjnrcario Q«O0 QsO0 ^eo-ZlujU). 6fo«o[T6rt)^fr607-naj®2krr 6rt>fBi(»«a5rBj®«iflCosOT, 6r (L g p p i a d&erfKS 60 ir m ic f-p g i u uuSso (ipi^oJT^j. ,_9juuirf.u uuScar^CTD ^ 0 / ®ir wo <$jld nr® {§|0 « 0 (2ld ^siSl/r ® & oujfr® g lrrrr^ j. iBu>(y)6mi_uj [rir®rEj®6Tflsb 6tib 6T6s r u s n p p 0 j6bs6luJiDir® efickmrtmtu ^uiuerfilp p i, flSircwriuii) Q®uLiuj(26D6aOT($)iD. ®rf u u <900eon * aflifa 5«>jt_rEJL?jriDir® ^rii<90 (LpLp*j0 ii /h ir p 6rD6uir(LpLb airihir t_® 6toihi<£ p p t £ lt so ^ l 0 Q u 0 ii) Q<5F606ur&i<»«rr. ® ld® 0 )gp®®fiii®(60® 0 iD, 6r06opr a o p r r e s r p Qa&6rf)6ij® 0 iD aff^mr ajt^lcmiu «S!^iuiriri u $ <$u_irr® uijrLDiD^£§)6ar ^Ssaar. gluuitj. cr60sorrii Q^iu^irsb, giswry 6xoSlih0 is h p T 6isFl 6>Slp6u rr6s r & 6rr 0 [r60 U 6aaruirLl($l (voice Clllture)®®ir®u Q u p 0 i6ri6rr <90ujit^)6m uj iBrr(y)io n0 Qun[)60frtD.

gl[B<£ 6roira5« ^ 0 j<*Q6b 6OirtD (tp s o ib , u * ^ l i q i _ 6Br *ui^mj ibsoco ID6OTID. ibit^ aSlassmiusmiLJ^, Q^rri_ rfl&ar u u 6orr® 6rr rE6b606Dir®6rrrr® ^0<*®(26OCOTr(5ld>. iB6b 6O6o ir * 6rrT6O0 j ®i^.6BrLDir® £§)0«®6Orrii>. ^uSlgyib gl^lsb ^ 0 LOd&pprreur ^ 0 | a ^ 6OiD J§)0 ®(6T,g£)6a f IU {Tfr*(S60fr, 60 ®dE> 60 ir ®0>6Oit ^ e o ay (Lpi^ujrr ay. ^ ^ 6 0 6r p p S a r 6 U L U 0 IA 0 U l9c9I 6pLD 6 ^ 0 6 0 T IB506060(TIT <96 (L/)l£j-U_)LC). IB6060611 IT LD6STpjgltb u <£^0 p r< 6B)&<2 aj smpitb. ^iBi^pirsifr ^fm ruajsvyib cuiiay (5*rruSCT) Q® T«r<9006»r. v r- : -i.-ro io THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

(•<*rru5!sv5)6b y,stn*g Q&iudil w> t^easrsmwiun cnr u«a£) (Siurr© y,«^gg Qa906^STOr uitU)6vnto«orf a5as$(2firarafr6Ujrpg£!6b ^liuirsrflssr ^rf^6u ^wrprrsb srppSsBT u <95<5^i tl9 60 Q& 6£]&$UJgl ! c5jff c $ j0 i urrujiB ay i3[r^)u«S)<&0u>. !T6nSl*/f««r prriDrr(26U 6urBprr6£jli), urri_a&rf u«^uS!sb • « rt5t(<5 «b srt)g erv-mih u<*a0u5)«b (Sld fflti) fffJlu^Lb. u rQ u e u rr it&srib ufTLc^L-d) <£SOT n51(«)6?3 (S^L.sar(ipii> prrCowr 6p«r npi>.

g )0 j 6T0 rEJ^3 « 6&?£0 (3 ff« 6rf)65T lc 6m ttanresr uiraaSiuii). *_ 60a6 (BL_ui^*«6rfl6b 8ajr(*ujrr *_«ir6nrrEj

epeiranjr) 6a)su p 0 j<£ GlaBrrssir®, 6rC6U(T3r& £l(5 uJtr® a&60r6 ay surraf)<95^51 j^wrikpicuniurai j^l0 <96<3&<35 a & p p i ® Q

C>«i6wrL_frL0, p u s io usottsott CSsusottl- ito), <*souu>rr<95 (SLorraa^praipCSuj ^>j«j>i_fB^j«SL.60TU)...... ^ G p r r ® GiurraQ (2iurra&u) Q -y iu p rr^ , p u 6ro«Jl p u 6T0 Q ffiu p fT 6b ^ s u r f <96(6 3*0 ujlL(5X2u> ^ p o ifrs T fr r e p ii a_fftrori_rr aGpjy. «Orai£pu> ^sir nJsbpTsaT, ^sw p ^jui3uj6n5)uusu/f u n i® liJssr n9 d& (SasilaQsorp 6r 6b<26Orr0 <*0 (ao>, ^|«rr 6ij ^ p iD rrs v rfE p ii) a.SOTrL-rraSp^i.*’ rBUJjy G)urf)uj6urr6rr surra&0 .

pp<$sb gKarpj ^fr^rfa^t_«JaEU5fr<9& pjrtb ©swprii^j 6110(90 p £§>pp@ u LSItrprrsnnorrssr «rrp«raru) 0 0 0 6 O«urr*nDij> «r($luiL($l*-#i (Surrsnr ayasrrsir s rs irp j ^ |n 5)0 ifa&«rr as0 0 /aQ(«sr(2 urrsb 6j nyuQ^gieugj g )u j6Ofrp)0 (ia&6Orrii). sr6oflgpo>, ,-9 j<5 («5)«b ^ i e ^ u u c n ip iu (ipoipuSsar (JiDSBTsmo) 0 6 ?npujrr ay. (5 d&fru9 6£ |« 0 U (SurraS p uip/p0 )6b Qpiiisu suL^lurr(p C2«u«wrLpuj^]*v)2so ♦ rsirp j ^ 0 O)rr ? Pts. i-iv] THE X L iind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 21

jii>, assb^if.'flaasrflsb uirj-0 0 ju u lL l_lo Q U 0 0 6T0r&i^ 0 IDTSOTTSVI (T <956TT, ^ p S S T iSffjr65TCojTgJJU) 6 ^ 0 0 n 9 u i3 tL t_ «$06UT63flsir <£ip glrrorer© 6U0 «^f&ia&6rrfr«j0 j uu$asrjr)i, ^ s u r ra y 6ul£I ojrB ^j6ir«fr idjtlSUot 0 ssfl0 i, ^^Irflujjpr |(5 >0 <$0 * 0 Ji Q&iugj i3Q6vd<#. if).. (Ph. D ) (ip06\9uj L_rr<£i_rr uLi_.rrkjl0 <$0 rB0 J ^61/^0] 6 ^ * 0 surriflarraS, 6 ^0 LDprL| Q0flri_rri60/ 6UTtpj Q.

6rDfl5J<£0<* i3rr0rrujuuir|. mJ6Trrruu00a5rra5u i3jru>u>rr635ri_Lor63r ,_?>|6tt 6^60 Q 0 rri_r&j^)u_j6Tr6rr (Tfrff^ilrfuj as&oi (SarB^lirii (National Centre for the Performing Arts) (2u> ff)Q<9F/r63T6Br6U(r0/ @6rrii) 6>S)06Uir65ras6Tr LDa5rrsiS)06UTS5ras6Tfli_ijb aSlCa^ jgls&iju uuSljbrf Qua) *_0 Kyib er ear Lump ^^Jris^j fBirti) 6r6b<26O/T0 tb aFrBd>0T6^uu©a9G>(rr}Lb. n9Lj<®3T0ib, [rsmSl^u iSj(Lp<950 iX)rrj surras Sarr rflrrourras i (r<96i_(rir 06®r0U)sb (2urr6i£l0 0 / 0 0 j gljjj Qutrsvrtt) u 60 ^rfliu fBL_6utcj.«6roa5a53srr (SuD^Qasir 6^(6510 «r«r rGii)U60iru).

^iriouasfrfO glsws^u uuSjp^ urajnSliLjii 6^0 (2ujrr<£F3jOT Q0ffi«$«a5 ^ sjn ffu u © a Q Q n jsflr. srojsrfl 6urfl63)3=, ggtirarsmL- 6urfitfna= ^ ^ luasrsr &Jjj)sinjD Qunr^)0 ^juui^.(Suj 0 ijb(LpSBr Qurrajlris0 j Q«rr6W©6TT6rr Qu0 ii 6urr®(2a5UJ<*rr!rrr<956Tfl65r ^rfyuj <*030 «iS0HJirrr0^1a5(65<*0<» 35^)130060 rt60ii>. 6rO6ii/ruu©0 0 mi)(S6O ^lfB0 «

6U6?n6U6W($li). Q^s/S tL|ii> 6UirtL|ii> u5!ff)6ilff5r 6UfT

«t_(^)G njsar. glfBrBrrarflsb JJT0 uSjrii) c9j^j«J«3d56rfl6T>i_ <3&«yCSa=(f)<*0 61/0(90 nj LDia&Ssrr $rr&smi_6intr LD6wfl« 0 (oLC6b ^ Is m ^ u S e b « i l ( 5)uLi(5>^a0 tfnsvuugii fpjetra/ ^IfncCSu).

@ j 6rori_«B>jrLD6Wjfl '-gfsu&nr&Lb fr6srugi eSl^surstsBsir ld(3(€S)^it id ^ ^ j <*0 n0«n nj©j<9j!r« *>_4 uj(S^5. ft_0 u u t£ f.« 6ir 0 «nff)6U T« @ 0 « 0 ii) ( r ( i r u ( i n ^ j err 6tn«u* arras* gjsm Q«T 6ir6ir (2©J6W iq.uJ ^©j^ltuiflsbSsf. gl/B^ «Sd56u ^ 6r o « n u « &&(S'SFifl&(2err ^ lire m L .s tn r LD6M0 (3rap rib pn r s ir /EL-iaS^r ffjssr. £§)6Uff)n5l6b (ip(^«/nu) glsbSfeo 6T65T0J QUf.iLf(Suirr ?

6r0iai<£gj <-9jUUjrr«rt>£^)«b 6r©j©i6rr6ij <9&(5>«wu>uj/r«*r f-$/(ps^ t_ rr6 3 ru ) (Sa>«B>©J 6T60T OJJ *_65T6/jfltj UfTT65T O^lfilLjlC. <96©^t_U u i l ( 5 nBir<5 6^!^69>uj uuStfir nosurfa&erAsijr 6T££)rfasT60 rB«b6i/rr Lpeij« 0 sui^l Q a u jiu <26U6OTriq.uj0 j sr6V6U6rr6if ^jcu^liuti? (ip6ir(2u Q&ir6M6m ay (Sunrsb, @ris^ eSl^nj^ anosmu j^Grrib eSI^surr^sr&Sen a g ta ^ s u ^ l s b (Lpsar n9ji)a&(o6U6OTr(5ii). ld /t^ lo g lfrrajr® rBfrtl<9&srrrr6U0j ^)srrld eSI^6urreor (966rfl6OT <9&*(2a:rf)<9&3irr £§)fB<5 ©S)^6iJ

e re b so ir «n06D u«® rfl 6pi(2io g)«rii> aSlp 6u r 6&rir>. (SuiLanudgju CoUlIswl. <£l6ir69r& Smsor «n069)u

glwrii) oSl^Bsunr(?5ra i6rf)L_LD asucsrie Q^s^jsajisuCS^fr® (y>0*J 66l^su*sir*srflsar rBSOtfjflj^Jib &\(r

«nos«u<* (6T5U}, su^^liLjefrOT iflnjff) fflSl^sunrsira&^u) «S)lL(^«S!i «Ofra&rr ptriii ^msn^iusmtyu uirmnifluu&fj u**& asrriD^aSlfflir ^sw jflS su rf. (y> ^jQ u 0 ii> « 3bO0 if«srr fBU)<3S0 u Qurf)(o0 (f 6ro&*6sru) sudluusu**** er sir using, id paifrasl^uCSumi !

*u(2«unra51 Q u 0 0 su « m ^« a&ir«rara0 (5 0 ijb. 6roiBid>0j siSl^«jfr«r<366rr 6^0 0 ^ L iiS tli_ iSl£rrr»u^0 j® 0 U iil« r urr@cu(265 a%u>ionr<30 «Sl(5l<90JDJ&I- j^gsor *_<5C»iUfr*uj, Q^fri^l«)«8brLi Cufi so ^ l6Uff * (Provident Fund) «_«ran_ir ? su*d&j*sfflu.i£l(^ii^iui i_fr® i_rr«6fflt_ii)0 fB0 jib su^wSuucnd&Li (5 unr«o(S«j *thi<£f5 «Slgsejfr«r (_/r<»6ro «U0 «SI u u ^ / r£hu*iu(2iD gl«b3so. ds asijr(J6U«3?jr(Sio CTsirjjj urfiw rsir . 1^ . <£(*fSyi6mrtD*&**tfluj** ^fsu**stflL-ib, ^ fs u * & sk t&j£ 1 ifirB^lffiturra& u3 0 fb^(2 urr(2 ^ e r« r &>6m cuir ^ 6U0 ii> cgfpjjbtg ^ ,# ,r surra,# Q*aS Q<£j5 £ fr * (2«w GljgiflfijSjp. (yj^ltu «SjB^(TfOTd5(Bi5*0 (2n&[ri£)-iu/r<35 iTrii«u» fprarey a_<5e$ QL» g> 0 <^iso (Lp^iiu oS!^su/rsOT«(6i(5 <»0 U Q u w re^sar «J0 <30n)JjN j ^ 0 )cb ^ fB <£0 ^Isorgyib Qu 0 LD6rrsij oSI«r»^|ffl«d5 •_633T(9. glfB45 *_^6lSl(2uJfr(5l, «OfBi<€d5^flD^5<2uJ «£eU6OT UNT** QdSfrsroriSlsirenr «&O0 fr«(g5 a& 0 «u0 ii>rr«r «iff)u3«b LDfrcvr a=6£j«o

n5iriluj.a3 asfiu>(y>ii gl*^ *r«>C2«oir0 ix) 0 [ir| Q srsar0 j ih*6jpiib 6r 6WMp

fii^Lp /ETtlu^-sb m iogi ^IsLsusirs^ iSjaur&wtrfvr nfl&Ou3«S)0uu^ &irtrj8 j 5i«<2 « Qu0 «nu>. ^fidiU Qu0 «35LD pLO 0 OTT ff)6)8603s0.

<3aarruS6b<356if) 6yiib 9 _ 0 6 i*>oj fSd6Lpj^? QuOTOTJS 6TT <5 Tli). 65r«5T, ^ ) 0 &zn6uujfrji) nftsb 6U06i^fr«U06^ix) fBL_ih u u 3 «buaj/f<366rf)«b oS1l_u Q u sm ^h Q a r «u0n5j<3»nr«O0^!6£jii) erow & p eSl^jojfrsar

GiSsiT 6 lS Il_ 6$ 0 /6l£)a>(o«n- «-£J£§)<95L£) (SuiT ftjrEffjfT f f l LO ^^tfdFffllU U U($6Ua5 jb& tt& O '

Qussar 060^ 0 1* 0 fBii) £§l65)*uS!6b a_«rr«ir )«, if)*, tf)«sir. 6^0 x)* 0 (y>6ar «ronsj<^0 * db0 &rr6roS,rfuj s r O f h j d srsiicusirsij *»>(<&«®n(r 0 « n p r i p sir 6r r p «rtOTU63}£u_|(jb « r«w ® 8sO(jp6njDu5ld) a$<£su

CoU(T«o(56U, !T6rt5)<3& 9 SO<9060 ^ li)U L * Sbi-UJ.ILI 0>6«f)liJli 0n)l00JL £) .956U&0 Q«T 6wir(5l 3> ($li4 fBL_aii^6usiror(5lui.

otrA idip LorEjaiixisb jaj!L_ ^T ^u(S l0 0 (Ssuswfrfjlu) (2* 1 1 (5 ® Q®'T6rrjfl(2jTjssr. ; ^ p i r a i g i u a ^ ) Q u 0 0 ii) ; ^ p i r a i g i iLa&srflssr rs6C6UTLpdy Q u 0 0 Lb.

aL-s^njr^w-1 ( y ) ^ * 0 (xp6g r, erom td^ (TsrSldir&ar ^ j 8f*rsu0 <» 0 ii> jgl^ u jL ^rfsu u jir* iBsornS) QprfleSadlQtD&tr. ^«urra&(sr$S!nL-iiJ (SujTir PTS. I-IV] THE X Liind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 25

£{r6vj«0tjb C2u!r«5n_(!»0 ijb sto t^ so i5!rr$£l Q & iuiu (ipi£j.UJ/T 0 / . |®J[f<366lf)i_li) 6T63T

srsir&ar ^ 6usvsrrs^ Sulu_jt_6iir sr $mr 6* 1) u uirir&sQGs jiyrTsr. (§1^ ® (oujfttu id l. (ij) ld so so, j^l ®j6usjd(t rBfrsar *_u(Suj(ra&u)nr<® erCSasspub Oiu

(i/)UU^T6wir(5lt95(5r5 a5® (oU360nr!r«$ 6T«ot nj (®irsw aSl^a^pggleZr fflipsxSlsb ^ftuaSw5l0 <»0 ib ^S sottuj p n j ur&dliuih eresr «6WJT6U0l_SOT fl5n_L_ ST6W!®065 ^l«r>t_.;50JSrr6TT0/. 6£()|)<*c9&£)c$63r *_0S U icrr«oyii), urrrra) urrrrihurfhu «rou3u ^ 0 /(**sfr ^Ssor pgi&Q ib i3 gr$rfig/il ujfrassijtb j y i p u Lj®(S«i%T^^u)fl?5r OTn&iaiSsrr rB6bsiJL^luu(5 ^ ^ ^ssrsiij^fipib 6rn&j*(6i5 « 0 fB6065Td6^rr

OTffijr&ar ^ e b s^ jii) u ® |j2Jix) r<95»f!^® /, Q u 0 aiTtps^ ^rB^aj 0 U> UDyi)(5 0 ff ,-5 10 6 ^- &&a£lftouiu u nofiu (Su^Qev iBir ^(^^(LpasaSnjajj. lSjj^uj-^o^, Ufr5 ifl«supr^)dB, <$SOTT^y*0 apsar asfrggpii) «iTicfr<*»P ujssrSnsruJiras, fBt-ixuriJlu) Qabiusuu)rr& siSIot r&j0 ii a>®&wjr ajsrrerro) ^ * ^ 0 0 ujg a&rr0 ^ 1 <®rrLoCotSfri^ .yrija&frrrcyrrrflMJ sroiaifriflaisrr, (S ufln^ UJ(T65T 6T63T L#01 ^ 61) (f <35 STT 6Urr6l|)0J 6U01C (flU!T0Srr lD6ff>y?fflr)UJ 6T65rQ 63r 63t(dU65T ? iSlflJSlSI 6T (jj) ^ 65 <5 65T UlLJcWCoUJ ^»>jrBcSU iSjl^o-jSlbir (2 sr06insi)u5l6» stu j0 o5lL-(oL_6OT <3i(6TTjrffi0 6TT )T <30 wSl0 a&d£6OTff)6Br/r. wsvniresr&etfleir a>irso 0 /r<50 Qug^iDrresri^leb 6OfT06D4ir /Bnresr. 6T65rgyff?ni_uj 6ut^ufr(5 ct6v)6U6Tr(S6U)r ®ff)^)U> 06TDp*6TT LD6\SfB3>®j. jg) f0 U I_9 63)] LD 6T6OT d 6 0 LD 61fT)fT63T 356TT 3&63OTL_ Gdpnr^^tsrd&sir j^)65r nSi'Suj, ^j!«n a)6i)65T urg a&rrLo(2 a&rru}.L) Qufflujsunrarrfras 6T(ljri5^ 0 6 )f) 6TLJ Q LJ fT (L£ 0 / LC a_L_SOT ^ 0 ^ ^ ! <*0 &33r Llfra5)uU 6B>£ 6T6vrsar st6ot(2u63t ? ^sufr®®rjjj u^u> uir^iBja^ir ^>0^i ^jlu U6ST(ip6SiJT) U60tsfl

2 6 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L; XL

* (2 &>nreifl& s3 % m r(nuj& Qsrramr®, ^,uj Qu0<£<90, 6U rssc^ii sroriidsi wfT^iT6^)6v 6iisaorrEJ@<9SICSp6ar

grsroT5T^R*T*T i srofr^rfofcrEftori tot snftemisw n

Presidential Address—English Version “In placing on my shoulders the heavy responsibility of presiding over the Conference, I feel that the Music Academy has considered me as representing the community of students of music. I also feel that this great honour has been conferred on me to encourage me to continue my studies in music. Further, I am conscious of the fact that, in conferring this honour on me, the Academy has sought to honour the womanhood of this country through me. On behalf of myself and my fellow students of music in particular and the womanhood of this country in general, I convey to the Music Academy my heartfelt gratitude for the honour conferred on me.

“When there are several musicians who are more deserving of this honour, I consider it is the will of God that 1 should take up this responsibility. I do so praying for His grace and invoking the blessings of all my elders.

“The fact that this Conference is being inaugurated by Her Highness the Maharani of Travancore is a source of strength to me. Her Highness is known to be a great lover of Karnatic music. She has been mainly instrumental in the renaissance that has taken place in music in Travancore in recent years. She is herself an expert Vina player. Her knowledge of music is such that musicians consider it a privilege to sing in her presence. The fact that, in addition to selecting a woman to preside over the Conference, another distinguished lady has been selected to inaugurate the Conference, has given me special pleasure and encouragement.

“It is hardly necessary forme to mention at length the incom­ parable service that is being rendered to our music by the Music Academy. Among all the institutions in this country devoted to P t S . I-IV] THE X L iind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 27

the progress of classical music, the Madras Music Academy is occupying the foremost place. By arranging musical concerts, by continuous research in the science of music and by publishing books and a journal dealing with our musical heritage, the Music Academy has been responsible for the manner in which Karnatic music has been growing from strength to strength.

“ If to-day interest is being evinced in Karnatic music in the United States of America and some countries of Europe, the principal credit for this should go to our Music Academy. By inviting the musicians of Western countries to 'attend our Music Conference and learn the beauties of Karnatic music first hand, our Academy has been able to spread the taste of Karnatic music in those countries through those musicians. In this golden age when the fame of Karnatic Music has spread throughout the world due to the work done by the Academy, we should acknow­ ledge with gratitude the pioneering efforts of the late Dr. U. Rau and the late Mr. K. V. Krishnaswami Iyer, the founders of the Music Academy.

“ The construction of this majestic Auditorium is a milestone in the life of this Academy. The greatness of our music deserved a grand building to house it and it has taken shape. However, as this building has been constructed at considerable cost, the Music Academy cannot be said to be financially prosperous at present. By the grace of God, I trust that the finance of the Academy will show a marked improvement in the near future. When that happens I have no doubt that the Academy will be able to render its service to music in an ever increasing measure. The money and energy that are being spent at present in stabilising the Insti­ tution will then become available for achieving a more rapid and ' intensive progress in the field of music.

“ In my view the most important task facing the Music Academy in furthering the cause of music consists in making it possible for budding young musicians to come to the front rank. In view of the possibility of a depletion in front-rank musicians in the near future, it is necessary that the Academy should devote its attention to this aspect from now onwards so that such a contingency may not arise. £8 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL, XL

** At a time like this when a woman is called upon to preside over this Conference, it is but natural that the memory of her mother should come before her mind’s eye. In my case, my mother was not merely my mother—she was also my music teacher. What little knowledge of music I possess to-day, I owe, in the first instance, to my mother, the late Vina Shanmukha- vadivu of Madurai. Before her, both as mother and music teacher, I prostrate and pray for her soul force to come to my aid.

V Next I remember with gratitude the late Sangita Vidwan Srinivasa Iyengar of Madurai. It was he who commenced my music tuition in the trad tional manner by breaking a cocoanut and taught me music upto the stage of . After that, as I was unable to go to a music teacher for advanced tuition, I continued to learn from my mother. In later years, I had the good fortune to learn from several great musicians. Among them I must mention Sri and Sri Semmangudi Sreenivasa Iyer. I acknowledge with gratitude the knowledge they are giving me even to-day. Considering them as , I salute them.

“ The blessings and good wishes of several great musicians have contributed to my progress in the musical world. Among them I recollect the late Vina Dhanammal to whose house in my mother took me when I was a young girl. After hearing me sing, Dhanammal said, “This girl has a bright future.” Those words still ring in my ears.

“ Of all those to whom I am greatly indebted for my present status in life and music, my husband stands foremost. However much and however often I may state in public the extent to which I am indebted to him, I can never feel satisfied. Ignorning his own comforts and needs, he has laboured day and night to bring mename and fame. Having my advancement in music and in the public field as his sole aim, he has brought me to the present stage in both. Whatever fame I may enjoy to-day is entirely due to him. I, therefore, place at his feet the honours that have been showered on me till now and this greatest honour of presiding over this Conference. Although I felt diffident in undertaking this respon­ sibility, I feel delighted at the opportunity that it has given me to p T S . I-IV] THE XLiind MADRAS m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 29 speak out my innermost thoughts in respect of my husband who has been father, mother, friend and preceptor to me and given me divine guidance.

“ To all the great devotees of music who have lived before me I offer my salutations. The tradition in Karnatic music in this country is something unique and has no counterpart anywhere in the world. Saint Tyagaraja says that the Gods Isvara, and are devotees of music. The other Gods and Goddesses in like Kamala, Gauri, Vagisvari, Guha, Gajamukha etc. are held up as devotees of music. While Rishis like Narada, Tumburu and were also devoted to music, it was another Rishi, , that gave the scientific form to our Karnatic music. Looking at this genealogy in the development of our music, we realise that it was not meant to be solely a recreational pastime. Our music has been consi­ dered as the path to attain salvation and in this light, the Musical Trinity, Tyagaraja, and Syama Sastri occupy the innermost niche in the temple of music as visualised in our minds.

‘‘It is not easy to explain the fine art of music through mere scientific formulae, as music is a subjective art for individual realization. However, in order that the joy to be derived from music can be perennial, objective forms are necessary. It is our musical compositions that constitute these objective forms. The three great Composers who gave a beautiful shape to our music through their immortal compositions are the Musical Trinity, Tyagaraja, Muthuswami Dikshitar and Syama Sastri. These three great men were born in the same place and were contemporaries of one another. They should be remembered for ever. Along with them we should remember Maharaja Svati Tirunal and Sri Gopalakrishna Bharati who lived at the same time and have left us a heritage of fine musical compositions. I offer my saluta­ tions to the pioneer composer Purandaradasa and also to Kshet- rajna, Arunachalakavi, Muthu Thandavar, Brahmendra, Maha Vaidyanatha Iyer, Puchi Srinivasa Iyengar, Patnam Subra- mania Iyer, Muthia Bhagavatar and who have left us many valuable compositions. Among composers who are still with us, I salute on this occasion 30 the journal of THB madras music acadbmy (Vol XL.

and His Highness the Maharaja Jayachamaraja Wodeyar of Mysore. Just as the message of Sri Ramakrishna Paramahamsa was carried throughout the world by Swami Vivekananda, it was Subbarama Dikshitar that has laid bare the treasures in the compositions of the Musical Trinity by publishing his book called “ Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini **. I remember him with gratitude on this occasion. It is a matter for gratification that, with the assistance of the Central Sangeet Natak Academy, our Music Academy has taken up the work of publishing this classic “ Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini ” in Tamil. lam also of the opinion that our Music Academy should have a suitable memorial to Subbarama Dikshitar.

“ Along with the compositions mentioned above, when we consider the numerous other compositions like Tevaram, Tiru- vachakam, Divya Prabandham, Tiruppugazh, the compositions of Pattinattar, Tayumanaswami and Ramalingaswami and the Ashtapadi of Jayadeva, we become aware of a great truth. That truth is that the songs have been composed not merely to demonstrate the different -bhavas to the listeners. The songs have the higher purpose of directing the minds of the listeners towards God and His manifestations. In other words, is the key-note of these great compositions. I would make an appeal to the students of music that they should give prominence to Raga alapana and explore the full possibilities of each Raga. While singing songs, they should bring out the Bhakti which is intertwined with the Sahitya and pay special attention to Niraval improvisation.

“ Bhakti is nothing but the devotion that we show to the Divinity that resides within us Once we regard the Divinity within us with devotional fervour, we are bound to develop the same affection towards everything outside. The reason is that the same Divine Truth runs through all things. When the devotee has attained this state, service to the world becomes his creed. Tyagaraja ha^ given a convincing illustration of this truth in his composition “ Sukhi evaro”. He lays down that the man who sings in praise of God is he who upholds truth, who is always at the service of humanity, to whom all Gods and Goddesses are the same and who sings with an impeccable voice. From this we understand that truth, service and impartiality should go hand in P t s . i -iv ] t h e X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 31

hand with a sweet voice. Poet Bharati says that "if there is radiance in the heart, there will be radiance in the voice”. The same truth has been uttered by Tyagaraja in his composition " Kaddanuvariki” . A pure mind and a sweet voice cannot be separated from each other.

** I request students of music to devote their attention to the acquisition of purity in voice and Sruti. To achieve this it is essential that they should practise voice culture assiduoualy. One should not be content with possessing a sweet voice ; in the manner in which land is ploughed to yield a good crop, the voice should be cultivated in order to get the best out of it. The voice should be made to traverse the three octaves frequently, curbing the tendency to go into a falsetto. Knowledge of the exact position of is most important. This cannot be learnt from notation or written texts. If learnt in that way it will remain only as theoretical knowledge and will not blossom into the art of music. The manner in which the svaras are woven into the various in our Karnatic music can be best studied by playing them on the Yina. The Vina which can be heard within the sanctum sanctorum of a temple and the Nagaswaram which can fill the vast open spaces in a majestic manner are the two great treasures of Karnatic music. It is only the Vina that can best demonstrate the nuances in -sthanas and the part played by overtones and harmonics in Karnatic music. I, there­ fore, request students of music to make the Vina their teacher in this regard so that they are able to attain competence in this branch of music. Tyagaraja has called upon students of music to discard sleep and practise assiduously to the accompaniment of a good Tambura tuned properly. It is only in this way the Karnatic Vocal musicians will be able to emulate Hindustani Vocal musi­ cians who have achieved fame by their voice culture.

“ For all this, Bhakti should go hand in hand with a virtuous mind. Those who wish to take to the Fine Art of music must be good people. It may not be easy to be a good person. There is, however, a great advantage in this. There is no time bar to become good. There is no question of becoming a doctor, an engineer or a lawyer after a certain age. But there is no age limit for anyone to become a good person. In the mind of a I 3 2 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

good person, Bhakti (i.e. devotion towards God) is an instinctive growth. God Himself makes His home in such a mind. “ If a priest in a temple worships God with true Bhakti, it is something to be admired. Even if he worships without Bhakti, the devotees who come to the temple worship the idol in the temple with Bhakti in their hearts. It is wellknown that it was because Sri Ramakrishna Paramahamsa who worshipped the Goddess in Dakshineswar as her priest identified himself with the Divine Mother, that numerous devotees flocked to that temple and made an impact for a spiritual existence in the minds of such devotees. When the priest is a true Bhakta, his devotion will be reflected in the minds of all the devotees who come to worship. When a musician sings with Bhakti, the response from the audience will be spontaneous and the minds of all of them will be centred on God. “ This is the great good fortune of votaries of music. It is their prerogative to direct towards God the minds of all sorts of persons who are caught in the vicissitudes of their daily existence in this world. Referring to this, His Holiness Jagadguru Sri Sankaracharya of Kamakoti Peetham observed : ‘‘The fine art of Music leads one along the path to salvation without the slightest difficulty. If one practises on the Vina with pure svaras and begins to taste the bliss of the same, such a person can attain salvation without practising or taking to tapas i. e. penance. Moreover, when an ascetic practises Yoga or a saint takes to tapas, the bliss and realization are individual. It is only in music that, not only the singer but all those that listen are transported to bliss.” " It is an unfortunate fact that, nowadays, the quality of music is going down. Knowledgeable persons consider that the reason for this is the fact that the ancient system of "Gurukulavasam” (i.e. the pupil residing with the teacher) is no longer in vogue. It may not be practicable to bring back the system of Gurukula­ vasam. That, however, will not detract from the greatness of that system. If people give up their habit of going to temples, will that mean that there is no longer need of worship ?

"Even though students of music are not able to do ­ kulavasam several years from the time they start learning music, 1*TS. I-IVJ THB X L iind MADIAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 33

such of them as study in Colleges of Music and take degrees or diplomas should apprentice themselves under an experienced musician for two or three years thereafter, and attempt to learn the finer points of the art which he alone will be in a position to teach. As we are aware, after taking their M.A. or M.Sc, degrees, some students take up Research under the guidance of a Professor and qualify for a Doctorate. In the same way, students of music who have attained a particular standard in that subject in schools or colleges can greatly improve their knowledge of the art by a course of apprenticeship under a senior and experienced musician and thus help the continuation of a traditional school.

“ The Central Sangeet Natak Academy of Delhi and similar institutions in the States are doing a great job in fostering the fine art of music. Among the services rendered by these Academies is the grant of scholarships to deserving students of music to enable them to pursue their studies to the highest level. Recently, an organisation called the National Centre for the Performing Arts has been brought into existence in Bombay by the Tatas for the systematic development of our Music, Dance and Drama. It is a matter for satisfaction to learn that this Organisation will assist junior musicians -to undergo special training under senior musicians. As this institution has as its Director, Dr. V. K. Narayana Menon (himself an expert musico­ logist and connoisseur of the Fine Arts), we may confidently expect that it will embark on activities calculated to preserve the pristine purity and quality of the three Fine Arts.

“ An idea has occurred to me with regard to those who commence learning music. When the A.B.C. of Karnatic music, i.e. the “ Sarali ” and “ Janta ” sequences are taught to them, it would be an advantage to teach them, simultaneously, some of the minor compositions of the great Composers as these are saturated with the “ Raga-svarupa ”. Such compositions should be taught without, at the same time, going into the svara notation of the songs. By so doing, the special characteristic of each Raga will get imbedded in the mind of the student.

“ There is a close connection between the voice and the ear. While the student of vocal music has to practise strenuously, he 5 34' THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V oL . XL

should listen to good music over and over again. He can learn a great deal in this way. As we know, a dumb person is generally deaf also. From this we infer that speech and hearing are inter-related. Junior musicians can learn a great deal by listening to the musical concerts of senior musicians over and over again.

“ I wish to tell you what, in my view, the duration of a music concert should be. In these days when the audience generally consists of people who have numerous avocations to attend to, it is not feasible to imprison them in a music concert for more than 2 | hours. A duration of 2 | hours should be sufficient to satisfy the “ Manodharma ” (i.e. the creative faculty) of the musician. Except that the number of individual items in a concert may get somewhat reduced, all the conventional components of aKarnatic musie concert can continue to figure in a 1\ hour concert. Even now the duration of concerts arranged under the auspices of the Madras Music Academy is only 2|- hours. Can we say that they are incomplete in any respect ?

“ It we look into it closely, we shall realise what a rigorous training is imposed on those who take to music as a profession. Is it not necessary that those who master this difficult art by taking so much trouble should be able to look forward to an assured future ? As already remarked by me, this Music Academy must take the lead in giving encouragement to junior musicians. At least twice a month, concerts by junior musicians should be arranged under the auspices of this Academy. The ticket rates should be one rupee and fifty paise so that a large audience can attend such concerts.

“Other Music Sabhas also should encourage junior musicians in this manner. Music lovers should extend their patronage to such junior musicians. In order to achieve this object, small music Sabhas should come into existence in all parts of this City and in other towns in this State.

“This Academy should also take interest in tbe welfare of the senior musicians. Old musicians (who are past their best) should not be allowed to live in penury. Sabhas and other musicians who are in affluent circumstances have a special responsibility in H

P t s . M v j t h e X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 35 this matter. Hindu Dharma lays down that parents should always be taken care of. Let us not forget that very old musicians have to be regarded in the same way as we regard our parents !

“While old age affects all professions equally, it is particularly severe in the case of musicians whose sole asset is their voice. We see how, in the legal and medical professions, the earning capacity increases with age and experience. However, in the case of Vocal musicians, after a certain age, they are not able to carry on and earn their livelihood. When they retire from their profession of music, are they eligible for any pension or gratuity or Provident Fund ? Therefore I feel that there is no justification to subject the incomes of musicians to the same rates of income tax as in the case of lawyers and doctors. I remember that this fact was pressed on the attention of Sri T. T. Krishnamachari (when he was Union Finance Minister) by my husband with a suggestion that a concession in income tax should be given to musicians throughout their career. It appeared that this sug­ gestion was considered reasonable by the then Union Finance Minister. A certain amount of financial assistance is even now being rendered to old musicians by the State. The Central Academy and some State Academies have been giving pensions to a few old musicians. This type of assistance has to be expanded considerably. I request the Central Government to consider favourably my suggestion to give substantial concessions to professional musicians in the income tax rates.

“ It is the general belief that, if faith in God and in Hindu Dharma still continues to prevail in this country, the credit for this belongs to the womanhood of this land. Men themselves often give expression to this opinion. I also feel that this is a true statement. In my view, not only Bhakti and Dharma but the lustre with which our music in shines to-day is due to our women. Bhakti and music are inter-related. Each gives strength to the other. Is it possible to overestimate the tremendous contribution to Bhakti and music which has been made by Karaikal Ammai, Andal and Mira Bai ? They brought fame to Hindu Dharma. That fame will live for ever.

“ Both in temples and festivals more than half the number of devotees are women. Every year when the Tyagaraja Celebra- 36 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

tions take place in Tiruvaiyaru, more than half the number of devotees are women. Even in music colleges women students outnumber men students. In course of time, one should not be surprised if women outnumber men among concert musicians.

“While I feel greatly elevated at the fact that our women are taking such keen interest in our music, I regret to note that our young men are losing interest in our Classical Music. When I •consider the fact that, a generation ago, college students used to attend music concerts in large numbers but to-day they are not attracted by classical music, I feel greatly distressed. Just as steps have to be taken to see that the ranks of senior musicians do not get depleted in the next generation, remedial measures have to be taken to see that there is no alarming fall in attendance at classical music concerts.

“ 1 wish to make a special appeal to mothers to take up the sacred responsibility of keeping the lamp of music burning bright in their homes always and implant in their children a love for our music from their childhood. If mothers create in the next gene­ ration a taste for good classical, music, it will be the means to spread good music throughout the country ; consequently Bhakti will also spread and ultimately this will conduce to the people leading a good life.

“Before concluding this address I wish to tender my heartfelt thanks to all lovers of music. It is not possible for me to repay in any manner the affection and patronage that they have lavished on me. I can only repeat over and over again how very grateful I am to them.

“1 ask myself what is the force that has impelled me to speak at such length in this Assembly. If I have achieved anything worthwhile till now, it is entirely due to the benediction that I have received from two maha purushas.

“ For over 30 years, along with my husband I have had the inestimable privilege of living in the shadow of the tree of know­ ledge that goes by the name of Rajaji. That Purushottama is the personification of virtue and is the embodiment of all that is good and great in this country. It is his blessing and the force P t s . i- iv] t h b X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 37 of his great personality that have watched over our welfare at all times. On this occasion I tender to that great man my humble prostrations.

“My tongue falters to speak of the other great blessing which has been protecting me day and night and has helped to achieve my present status in life. His Holiness Jagadguru Sri Sankara- charya of Kamakoti Peetham, verily the God that is treading to-day on this mundane earth, the visible Paramesvara and the Divine Mother in our very midst, has been showering his infinite compassion on me, small though I am. I have touched the fulfil­ ment of my life in his service. It is said that one can reach God through music. I am like the dust on tbe feet of those great persons. I am aware of the fact that the music of which I am capable may contain defects and deficiencies. Whatever that may be, I am sincerely grateful for the fact that, without undergoing the trials and tribulations of those great persons, I am enabled to have divine guidance in the person of His Holiness Jagadguru Sri Sankaracharya of Kamakoti Peetham. I prostrate before him several times keeping his lotus feet implanted in my heart.

Finally I prostrate before the Goddess of Music (with the Vina leaning on her left shoulder) who, as the Great Teacher, is the Giver of boons.

The inaugural function then concluded with a Nagasvaram recital by a Nagasvara Vidvan accom­ panied by Sri Valayappatti Subramaniam on Tavil.

The Conference Souvenir Tne Academy brought out on the occasion of the 42nd Con­ ference a Souvenir which gave the full annotated programme of the whole session, its Conference and performances. It also carried portraits of musicians and other distinguished persons connected with the Academy and its Conference and several articles. A detailed account of the Academy and its work, an appreciation of the late Sangita Kalanidhi Sri Ariyakudi Rama­ nuja Iyengar by Sri C. Seshachalam, * Music and Voice * by Sri 3 8 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

K. Cfaandrasekharan, two special articles on the distinguished lady musicians of the field of Carnatic music by Sangita Kala­ nidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer and Sri T. Sankaran and a profile on Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi by Dr. Narayana Menon.

Agenda of the Conference

The following was the Agenda of the Experts’ Committee meetings of the 42nd Conference.

1. Talks & Demonstrations : (i) President: Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi. (ii) Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Sri C. Venkata­ rama Iyer - Tana and Niraval. (iii) Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. K. Jayarama Iyer - Construction of forms of lesser known Ragas in , with demonstration on Violin. (iv) Sri N. Chennakesavaiah - Post-Purandaradasa composers.

2. Illustrated Talks: (i) Dr. S. Ramakrishnan - Some rare compositions from Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini. (ii) Prof. N. S. Ramakrishnan - - Some Basic Aspects of the contribution of Venkatamakhin to the Raga System, of Indian Music. (iii) Dr. M» R. Gautam, Banaras Hindu University. (iv) Sri B. Subba Rao, Mysore - Chyuta Panchama. and Niroshthya Ragas. (v) Prof. P. Sambamurthi-Madurai Sthala Kirtanas. (vi) Mrs. Shankar - Gamakas.

3. Tala: Talk & Demonstration. (i) Sri K. C. Thiagarajan - Chaccaputa Venba. • (ii) Sri Dharmala Ramamurthi - Mridanga . pTS. i-ivj TEtE XLIind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 39

Experts’ Committee Meetings THE FIRST DAY 21st December 1968

The Experts* Committee meetings convened in connection with the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy, Madras began this morning at the premises of the Academy under the President­ ship of Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi. The proceedings began with prayer by Vidvan B. Rajam Iyer, who sang ‘ Sri Muladhara Chakra Vinayaka * of Dikshitar.

Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi referred to the participation in the Conference of Vidvans of Carnatic, Hindustani and Western music and appealed to all the participants to co-operate and make the sessions successful and useful.

Rare Compositions in the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini Dr. V. Raghavan then introduced Dr. T.S. Ramakrishnan and his subject, rare compositions from Sangita SampradayaPradarsini. Dr. Ramakrishnan belonged to a line of vainikas connected with Dikshitar parampara and his father S. Srinivasamurthy had assisted A. M. Chinnaswamy Mudaliar in his monumental work, Oriental Music in Staff Notation. Dr. Ramakrishnan was a specialist in the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini which was the foundation of all that they knew in Carnatic music today.

Dr. Ramakrishnan said that the importance of the Gamakas should properly be appreciated as in the case of Dikshitar’s kritis. They were integral* to the sahitya and its structural character. The Gamakas were a necessity, but could not be overdone.

Assisted by his two daughters (on Vina and Vocal) he then presented the following pieces, all of which, except the one in , were rare and never heard in concerts. He first pre­ sented a Tana varnam, Raga - Adi, composed jointly by Kuppayyar and Walajapet Venkatarama Bhagavatar, the special feature of which was that both Dhatu and Matu were in Anuloma viloma krama. This was published in ‘ Oriental Music * by A. M. Chinnaswamy Mudaliar. He then presented the follow­ ing compositions of Dikshitar from the Sampradaya Pradarsini: 4 0 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [VOL. XL

Panchamatanga, Raga Malahari (15), Tala Rupaka; Saravati tatavasini, (Raganga) Raga : Saravati (25) (Mararanjani), - janachitta, Raga Purnapanchama (15), Tala Triputa; Guruguha- swamini. Vibhakti K riti (7th) Saptama vibhakti, {Locative), {Raganga) Raga : Bhanumati (4) (), Tala: Khandajati Triputa ; Rama Ramakalit Raga : Ramakali (15), Tala: Rupaka ; Himachala Kumarim, {Raganga) Raga: Jhankarabhramari (19) {Jhanakaradhvani), Tala : Rupaka; Sri Mangalambikamt Raga i (20), Tala: Jampa; Sri Venkatagireesam, Raga: Surati (28), Tala: Adi and Kamalasana, {Raganga) Raga : Kala- vati (31) {)t Tala: Adi.

In expressing his appreciation of the efforts of Dr. Rama­ krishnan and the Academy’s thanks to him for his expositions, Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar drew attention to the fact that the majority of pieces rendered that morning were in Vivadi Melas. which required great skill in handling them.

THE SECOND DAY 22nd December 1968

At to-day’s meeting of the Experts’ Committee of the Music Academy, Madras, there was first the unveiling of the portrait of the late T. S Narayanaswami who was a . Vice-President and member of the Trust Board of the Music Academy, by Sri T. T. Krishnamachari. Tributes were paid to the late Sri Nara­ yanaswami for his drive and generosity towards public causes and the help he had rendered to the Academy.

Cochin Jews and Their Music Dr. V. Raghavan then introduced Dr. Johanna Spector of the Jewish Theological Seminary of New York and a wellknown Ethno-musicologist who was participating in the Conference of the Academy for the third time. After conveying to the Music Academy the greetings of the Asian Music Society and the Society for Ethno-musicology, U. S-, Dr. Spector gave an interes­ ting account of the history of the Jews in Cochin who came there most probably in the 1st century A.D. She said that the Jews called the place Shingli, the significance of which name was not yet clear. There was a copper-plate grant given to them by the ancient Rajas of Malabar. The Jews came there in successive Pts. i-iV] t h b xnmd madras music conferbncb 41

waves upto the 5th century and then again in the 15th and 16th centuries, when they settled in Mattancheri. Their numbers had today dwindled. They continued to learn Hebrew and their activities were centered around the Synagogue. It is in their Synagogue that one must search for the oldest musical heritage of this Jewish community. Dr. Spector then referred to the different kinds of cantillation and prayer song practised in the Synagogue and the special characteristics of these as prevalent among the Yemenite Jews. The Cochin cantillation while showing an over-all similarity to the European Sefardic, descend­ ed from Spanish tradition, had some motifs from the Yemenite and Kurdish cantillations which were older. In the music of the Kerala Jews, there were some features which probably point to local influences.

The Shingli tunes were of three types, simple ones which were folk-like, the complicated ones which are drawn out and were heavy and tunes of an intermediate character.. In one variety which was drawn out there was dwelling on single vowels which were repeated. Another feature of the Shingli tunes was that they could appear as “ Leitmotifs melody-types, maqam or raga, so that it could be used with variation, abbreviation, elaboration and embellishment. They showed a microtonal structure. There were some details about the intervals used, all of which had to be checked before the final scale used could be established and conclusions drawn. In phrasing and intonation, there was of course a local influence and these again required further elucidation.

Smt M. S. Subbulakshmi, while thanking Dr. Spector, recalled her meeting the latter during her visit to U. S. for her concert before the U. N. Assembly.

Gamakas Smt. Vidya Sankar then gave a lucid talk With demonstration on Vina, of the nature and importance of Gamakas. She said that the Academy had realised the importance of Gamakas by arranging for frequent talks and demonstrations on this subject of fundamental importance and referred to her own article in the Journal of the Music Academy, Madras on this subject. Gamaka 6 42 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL, XL was, according to their theory and practice, what imparted embellishment and richness to their music. She referred to the definition of Gamaka and its varieties in texts on music, especially the treatment of Gamakas in the monumental publica­ tion of Subbarama Dikshitar, the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini. Smt. Vidya then took up several ragas like Mayamalavagaula, Sankarabharana and Karaharapriya and illustrated the nature of the oscillation of certain svaras in these ragas. Side by side with the notes requiring oscillation, the steadiness of certain notes should also be clearly understood. She then illustrated how the same note might take on different colours by virtue of the Gamakas. There was also a limit to which a svara could be subjected to oscillation. Smt. Vidya explained and illustrated other Gamakas like Andolita, Sphurita, Pratyahala, Odukkaly Nokku, Tiripam, Vali and Ullasita (Jaru or slide) which was used very much in ­ tani. She then made a brief reference to Gamakas characteristic of vocal music. She emphasised that it would not be proper to notate minutely in books all the Gamakas and Anusvaras which would make the learning of music quite complicated and difficult.

Sangita Kalanidhi Semmangudi Srinivasa Iyer thanked Smt. Vidya on behalf of the Academy and drew special attention to her observation that it was an unhelpful idea to notate in the editions of songs all the subtle graces. The notation for our music was of secondary use, while the primary importance was to learn directly the music as sung by the Guru. He also referred in this respect to the shortcomings in the system of teaching musio today by a number of teachers to the very large number of students and appealed that the true and essential characteristics of music should be preserved.

THE THIRD DAY 23rd December 1968

At the Experts Committee meeting convened in connection with the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy today, there was a special concert by Sangita Kalanidhi Sri Alathur Srinivasa Iyer accompanied by Sangita Kalanidhi Sri Palghat T. S. Mani Iyer on and Kandadevi Alagiriswamy on the violin. On behalf of the Music Academy, Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan P t s . m v ] t h e X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e 43

C. Venkatarama Iyer felicitated Sri Srinivasa Iyer on the National Award for Vocal Carnatic Music bestowed on him.

New Compositions Sirugamani Sri Sivaramakrishna Bhagavatar then presented a few of his new compositions. He said that he had so far compos­ ed kritis in more than 800 ragas and his plan was to exhaust all ragas available in all manuscripts and printed books. In the samples rendered by him were pieces in Bangala,, Karnataka Behag, Kiravani, Meghasyamala, and Kamoda\ the last in the 65th Mela. Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer complimented the Bhagavatar on his great effort and the simpli­ city and felicity of his sahitya.

THE FOURTH DAY 24 th December 1968

When the Experts Committee of the Music Academy, Madras, convened in connection with its 42nd Conference met this morning with Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi in the chair, a book on the great composer Sri Muthuswami Dikshitar by Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar, brought out by the National Biography Series, was released by the Hon’ble Chief Justice M. - narayanan. Requesting the Chief Justice to release the book, Dr. B. V. Keskar, present Chairman of the N.B.T., referred to the ideals of improving the intellectual level and knowledge of the people with which the late Pandit set up the National Book Trust. He explained that in addition to the two books on leading Carnatic composers already brought out, they had taken on hand books on Purandaradasa and Syama Sastri also. Tamil translations had also been planned for the books on the South Indian composers. Releasing the book, the Chief Justice Sri M. Anantanarayanan paid a tribute to the attainments of Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar and his learning Dikshitar’s kritis. with the late Sri Ambi Dikshitar, descendant of Sri Muthuswami Dikshitar. He emphasised the fact mentioned in the book that the nuances and the graces of our music as exemplified by compositions like those of Dikshitar baffled writing them down in notation and they required patient and sincere learning wjtl) the masters by word of mouth. Mr. Anantanarayanan referred to 4 4 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L . XL his own personal discovery of the greatness and beauty of the Carnatic composers like Tyagaraja and Dikshitar and referred to certain rare pieces like Vadanyesvaram and the Nava- varana which served to open his eye to the structure and beauty of Dikshitar’s kritis. Not only did one realise in Dikshi­ tar’s compositions the whole form of the ragas but also the picture of the deity sung and mad6 special mention of the piece in Raga Syama on Lord Subrahmanya at Tiruttani. In token of the release, Sri Anantanarayanan gave copies of the book to the author, the President of the Conference, and others. Sri T.$L. Venkatarama Aiyar referred to the deep debt of gratitude that he owed to the late Sri Ambi Dikshitar, his Guru.

Vina Recital There was then a Vina recital by Sri K. S. Narayanaswami and Smt. M, S. Subbulakshmi. The occasion was availed of by the Academy to express its felicitation to Sri K. S. Narayanaswami on the National Award for Carnatic Instrumental Music conferred on him recently. Sri T. L- Venkatarama Aiyar, Presi­ dent of the Academy, spoke in appreciation of Sri Narayana­ swami^ proficiency in the Vina, the purity of his style and his humility. At the end of the recital Sri M. Anantanarayanan thanked and congratulated Sri K. S. Narayanaswami and Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi for their splendid recital.

THE FIFTH DAY

25th December 1968

At the Experts’ Committee meeting of the Music Academy, held this morning with Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi in the Chair, there was first verses from Saundaryalahari sung by Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan.

Kerala Composers Dr. Raghavan, requesting Dr. S. Venkitasubramonia Iyer of the Sanskrit Department of the Kerala University to present his paper, referred to his previous researches in the field of Kerala contribution to Carnatic music, published in the Journal of the Music Academy. Pts. i-iv] thb xLiind madras music conference 45

Thanking the Academy for the opportunity given to him, Dr, Venkitasubramonia Iyer referred to some pre-Svati Tirunal composers and several other lesser known composers of later times, particularly in the last century—Mukkola Marar, the Royal composers Kotungallur Kunjikuttan Tampuranand Mana- vikrama Ettan Tampuran, and Attoor Pisharoti. Of special interest were the lady composers whom the speaker mentioned, Rukmini Bai, Rani Lakshmi Bai, Kuttikunju Tankachi and Kalyanikutti Ammachi. He referred also to certain Christian composers and composers for drama.

Karnataka Composers After thanking Dr. Venkitasubramonia Iyer for his informa­ tion, particularly about the lady composers of Kerala, Dr. Raghavan requested Vidvan Sri N. Chennakesaviah of Mysore to give his talk and demonstration and referred to the contribution of the Vidvan to the academic and publication activities of the Music Academy in the past.

Asthana Vidvan Sri N. Chennakesaviah gave an account of the composers Vijayadasaru (1682-1755), Gopaladasaru (1721- 1765), Jagannatha Dasaru (1727-1809), Anandadasaru, and Prasanna Venkatadasaru (1680-1752) and he then rendered the following compositions of the above composers: Linga ennan- taranga--Wijzyzdasa; Palisaiyya - -Gopzlzdzsz; Sambho Suragangadharane - - Jagannatha Dasa ; Pada- darusana - , Anandadasa ; Anebanda - Saranga, Prasanna ' Venkatraya ; and Maruti Maramana - Natakurinchi - Vijayadasa. He was assisted by Sri S. Seshadri and accompanied by Sri Hariharan on the violin and Dindigul Ramamurthy on the Mridangam.

Thanking Sri Chennakesavaiah Sri S. Parthasarathi, member of the Experts Committee, referred to the Vidvan's latest under­ taking of a series of volumes of definitive editions with notations of the Dasakuta compositions.

Special Concert Vidvan Madurai Srirangam Iyengar accompanied by Vidvans Lalgudi G. Jayaraman on the violin and on the Mridangam, then gave a special concert before a record 4 6 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL

gathering. The concert which was highly appreciated by the learned and lay alike consisted of the following item s: Begada - Varnam ; San at ana - Phalamanjari; Vadera - Pantuvarali ; Nee Bhajanagana - Nayaki ; Enduki - Mandari; Bhajana seyu - Nara- yani ; Nammina varini - Bhairavi; Ragam, Tanam and Pallavi - and a in .

. In complimenting Vidvan Srirangam Iyengar on his splendid performance and thanking him on behalf of the Academy, Sangita Kalanidhi T. K. Jayarama Iyer referred to the high tradition and style which he had inherited from Namakkal Narasimha Iyengar.

THE SIXTH DAY 26th December 1968

At the meeting of the Experts’ Committee today convened in connection with the 42nd Conference of the Academy, presided over by Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi, after the prayer—recital of Saundaryalahari slokas by Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan, Dr. Raghavan requested Sri K. C. Thiagarajan, Producer, All India Radio, to give his talk and demonstration on ‘ Chaccaputa Venba Rare Talas Sri K. C. Thiagarajan said that the work of Chaccaputa Venba was written by Varaguna Rama Pandiya, dealt with 113 Talas (108 plus 5) and was about 350 years old. It was in the form of descriptive verses mentioning the essential characteristics of each Tala with its angas, short, long etc., so that it was possible to re­ construct each Tala described here. Sri Thiagarajan had set each verse describing a Tala in that Tala itself and also in a raga. H e selected 10 out of these Talas and sang and demonstrated them : Simhaleela (9th), Ranga Tala (14th), Hamsaleela (20th), Sarabha- leela (34th), Turangaleela (36th), Vijayananda (39th), Nissaruka (61st), Matanga (101st), Leela (107 th) and Lalitapriya (109th). He was accompanied by Sri Chittoor Gopalakrishnan on the violin, Sri M. N. Kandaswami on Mridangam and Sri K. M. Vaidya- nathan on the . Thanking him on behalf of the Academy, Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer praised the efforts of Sri Tyagarajan and his neat presentation of the programme, 1>TS. i-iv ] THB XLIind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 47

Voice Production Dr. Raghavan introduced Sri A. C. Chaubey of the Kala Sangeet University, Kairagarh and requested him to give his talk on * Voice Production.’ Sri Chaubey referred to the des­ cription in Sanskrit texts of voice and its manifestation but said that these left very much to be desired. There were various details involved in the production of the human voice and a know­ ledge of these was necessary. One might be endowed with a gifted voice but there was necessity to maintain it with excellence for a long time and this maintenance required knowledge of the vocal apparatus and the exercises and ways conducive to its preser­ vation. In the West the subject had been very extensively investi­ gated and they might be benefited by the modern findings on the technique of voice production. The modern need of teaching music in schools and colleges on a mass scale laid upon them greater responsibility in this respect than in the olden days of the Gurukulas. The primary requisite was the breath, whose support was necessary for a good voice. The mechanism of breath should therefore be well understood and breathing exercises, well under­ stood by Indians through their Pranayama, should be practised. The speaker then dealt with the muscular principles involved in pitch, resonance, volume and its control.

Commenting on the paper, Dr. S. Ramaswami who was making a special study of the larynx and voice production spoke on the control of vocal chords through exercises. He warned musicians against using excessive stimulants of the voice and laid emphasis on rest as a necessary element.

Sri Sandhyavandanam Srinivasa Rao speaking on the subject of Voice Culture observed that the different systems or styles of music required different kinds of voice training and that prevalent in the Hindustani style or Wesrern music would not suit Carnatic music. They had their own way of training, along with the learn­ ing of beginner’s exercises like Sarali, Jantai, Varnam etc. Dr. B- C. of the Central Sangeet Natak Akademi agreed with Sri Srinivasa Rco and said that the South Indian Gamakas were difficult in open voices and the straight intonation of notes prevalent in the other systems. The kind of voice culture practised in one music would not be suitable for another. 48 THE JOURNAL OP THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. X t

Chyuta Panchama Ragas & More Melas & Ragas Sri B. Subba Rao of Mysore then gave an illustrated talk on Chyuta Panchama and Niroshthya Ragas. According to him Chyuta Panchama-Ma was that Pratimadhyama which became Pancama in ragas where the two Madhyamas were used side by side. He illustrated from the popular Hindustani raga * Care was to be taken to tune the Tambura to Madhyama so that the Pancama might not be heard. While in Hindustani music they called the Ma in Lalit Suddha and Prati-Ma, according to him, in Carnatic music, the Prati-Ma should be pronounced as Pa. On this basis he proposed the formulation of further melas, multi­ plying the 72 by 72. He illustrated a number of ragas based on this scheme which he called Chyutapancama ragas. Sri Subba Rao’s theory provoked a keen controversy as many of the Vidvans and scholars questioned the identification of the Prati Ma with Chyuta Panchama and wanted to know the exact nature of the Chyuta Pa. Dr. B. C. Deva, Vidvan K. S. Narayanaswamy, Dr. T. S. Ramakrishnan, Sangita Kalanidhis Semmangudi Srini­ vasa Iyer and Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer and Sangita Bhushanam S. Ramanathan participated in the discussion. It was held that Chyuta-Panchama could only be one sruti less and that it was automatically and imperceptibly involved in vocal or instrumental rendering and if it was very pronounced, it ceased to be musical. Dr. Ramakrishna Iyer pointed out that Venkata- makhin himself used the expression Chyutapanchama Madhyama. Dr. Raghavan observed that Prati-Madhyama as a Sanskrit word was difficult to derive or interpret and a more grammatical and correet name was required. Thanking Sri B. Subba Rao on behalf of the Academy, Sangita Kalanidhi T. L. Venkatarama Iyer referred to efforts of the author of the “Meladhikaralakshana”, a manuscript in Saraswati Mahal Library, Tanjore, which using the varieties of each svara built up a huge number of Melas, and observed that all this was not in the realm of practical music.

Raga and Rasa Dr. Raghavan then requested Vidvan Sri D. Subbaramayya of Bangalore to give his talk on Raga and Rasa. Sri Subba­ ramayya emphasised the intimate relation between music and metaphysics and said that the fundamental Rasa of music was "T i^ t l S . I-IV] THE XLIInd MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 4 $ the Rasa mentioned in the Upanishads, the experience of Brahmananda. He referred also to ’s Tantrd- loka in support of his statement. The speaker posed the problem whether all the nine rasas set forth in works of Alankara could bo experienced in music. Referring to the different Sanskrit texts which spoke of different correlations of ragas and rasas, he pointed out how a raga like Mohana was mentioned as fit for Vira and Adbhuta rasas; he sang that Raga as exemplified by different compositions and asked if Vira and Adbhuta rasas were evoked by these pieces. The content of certain Ragas also differed in different texts, e.g. Hindola, and therefore there was difficulty in accepting the Raga-Rasa correlations set forth in the different texts. Mentioning Todit , , Nilambari etc., he said that while each of these could be used for diverse emotional effects, there were some emotional effects for which they could not definitely be used. He mentioned also the smite of different svaras which also contributed to subtle change of the emotional effect. - Thanking the speaker, Dr. Raghavan referred to the interest and importance of the subject of the talk and the papers already read in the previous Conferences of the Academy on the same, and said that it was possible to understand the one fundamental Rasa of Brahmananda and the realisation of the nine other rasas embodied in sahityas. There was no contradiction between these two. Views expressed on this question in the texts from Bharata downwards could be synthesised iri an over-all scheme, taking into consideration different aspects of music like pure alapana, compo­ sitions bearing specific themes and emotional elements, and then the three layas, and the emotional character of different svaras and srutis. n -* *'t * '!i THE SEVENTH DAY 27th December 1968 At the Experts’ Committee meeting of the Music Academy to-day convened in connection with the 42nd Annual Conference there was first the recital of Saundaryalahari slokas by Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan. th e President of the Con­ ference, Smt. M. S. Subbulaksnmi, was in the chair. New Compositions • , Dr. Raghavan then introduced Sri G. Swaminatha Sastri o| Tirutturaipoondi, pupil of Veenai Varadaiah and Tiger Varada* 7 * 0 t h e JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

cbariar, who had composed a number of new kritis in Sanskrit, Tamil, Telugu and . Sri G. Swaminatha Sastri then rendered the following compositions. He was accompanied by Sri P. V. Narayanan on the violin and V. Ramachandran on Mridangam. Sada pal aya; Simhendramadhyama - Adi on Sri Tyaga Brahmam (Sanskrit); Kumbhesvaram, Saveri-Misrachapu : (Sanskrit); Palaya mam janani, Ritigaula - Misrachapu on Minakshi (Sanskrit) ; Smaramyaham - Sama - Adi on Pancha- mukha Linga (Sanskrit) ; Saranitacharane - Vasanta - Adi (on Tirutturaipoondi Bnhannayaki);Chandrasekharadesikamsmara re - Ragamalika - Misrachapu, composed on His Holiness Sri Chandra- sekharendra Saraswati, the present Sankaracharya of Kanchi Kamakoti Peetha on the occasion of the Diamond Jubilee of his accesion to the Peetha, describing the chief activities and organi­ sations initiated by him for the preservation and propagation of our culture and Dharma; Tamasimchagane, Haimavati - Adi on Madhurantakam Rama (Telugu); Paragu madathe, - Misrachapu on Parikkal Narasimhan (Kannada) ; Varuvai Puli- , - Adi on Sabarimalai (Tamil) ; Kamakshi Devi aval (Kilikkanni), on Kanchi Kamakshi (Tamil). Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Sri Venkatarama Iyer thanked the composer on behalf of the Academy. Indian Instruments Dr. Raghavan then mentioned the work which Vidvan Sri S. Krishnaswami. formerly of the All India Radio, had been doing for a number of years on music instruments of India and neighbouring countries and who had conducted an exhibition and given lectures on the subject in the Conferences of the Academy in the past. A reference had been made by the Ministry of Education to the Madras Music Academy whether they would recommend Sri Krishnaswami’s proposal for his project on Indian Instruments to be forwarded to the UNESCO for their patronage and aid. On behalf of the Experts’ Committee meeting of the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy, Madras, the proposal made by Dr. Raghavan on behalf of Sri Krishnaswami’s project was warmly supported by Prof. P. Sambamurthi and Dr. B. C. Deva, Special Officer for Music, Central Sangeet Natak Akademi, New Delhi. The Experts’ Committee then approved of the proposal. : Pts. i-rv] Y thb xuind madras music conjperbncb uhf 5 1

Sthala Kirtanas fnam Dr. Raghavan then requested Prof. Sambamurthi to present his programme of music compositions centering round the great temple at Madurai, and the deities there Meenakshi and Sunda- resvara from the times of the Devara hymns. The programme began with the recital of a Devaram of Jnanasambandhar in a a Pan akin to Bauli, sung by Sri Sundaresvara Desikar of the Kapaleesvarar Temple, . Prof. Sambamurthi referred to the different composers and their age and attainments and introduced each of their songs relating to Madurai which were ren­ dered by a group of pupils of Smt. Kalpakam Swaminathan who played on the Veena. Starting with the Meenakshi and then the Kamas Svarajati Sambasivayanave, Prof. Sambamurthi presented Meenalochana in Dhanyasi from the Madurai pieces of Syama Sastri and then Dikshitar’s well-known piece Mamava Meenakshi ; Chinni Krishna’s Amba nine in raga-malika beginning with ; Ninu minchinavaramma in Natakurinchi by Srinivasa who was a cook at the Meenakshi Temple and who received the blessings of the Goddess and three of whose compo­ sitions are included in the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini of Subbarama Dikshitar, the two others being in Kapi and Kalyani ragas ; then a rare anonymous piece in , Sri Madhura-pura- vasini with Chittasvara which Prof. Sambamurti had taken from Mangadi Ramanatha Bhagavatar; Devi Meenakshi by Tacchur Singaracharya ; Cheyyur Chengalvaraya Sastrigal’s Cheluvaga in Kambhoji from his Sundaresvara Vilasa and his Mangalam-Surati- Ma Meenakshi from the same work. ; r-me Q n *;4

Complimenting Prof. Sambamurti on the programme which gave a panorama of musical activity centering round Madurai -from 600 A.D. to 1900 A.D., Sri T. L. Venkatarama Iyer mentioned the late L. Muthiah Bhagavatar’s compositions on Meenakshi of which Meenalochani in was well-known.

Explaining how the programme came to be conceived Dr. Raghavan said that their music had grown round the temples and their deities from the times of Devaram and Divyaprabandham and by drawing attention to some of the great compositions of masters connected with the foremost shrines like Madurai, they hoped that the temple authorities and the Endowments Depart­ 52 THB JOURNAL Ot THE MADRAS MUSIC ACAD8MY [VOL, *1 ment might get interested in arranging for the recital of these 9ompositipns in the different Sannidhis in their temples, Places like Tiruvarur abounded in such compositions.# He also added to the Madura Compositions a composition on the model of the Gita Govinda called Gita-Sundara on the leelas of Meenakshi and Sundaresvara by Sadasiva and hoped that Prof. Samba- who took special interest in operatic compositions, would fake up this work, bus uavmm&m bn& liodi bm e»aoqcnQO 3d) ot O31013W rfc'iif/.'V a t h e EIGHTH DAY . . rvaj

28 th December 1968

At the meeting of the Experts’ Committee of the Music Academy today convened in connection with the 42nd Conference with Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi in the chair, there was first the recital of Saundaryalahari slokas by Smt. Mangalam Sankara- narayanan. am,,

Lesser Known Ragas \o Uikiabert arft n v Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. K. Jayarama Iyer then gave a very instructive talk and demonstration on the * Construction of forms of lesser known Ragas from Kritis,’ with demonstration on the violin. He was accompanied by Vidvan Karaikudi Muthu Iyer. Sri Jayarama Iyer referred to the essential characteristics of a Raga- form and the difficult and elusive aspects particularly in less known or smaller Ragas whose features were clear only from the compositions of great composers. Oftentimes each of these ragas was illustrated by only one piece available to us. Some of these Ragas, he said, had captivated North Indian musicians and he had listened to a in Narayani in quite an authentic form by a North Indian musician, as also a Khyal composed by Bade Gulam Ali Khan in pure Carnatic . Sri Jayarama Iyer demon­ strated on the violin three such ragas Balahamsa, Gundakriya and kavicahdrika, rendering both the Ragas and the Tyagaraja kritis "Uf;1 *'**■’ Q,af)fn j -1, totidbitAdfngRWlU bm ntin*v»a Jo aamtj ( t i l l r ’khb thdi bm Thanking him on behalf of the Academy, Sangita Kalanidhi Semmangudi Srinivasa Iyer referred to the speaker’s knowledge of both Carnatic and Hindustani schools as well as Western music. Pts. I-IV] t THE X LIind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE HT 53

Rofctadi Special Concert f*ih>o7 There was then a vocal concert by vidvan Sattoor Sri A. G. Subramaniam accompanied by Vidvans M. S. Gopala­ krishnan on the violin and Umayalpuram K. Sivaraman on the Mridangam. Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan C. Venkatarama Iyer thanked the artistes. s. 1 o* ,[Vj- : t h e NINTH DAY ohu nO A/itVo 29th December 1968

When the Experts’ Committee of the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy, Madras met this morning with Smt. M. S. Sub­ bulakshmi, the President, in the chair, there was first the recital of Saundaryalahari slokas by Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan. o-rbn Mridangam -r's lo *:dt Dr. Raghavan then introduced Vidvan Dharmala Rama- murthi of Rajamundry, author of the book Mridanga Tattva. Sri Ramamurthi then gave a talk explaining the importance of Laya and the technique of playing Muktayi. He took different Talas and Jaatis and demonstrated different aksharas and tempos and methods of playing several patterns of Muktayis. The Telugu talk was explained in English and Tamil by Sri T. R. Subra­ maniam. Sangita Kalanidhi Palghat T. S. Mani Iyer thanked the Vidvan and referred to his having released his book Mridanga T a ttv a . ' rM n i 31f*kri WiUa*»3« & tohi/oiq .bjtntula eri

I'hiy-.u ?r;isi Ragamalika on Vina There was then a special Vina recital by S. Balachander, in which he rendered his Ragamalika of 45 Ragas. Vidvan Sri K. S. Narayanaswami thanked him on behalf of the Academy.

THE TENTH DA* buniiikuUi has ^BaoiJ -a* is (di£i} 30th December 1968 The Experts’ Committee meeting of the 42nd Conference of the Music Academy, Madras began to-day with the recital oif Saundaryalahari slokas by Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan. Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi, President of the Conference, was in the chair. • >u ; " ‘J,:; vi f 5 4 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL

Venkatamakhin’s Contribution Dr. Raghavan then introduced Sri N. S. Ramachandran, Professor of Carnatic Music, Delhi University, as the son of Nemam Nataraja Bhagavatar, pupil of Maha Vaidyanatha Sivan, his grandfather having been a direct pupil of Tyagaraja. Nemam Nataraja Bhagavatar was a familiar figure in the Experts’ Com­ mittee meetings in the early years of tha Academy. Before speaking on his subject, Sri Ramachandran conveyed the greetings of the Carnatic Music Department of the Delhi University to the president of the Conference and paid a tribute to the services to music of Dr. V. Raghavan and Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar through the Academy and several other bodies.

Speaking on the subject ‘ Some basic aspects of the Contri­ bution of Venkatamakhin to the Raga System of Indian Music,* with illustration on the Vina, Sri N. S. Ramachandran traced the history of the ragas from the time of Bharata and referred to the efforts at different times of bringing them under some scheme of classification. Bringing his account to the Nayak times at Tanjore, he mentioned Venkatamakhin as the Pole-star and Panini of our music. Venkatamakhin was not only the author of a scientific treatise on music, but also a composer of Gitas and Prabandhas. After referring to the Melas under which ragas had been classified by earlier writers like Vidyaranya, Ramamatya etc., the speaker said that using the 12 svarasthanas as the basis, Venkatamakhin devised the system of 72 , which, as he claimed, provided a scientific frame in which the Ragas, current and past, as well as those to be brought into being, could all be brought. He then referred to some criticisms usually levelled against Venkatamakhin’s scheme and the suggestions made at different times for throwing out the Vivadi Melas. As against this, the speaker said that the way had been shown by Venkata- makhin himself as to how Vivadi Svaras could be handled artis­ tically, and illustrated the same with Kanakambari and Tarangini and Dikshitar’s kritis in them and Jujahuli (13th) and Chitta- (19th) and Tyagaraja’s pieces Paraku jesina and Nadatanum anisam. The speaker dealt with the attempts at classification of ragas in the Hindustani field and observed that the great musicologist of modern times, Pt. Bhatkhande, found Sri Venkatamakhin’s scheme to be the most satisfactory one and ■

pTS. I-iv] THE XLHnd MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 55

bad adopted it along with certain Carnatic ragas which had recently been taken by tbe Hindustani musicians. It was signi­ ficant that the Mela-scheme of Venkatamakhin had also found favour with North Indian musicologists. Thanking him on behalf of the Experts’ Committee, Prof. P. Sambamurthi referred to Venkatamakhin and his scheme as a land-mark in the history of . Dr. V. Raghavan Shashtyabdapurti Endowment Lecture SriT. V. Rajagopalan, Secretary, Music Academy, mentioned that an endowment for a lecture had been made by friends in connection with Shashtyabdapurti of Dr. V. Raghavan, Secretary of the Music Academy, under which they had great pleasure, he said, in requesting Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar to deliver the inaugural lecture * On Some Aspects of Dikshitar’s Compositions*. Sri T L. Venkataramn Aiyar gave expression to his apprecia­ tion of the services of Dr. V. Raghavan to the cause of music research and to the Music Academy continuously for a period of four decades and the appropriateness of an annual lecture in his name in the Experts’ Committee meetings of the Conferences of the Academy. Referring to the subject of the lecture which he had the pleasure of inaugurating that year, he said that Dikshitar was a common shrine at which he and Dr. Raghavan worshipped. They had worked together in several ways for propagating and popularising Dikshitar and his music. In his lecture Sri Venkata­ rama Aiyar said he proposed to deal with five aspects of the music of Dikshitar, Ragasvarupa, Gamakas, Vivadi Melas, rare and old Ragas and the mingling of the Hindustani and Carnatic traditions. With regard to the form of Ragas which was most important in their music, the speaker said that there was a prevalent notion that Dikshitar’s songs were large or long but this was due to the fact that his compositions served to present the entire form of a Raga and its sancharas. If the words were dropped, and the music of Dikshitar’s kritis alone was intoned, it gave them an ample picture of the Raga. He also pointed out that in a parti­ cular Raga like Todi, the several pieces which Dikshitar had com­ posed would illustrate the different notes on which the Raga could take off. Assisted by Vidvan Sri B. Rajam Iyer and Sri Sandhyavandanam Srinivasa Rao, he illustrated by singing Sri 56 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

Subrahmanya mam rakshatu for the Eduppu in Ga, Maha Gana- pat im vande for Ma, Dakshayani for Dha and Kamalambike for Ni. Referring then to the second point mentioned by him, Sri Venkatarama Aiyar sang the piece Sri Guruna on Subrahmanya in Tiruttani in the rare Raga Padi (15th Mela) to illustrate the use of Suddhasvaras, and the third Avarana kriti Sri Kamalambikaya to illustrate the use of Gamakas in . Regarding the Vivadi Melas Sri Venkatarama Aiyar endorsed the observations of Sri N. S. Ramachandran who spoke earlier in the morning and illustrated how the Vivadi svaras were negotiated by the composer in the Kanakambari kriti Kanakambari Karunyamrita (1st Mela), and in the Vamsavati kriti (54th Mela)- Bhaktavatsalam. With regard to the fourth point Sri Venkatarama Aiyar said that there were several rare ragas enshrined in the compositions of Dikshitar and appealed to musicians to bring them out by learning and singing them in concerts. As an example he sang Ghanta - Sri Kamalambike ava and Somasundaresvaram, a Madurai kriti in Suddha Vasanta (29th Mela). On the fifth and last point mentioned by him namely Dikshitar’s visit to the North and his knowledge of the North Indian Ragas, Sri Venkatarama Aiyar pre­ sented the rare composition in Subhapantuvarali (akin to Miyanki Todi) Pasupatisvaram and the better known Hamirkalyani piece Parimala Ranganatham. He concluded the lecture-demonstration with Dikshitar’s kriti on Dharmasamvardhini, Thanking him on behalf of the Academy and the Experts’ Com­ mittee, Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer paid a tribute to the speaker and Dr. V. Raghavan for their services to the Academy and for their special interest and study in the field of Dikshitar and his compositions.

Release of Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini - Volume III Dr. V. Raghavan then mentioned the Tamil script edition being published by the Music Academy with the full aid of the Central Sangeet Natak Akademi and the two volumes already brought out. He referred to the special mention of Subbarama Dikshitar and his monumental work in the Presidential Address at the Conference and requested Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi, the President of the Conference, to release Volume III of the Tamil script edition of the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini. Dr. Raghavan also announced that Sri T. Sadasivam and Smt* — ------

■/'. -' ; ' ' ■ ' ■ 4 *

l*TS. I-IV] THE XLiind MADRAS MUSIC CONBBRBNCB 57

M. S. Subbulakshmi had expressed their desire to donate a portrait of Sri Subbarama Dikshitar to be put up at the Academy. Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi then released Volume III of the Tamil Script edition of the Sampradaya Pradarsini and said that she felt blessed that it was given to her to release the third volume of that great work. Copies of the picture of Subbarama Dikshitar were freely distributed to the audience on the occasion.

THE ELEVENTH DAY 31st December 1968 At the Experts’ Committee of the Music Academy, Madras which met again this morning in connection with the 42nd Con­ ference under the presidentship of Smt- M. S. Subbulakshmi, Smt. Mangalam Sankaranarayanan sang Saundaryalahari slokas, after which Dr. Raghavan introduced Dr. M. R. Gautam, Reader in Hindustani Music in the Banaras Hindu University and reques­ ted him to give his lecture-demonstration on of * Hindustani music. Hindustani Music Dr. Gautam explained the origin of the phenomenon of different Gharanas in Hindustani music. ‘Ghaianas’ was derived from the word * ghar ’ meaning house. He traced the social and political conditions of North India which led to the isolation and the cultivation in insular circumstances of music from teacher to pupil. When this kind of insular cultivation of music continued for three generations without the possibility of mutual contacts of different musicians, certain characteristics of style, intoration and even some technical particulars of tonality, Tala, vocal ragas etc., developed. This explained the existence of different Gharanas in the field of Hindustani music- There were also similar differ­ ences among the Gharanas in the rendering of compositions or in the specialisation of certain forms of compositions. Dr. Gautam then referred to the different Gharanas, their promi­ nent musicians and the characteristics of the music of each and demonstrated them. Qawwal-Bacche of which Bade Mohd. Khan was the greatest exponent was characterised by the intricate pattern in the elaboration of the raga. In the Gharana in which Khyal singing is most prevalent, the Sthayi is generally sung twice and the Antara once and the alap mostly in §

B $8 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VoL. XL

Akara followed by Tanas and Boltanas. Humphata-Gamak was a prominent characteristic of this Gharana, the other Gamakas used being Plavita, Ahata and Ullasita. The Agra Gharana has a close affinity to style, with a blending of the delicacy of Khyal, the best known exponent of their alap style being Faiyaz Khan; it was also noted for the authenticity of its compositions and rare ragas. The or Atrauli Gharana maintained the gravity of the Dhrupad and emphasised more svara-combinations, out of the way ragas and a predominant use of Akara. In the Delhi or Gharana there was a peculiar sharp guttural quality of the tone, prominence of Khyal and , and compli­ cated patterns of Tanas. belonged to this. Abdul Karim Khan and Behere Abdul Wahid Khan brought into prominence the Kerana Gharana noted for its excellent production of notes, elaboration of the opening part of the song, systematic and slow Alap and slow renderings of Khyal and svaras which showed the influence of Carnatic music. Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. K. Jayarama Iyer thanked Dr. Gautam who hailed from Madras and attained proficiency in Hindustani music of which he was now an accepted performer and teacher. Muthiah Bhagavatar's Compositions Dr. Raghavan then mentioned that they had arranged as part of the Conference the release of Volume One of an edition of all songs of the late Sangita Kalanidhi Dr. L. Muthiah Bhagavatar who was connected closely with the Academy and its Teachers’ College. Sri K. S. Venkataraman, Chairman, Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangam said that in the Sangam they fiad differ­ ent programmes for the promotion of mus;c which included the sponsored programmes of younger musicians, pension to indigent artistes and aid to publication work. The Sangam had so far granted Rs. 17,000/- as aid to publications and the present under­ taking of a complete edition of Muthiah Bhagavatar’s composi­ tions was fully aided by the Sangam. After referring to the qualities of head and heart of the late Muthiah Bhagavatar, he requested Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar to release the publication. In doing so Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar gave a brief account of the work of Muthiah Bhagavatar as a com­ poser, his compositions including all varieties , K riti, Daru, PTS. I*IV] THE X Lim d MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 59

Tillana and also pieces in rare ragas. There was then a recital of select compositions of Muthiah Bhagavatar by Vidvan L. Vaidyalingam, adopted son of the late Bhagavatar and editor of the publication, Sri Narayana Iyer of A. I. R. who rendered some pieces on Gottuvadyam and Kumari Swarnalata. Altogether 14 compositions were presented including a Varna, a Daru, a and Tillana pieces in two rare ragas, Urmilca and Mayapradipa. Sri Embar Vijayaraghavachariar thanked the artistes for their presentation of the programme of Muthiah Bhagavatar’s kritis.

Divya Prabandham The occasion was also availed of to release another publica­ tion edited by the Madras Sangita Nataka Sangam, viz the Divya Prabandham-Pan-Isai by Sri S. Ramanathan who had given in the volume selections from Divya Prabandham in nota­ tion. Dr. Raghavan requested the President of thd Conference, Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi to release the volume. Sri Sivagnana Gramani, in complimenting Sri S. Ramanathan on his work referred to the rich background of South Indian culture which was built up by Sanskrit and Tamil and Bhakti and music. He observed that the 42nd Session of the Music Academy presided over by Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi was particularly noteworthy as in her they had a musician who could demonstrate by her devotional fervour and absorption that in music they could transcend the realm of language and become tuned to pure melody. Me also observed that South Indians like Dr. Gautam who specialised in North Indian music showed the quiet practical way of integration.

Thanking the Academy for having arranged these functions for the release of publications sponsored by the Sangita Nataka Sangam, Sri Embar Vijayaraghavachariar, member of the Sangam, gave a brief account of the history of Divya Prabandha music.

THE TWELFTH DAY 1st January 1969

The last meeting of the Experts’ Committee of the 42nd Con­ ference of the Music Academy, Madras was held this morning at the premises of the Academy after the Members’ Day. ,, . .... ■ ' , :

60 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL XL

Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi, the President of the Conference was in the chair. Smt. Mangalam Sankara narayanan recited Saun- daryalahari slokas, after which Dr. Raghavan requested Sangita Bhushanam S. Ramanathan to give his talk on Music Teaching in tkeWetiA xdafEtmwB hr.tr.tsX miivbavtmoO ftS *miq Jtaca

Music Teaching in the West

Sri Ramanathan who had been to the United States and taught Carnatic music in more than one centre there had also availed of the opportunity to visit classes and schools where Western music was taught to youngsters and studied the methods adopted by them for imparting the correct musical sense. He referred also to the methods adopted in individual teaching as well as mass teaching and the aids and resources they used, visual aids, instru­ ments, recordings etc. He descril ed also how Japanese and i Indian music,were also studied in the American Universities and spoke at some length about the interest in Carnatic music and how it was studied there. Sri Sandhyavandanam Srinivasa Rao, Principal, Central College of Carnatic Music, Madras supported the speaker’s remarks about ihe need for educational records. They required these particularly in respect of rare ragas and controversial prayogas; students could derive considerable help by listening to such recordings. Sri Rao also drew attention to the fact that opportunities at home for little children imbibing musical instinct and interest from the domestic surroundings were slowly disappearing today and that the music education of children should not be neglected. He also touched upon guided listening and suggested that a hundred simple songs should be selected and taught on a national scale from Kashmir to Rames- waram. Dr. B. C. Deva said that two different kinds of musical learning should be planned, one to prepare professionals and another to create a musical awareness and these two different objectives required different approaches and programmes of teach­ ing. Dr. V. Raghavan referred to his own visits to several centres in Europe and America where music and dance were taught and said that different systems of music and dance required different types of teaching and a proper study should be made of what use­ ful methods used by others could be adapted by us. He also said that in the transitional stage in which the traditional system was —

*Sv

PTS. I-IV] THB X L iind MADRAS MUSIC CONFERENCE 61

passing over into the modern school and college system, there should be an intelligent adaptation of the very good methods which we had in the past to the requirements of the present conditions. Sangita Kalanidhi Semmangudi R. Srinivasa Iyer, referring to his own experience as a Vidvan and as Principal of a music college said that while in the past only a few with musical gift came to the art, now they had to impart music education to mass­ es. They should teach the youngsters whole songs instead of svaras. Simple songs such as ‘ Sakti sahita Ganapatim’ of Dikshitar, he said, succeeded in making the children learn Sankarabharanam better than by drilling the spelling of the svaras to them.

Garbhapuri Kirtanas Dr. Raghavan thanked Sri S. Ramanathan for his talk and then referred to the efforts taken by the Academy to bring out the Kirtanas of the Garbhapuri (Karur) composers and the work done in this respect by Sri T. Visvanathan with the help of several Vidvans, Madurai Subramanya Iyer, Prof. P. Sambamurthi, Sri T. Sankaran and others. Dr. Raghavan then requested the President of the Conference to release the book containing the edition of 24 pieces with notation. Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi then released the publication.

Papers Dr. Raghavan then communicated two papers of Sri C. S. Desai of the Music University of Khairagarh who could not attend the Conference, but had sent his papers, one on 4 Music and Dance in Kalidasa’s Works ’ and another 4 On the Develop­ ment of Khyal Music.’

Dikshitar and Ettayapuram Dr. Raghavan then referred to some letters received about the necessity to erect a Mandapam at the site in Ettayapuram where Muthuswami Dikshitar passed away. Sri K. S Venkata­ raman, Chairman, Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangam sugg;st- ed that a simple hall in about Rs. 25,000/- should be raised at the site and this should be done by collecting small donations from as large a public as possible. Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar 62 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

spoke lending full support to the idea. The 42nd Conference of the Academy commended the proposal to raise a Dikshitar Mandapam at the site of his passing away at Ettayapuram.

Condolence Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar, the President of the Academy, then referred to the demise of Sangita Kalanidhis Madurai Man! Iyer, Marungapuri Gopalakrishna Iyer, Sri E. Krishna Iyer and Sri T- N. C. Venkatanarayanacharyulu, members of the Experts’ Committee of the Academy. The gathering stood in silence for some time in memory of the above mentioned departed musicians and members of the Experts’ Committee.

Concluding Function The President of the Conference Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi then referred to the work they had done during the Session and thanked all musicians and the public for their co-operation which was responsible for the success of the whole Session.

The President of the Conference was then garlanded by Smt. Rajeswari Ranganathan on behalf of the Committee. Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar paid a tribute to Smt. M.S. Subbulakshmi, the Session presided over by her having been a tremendous success. He also gave expression to his feelings of appreciation of the labours of the Office-bearers of the Academy and particularly the Secretaries who worked day and night during the 13 days’ festival.

On behalf of the Vidvans from other parts of the country, Sri Aripirala Sathyanarayanamurthi from Andhra, Sri Titte Krishna Iyengar from Bangalore, and Dr. M. R. Gautam from Banaras referred to the Academy being an unique institution and the Conference as a witness to the Academy’s catholicity of outlook and genuine interest in understanding other schools and systems of music and the continuous musical atmosphere that pre­ vailed from early morning to midnight during these days. Dr. Raghavan thanked the musicians and musicologists from different parts of India and abroad for the contributions to the Ex­ perts’ Committee meetings and made special mention of Dr. Johanna Spector from New York who read a paper and gave an endowment to the Academy for a Violin prize. He expressed the PtS. I-IV] THB X L tm d MADRAS MUSIC C0NFBR1NCB thanks of the Academy to the Central Sangeet Natak Academi for their grants to encourage junior musicians and the Experts* Committee meetings and the publications of the Academy. He thanked the different departments of the Government of Madras, the Corporation, the All India Radio and the Press. Patrons, Donors and other members of the Academy had lent their solid support during the Conference. In the various competitions which were held during these sessions, several Vidvans and Vidu- shis had acted as judges and prizes had been endowed for the successful candidates. To all of them he tendered the thanks of the Academy. He thanked also the members of the different sub­ committees of the Conferences, Secretaries, the Convener of the Trust Board, Sri G. Narasimhan and the Friends Unit who lent their voluntary assistance. Dr. Raghavan then acknowledged the patronage and help of the royal house of Travancore and thanked Her Highness Maharani Setu Parvati Bai for having opened the 42nd Conference. He thanked also Sri T.T. Krishnamachari, Vice-President, to whose initiative the Academy owed their Auditorium, for unveiling the portrait of one of the late patrons of the Academy, Sri T. S. Narayanaswami. Dr. Raghavan made special mention about the artistes who did not take any honor- rarium and sang freely at the Conference. Sri T. Sadasivam and the staff of the Kalki had placed thir service at the disposal of the Academy for the success of the 42nd Conference and to them he expressed the special thanks of the Academy.

The 42nd Conference then came to a close with a group photo of the Vidvans and Vidushis who participated in the Conference.

The Sadas The Sadas of the 42nd Conference of the Academy was held at 4 p.m. It was presided over by Hon. Dr. Karan Singh, Union Minister for Tourism and Civil Aviation. There was an overflowing audience to witness the popular president Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi being honoured by the Academy at the Sadas. The gathering included, in addition to the members of the Academy and the Experts’ Committee of the Academy, many distinguished visitors and music lovers and participants of the Academy’s Conference and concerts. 6 4 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

The proceedings began with an invocation song sung by Kum. R. . The Sadas was convoked by the Secretary Sri S. Natarajan, after which messages received on the occasion were read by Sri R. Ranganathan, Secretary.

His Excellency Sri Nityananda Kanungo, Governor of Bihar; Major General K. M. Kariappa; Hon’ble Mr. Bhagwat Jha Azad, Minister of State for Education in charge of Cultural Affairs said in the course of his message :

“ The Music Academy has been in the forefront of the musical world of India for nearly four decades now. The Institution has grown in stature through the devotion of a band of enthusiastic and learned scholars and musicians; it is today rightly recognised as one of the first pioneer institutions in the field of music. Besides performance, it has encouraged academic discussion by inviting experts and scholars from different parts of the Country. The Music Academy’s Journal is a valuable contribution to the field of scholarship. I am particularly glad that the Music Academy has not known barriers of musical cultures and that it has succeeded in having a profitable interchange of ideas between South Indian musicians and North Indian musicians and scholars and musicians from the West. I wish the annual function all success.’’

Hon’ble Prof. Sher Singh, Minister of State for Education said: “The Madras Music Academy is, without doubt, one of the leading Academies of this country, dealing with the promotion of music. For over four decades this Academy has done yeoman service to the cause of this art. Not only have they encouraged the performance of music by leading as well as junior artistes but they have done monumental and pioneering work in musicology. This year’s Conference is particularly significant in having Smt. M. S Subbulakshmi as the President for the session, as she is the first woman to have been selected for this honour. I wish the function all success.’’

Sri A. K. Sen, Director General, All India Radio, Mr. - krishna Mehtab, Vidvan Madurai Srirangam Iyengar, Vidvan Tiruchi Swaminatha Iyer, Vidvan Nedanuri Krishnamurthi and the Academy of Music, Bangalore have sent their messages wishing for the success of the function. Pts. i-iy 3 the XLiind madras music conference 65

Sangita Kalanidhi T. L. Venkatarama Iyer, President of the Academy, welcomed the Sadasyas who had gathered in large numbers on that occasion and Dr. Karan Singh, whom he des­ cribed as one most fitted to preside over the Sadas at which they were honouring their distinguished and popular musician who had presided over the Conference that year.

Sangita Kalanidhi Sri T. K. Jayarama Iyer then read the citation presenting Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi to the President of the Sadas for the conferment of the title of Sangita Kalanidhi.

THE CITATION

Srimati M S. Subbulakshmi

“ Born in September 1916 to Veena Shanmugavadivu of Madurai ; learnt music in her childhood first from her own mother and began accompanying her mother in her Veena recitals from the tenth year and continued to give performances together with her mother for a number of years; had her debut in 1933 in the major performance series of the Music Academy at its Fourth Annual Conference ; from 1940 when she and Sri T. Sadasivam were married, entered on a new phase of her musical life when her golden voice was freely at the service of all noble causes; received the distinction of Padrna Bhushan in 1954, the Presidential Award for Carnatic Vocal Music in 1956 ; participated in the Edinburgh Festival in 1963, sang before the General Assembly of the U.N. in 1966 and had a coast to coast concert tour of the United States the same year; was awarded the Doctorate of Literature by the Ravindra Bharati University in the same year; endowed with a voice of unique sweetness and richness and an ability to harmonise strict standards and popular appeal and to do justice to the music of the South as well as the North; has been the most beloved idol of the public in the recent annals of Indian music.”

The President of the Sadas then read the formula of the Biruda. Then Smt. T. garlanded Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi. The President of the Sadas then presented Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi with the medal and diploma conferring 9 6 6 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL the title of Sangita Kalanidhi on her. ‘Prasadam* from several temples was then given to Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi.

The additional award of Certificate of Merit was then presented to Dr. V. Raghavan. Sri K. Balasubramania Iyer, one of the Vice-Presidents of the Academy and President of the Dr. y . Raghavan Shashtyabdapurti Celebration Committee, then read the citation and presented him to the President of the Sadas. THE CITATION Dr. V- Raghavan ** Born on 22nd August 1908 as fourth son of S. Venkatarama Iyer at Tiruvarur, the birth-place of the Musical Trinity; grew in the background of the rich heritage of music and dance of Tiruvarur and the Tyagaraja temple; became interested from young years in the bhajana tradition to which in later years he made many contributions in his papers and publications; conducted extensive researches in Sanskrit literature, on music and dance and published numerous papers and also editions of texts; has been connected with the Music Academy for four decades as Secretary, Editor of the Journal and publications and Corres­ pondent of the Teachers* College of M usic; has been actively conneted from inception with the Central Sangeet Natak Akademi and the Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangam and had taken leading part in shaping the work of these National and State Bodies ; was conferred the title of Kavikokila by His Holiness Sri Sankaracharya of Kanchi Kamakoti Peetha for his Mahakavya on the Composer Muthuswami Dikshitar; his thesis, in the Spiritual Heritage of Tyagaraja an outstanding contribution on Tyagaraja ; in dance, author of a book on Bharatanatya and of an edition of Nrittaratnavali; was awarded the distinction of in 1962 ; was elected Fellow of the Central Sangeet Natak Akademi in 1964 ; has been the mainstay of the academic activities of the Music Academy.”

Then the President of the Sadas read the formula of the conferment and presented the certificate of merit to Dr. Raghavan.

Smt. M. S- Subbulakshmi and Dr. V. Raghavan were felici­ tated for the honour conferred on them by musicians and con­ Pts. i-rv] the XLimd madras music confirence 67 noisseurs, the Hon’ble Chief Justice Mr. M. Anantanarayanan* Sangita Kalanidhi Musiri Subratnania Iyer and Siddheswari Devi.,

Felicitating Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi on the highest distinc­ tion in the field of Carnatic music conferred on her Sri M. Anan­ tanarayanan, Chief Justice, , referred to two outstanding features of her music, namely selectivity and balance. Sangita Kalanidhi Musiri Subrahmania Iyer, expressing his happi­ ness on the conferment of the title on her, referred to the inter­ national reputation she had attained. Smt. Siddhcsvari Devi, Hindustani Vocalist, conveyed her good wishes to the disting­ uished lady musician on the great distinction achieved by her. Felicitating Dr. Raghavan, the Chief Justice referred to his long association with him from the time when as District Judge of Tanjore he and Dr. Raghavan were connected with the work of the Saraswati Mahal Library. He said he had always been struck by the meticulous care and concern for exactitude, which had characterised Dr. Raghavan’s work, Sangita Kalanidhi Musiri Subrahmania Iyer referred to Dr. Raghavan’s equipment in music and Sanskrit and his untiring efforts in musical research and in the conduct of the Academy’s Conferences.

In acknowledging the title of Sangita Kalanidhi conferred on her Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi said :

m/r«jari_jiA0 t_nrasL.if *jrsw «riSrBi <_9f«irr«(5err 1 e o t n u ^

^ s u i t « ( 2err! «ffl0«iflwssf ujridbGen! (r«n$)«a»(26rr!

oSl

g>0 ^ < * 0 Qurfluj Qunr njju en u , Quffl(oUJrrrr<#stf!«ir eurrrr^B 6jrjT)jr)l<£ Qa5rr«rar<2i_ji)jT) rB«rarunr<*(6iijii, ^ ^ u u r r a s L_ir<®i_rr rrrrx a jm ^pfOJirai(6r^ib, irw rig^ jjj&rar fflwrjjg weuDrritnrtluf.m pSso&nuiu Qurr n yu «n u nBnrtir (SenjpCSojjj) rtyu QaFUjtsejrir. ^I«nf«eir ujrr«W0,*0(j> crewrjji ^a5iuy,T«uu)fregr nsear nSlsmiu^ Q jBrrrii0LO uj(2 «ff«ypsgfiur THB JOURNAL OF THB MADIAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL

««r ^8or«U0U)(r« ttJiprwaSrar ^0ilL9ir«rOfr^u>rr*j6 «0^1u uwaflaj i_«ir Q«fr«rjQCJnjfiir.

L_fr«ffljf). ^svCtrr s,?ko^l rpri^ sS^surrgyib Ggsrrii&i LD<$/rr6i^! srswSreru Qu0^LDuu($l^jrjey Qarrwr jQ(* pcir.

<^)0 «St^rrru<9n.rf tAsmrrriraofhurrtr «Sipir«n®jp QpfrL_nsjaSl « n s u ^ jjjii «rr unl(i>iii)tfsr nj £§(Ba5 fiSlpsup tfnu« c « ujriB iaiBi«fflrrp«a>j. «r*5rgy«?ni_uj &>?soeiniD *_«>iru9*b aS p aip R ti(n u iS 0 rfig£l i£i3»o«!nu>u3|^,/rnj0j u6k«%pu^tb «r«rpj iBUiSionas OdBrf!eSjB^!0(iC3j®«r. q>0 u5a*rrsrfr«Rjf)i^iii «^0 Lcairirirggfrffiyii) gi«u svj0 i— LO«(r*(rili^sb a&sOfB^/ Q*nr«*ijri_ (yH3n.tr e&Q&e^pdjlGd jg lip u u«w«nuuS«r ussaT^srujti) Qsu^ojir «<* 0 «nnjfB^j diliLt_0j sr«ru<5 LoSifiS^jfliL(t-saT Qp/fleSlpajj,* Q*Tsrr®K2p«r. aSscjsSstt * 0 («5) Qpfrppnijasefrrras «r(i£ii 450«rflu-|srr«rr fiiu«o«U|pii, ' U3^j««r i/>(CT)tS^Pu_jii>., &rr(Q^I «rri»fr«»|)iqii>, uipsdliufr«w"L_«JSjpjU5, <3curKj«(St_«cu!ru Q u 0 torrg)iip w urrsvSlpprrsb «rripa& ii) pirm u^jrirsiu up««nu«&0 ^i«npnjoir rfij^ujii) gjj&trar LjffldS^sir stctto) rBtl)LS!««n<» *_jry^luuil© oS ili-jjj. g-: ■ ^%g; .. ;-v;^.

@«f), ®9<5«up troemu sum &ji crerwdSpu usmflenuuu l^ uj (5su, (ip«aSujLcrr« £§)6rrii> «Slpajfr«3r<5&Siirp C p irp ffjjoSpjjjti, (ip«BTg)j

^(S& ir® &iru> 065T(n3a> «j«nr/fuu(S^ «r»n&i«5§p a8p cup «n6«DUii3sor usiroflujfr,* (2«J6«ot(S>i£>. (SfBfT(»36^0/««ira5(S«u (Lp^jQi_j0 ii) «Sp«jnr*ar lSIjldud^ (y>i^Q<»(r«raru_(rssr (5«unija6i_(riri® ^lUM Jff ^j«iirfd&(S5 ii>, cj)(ffljrr«(S5 i_«sr uj^ (tp^lrfl ^ujiujTbUffaswr, Q^ii>u»*J04- «-»)juJUJ!r6iiir«6TT Guir«irp glwrgjiu) ^ 0 w&rr siSl^siJireir «(<0 L0, 6rc«DUuSl«r ^frffiJsb 9 0 (Panel) ^/wuj/b^/ frpnij^jB (5turra»jQu.i0fric^rEJa2bru Q u/bp ^«rrii ufrt_<35ff<»Sni

Q ^ u jiu <2 «u«mr(3 ii> e r a r u g i « r« r « 0 i. g)uuup

glfrswT© «<5F(J ^yn ija S sb ^ jr ( * 6uejijr(5>u> srssrff) (Siutr&SesT fflnuju u 6wrf)aji_ffBT Qg5rf)«fl65j 5j<» QarrerraSKSpffir.

{§Iib$5 e r trii^ ^ «Su § > 0 r§!«n

uj<9>ctr>£5 ^5u_|ub @r&J0 asiruurrpn) C8«j«wr(5lii). ^ u u i^ ff Otf=iu^ir«ba5nr«T *i)9^ S U ^ 6T06TDU ^ 0 SrOfBidScg (SdSOJirfOlUIDTOi^ g£l. c o rru ^ a n ^ u upefiliu en^

^

^)06i|«s«r6iDajrri5 ^ iuiuit 0£l<3 «u ffiSwr«j0

g l0 * 0 i i .

asiBidBsir^j Qurfliu LctdT sn5)637 cSC J#^ <5 |&5r«j0 aSlnstu y,rfeuiDir« surB^fcurub Q prf)o$aiJ3(3 njfir.

glrB<55 ^ e m ® in«Ti5(nli^«b ««OfijyQ<*ir«rari_ ,5|JW«U0«0U) CTfST Q(B@d=(TT(B^ IB6BT n§)«nUJ Q^(f!«Sl^^j

«,y(2<5Fifl<3sar rfi<*Lp;5<$uj u > « t 6i9^6Urrt«r*6rr- «Sa>j6*p<9i6rr, glarii) «$ o jr r ^ ^ J iu i <*3iO0rf<966rr, ^ n flu u rra . « jl_ gliB^lujT6^ll«Sl0ii^| ©ifi^)0*d5 «Sl^oifr«rai6rr- «Slj>jtt|l*srr, isl_6OT «SI|5ja |)<*6rr ,j>|3»3J«J0<£0ii) «r«r ibsot^.

d5il(5

^ieC2 ^ t 0 <»0 U), ^ s « ff)n 3J«0 ^ jgcfcoenu) ^rriija9iueufra»(snj«@ ii> s rs s rjy fBsarn#. ^Qu>{fl««S5ir (y>

CJufrili^<*(«5 ® 0 r£a£)u^)««Trrr* ^ c o u j i b ^ Q u rfJ d u jr r nsssr n§) 70 THI JOURNAL OF THE MADIAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

Q&iffJaS&s&G fl)«r. (Jurnlt^<35Cffl*b A te /tig ) Q*ir«wrj_«u(f js(®3 <®0 Lb thfbrrft Q <£tf\eS)6b606ijrr ibialSIaod* asa:il(5 u *u fr« « n ?

!T®nS^u Qu0U>*as^5«@ nSKS^s^Lorr* (EfiraJ Oac/r«bso(J«u«OTr(5ltii. uvsTGvPtrfmr® nsnlazt^w atbiurtaw at. a s s n js u u x r a C2a&fr6x^ff«60cS^jl_55T u)0 a_£

«t>rr*(oio <®irersrorijb. «r«Br&ar G us^jii) (5u>jpjii> ssatas^ii) trsn9«u Q t i 0 LD

error J5&o«nu)iq!7'u3 «b ib frror (9jj$ui5lilu).(7i)(B3> QuifKSiurrtr&eh 'jpjSmGiiirgi jfr<£lffnujujib £j)ror jpj l£«w(p«i) nslSwrey jt^paSCSnjroi. Loa&as gfTesr ®S0 0 j 6t« t * 0 * iS^(r«u!«r 6n3ianrror^<$6\S)0fi0j, ^enuuifltu s-peSI&srr Ljifliipsfr6rr ‘ £r#rEjj/. * up$iflsm&iu2 ror ^t^luir a&iT6O0 Qffrorp ^UDfrsar y^rfisu/ra'fear glror p 0 n$uufr<9& nSSssrsy

^rsasu urorrofiprroijr® fBfrtl*(6 3 LC «rrorSror {gtiu&dliu ^jp

@,(§yip(SiE ^aiJii jbuciriB siiuiir^! “ Hon’ble Dr. Karan Singh, President of the Academy, Vidvans, Vidushis and Rasikas!

First of all I render my thanks to Almighty for having brought to a happy conclusion, without any impediment, the 42nd Conference of the Academy.

Out of obedience to elders 1 had accepted a responsibility beyond my capacity. The members of the Academy and other friends and especially Dr. Raghavan had stood by me and helped me greatly to discharge my duties as President of the Conference. I express to all my sincere gratitude. This great Music Institu­ tion has the high distinction of being a representative of all those Pts. i-iv] the x u i n d m a d r a s m u s ic confirence T1

whom wc hold in high respect in our music field. I therefore accept with humility the title cf Sangita Kalanidhi conferred upon me as a blessing of all these eminent persons in our music field.

“Dr. Karan Singh is one endowed with a subtle ear and is a discerning connoisseur. Indeed he is one proficient in the art and also of high attainments in the fields of education and culture. He is also imbued with the spirit o f devotion. That such a person should preside over this Sadas is a thing over which my heart is filled with a sense of gratification and elation.

“That the Maharani of Travancore opened this Conference and the Maharaja of Kashmir presided over its Sadas is not only a matter of honour for me but is a thing which is auspicious to the whole Academy. I had referred in my Presidential Address to the financial situation of the Academy and had also indicated my confidence that, in the course of the following twelve months, whatever difficulty there was in this respect, would be removed. I am glad to say that a good part of this difficulty has already been reduced during these twelve days of the Conference in which a Maharani and a Maharaja have participated. What difficulty is there which would not disappear if the benevolent glances of the Deities whom we adore and who have manifested themselves in all their mercy as the guardians of our arts: Sri Nataraja of Chidambaram, Minakshi of Madura, Kamakshi of Kanchi, Pazhani Andavar and Sri Venkatesvara are vouched for us? I am quite sure that the Lord will help us in this most respected Institution, the Music Academy.

“Now, after its responsibilities in respect of the funds are over, . the Music Academy should discharge with renewed vigour its Academic work in the field of music ; it should bring to light existing talent and it should take care of the future of the Carnatic music.

“It should be the duty of the Music Academy to foster only such music as is not below the standard. I have an idea that senior musicians like Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer, Musiri Subramania Iyer and Semmangudi Srinivasa Iyer should sit in a Committee on behalf of the Music Academy and THB JOURNAL OF TH« MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

screen all the rising artistes in respect of the standard and purity of the art and those who have passed this test should be given opportunities in this Academy which should conduct for their benefit two performances every month. This is my humble submission. "I pray that the Music Academy should shape into a temple of music. Even as we would endeavour to preserve the sanctity of a temple, so should we try to preserve the purity and standard of our art, then only could the Music Academy shine forth as a sanctum sanctorum of music. “Just as there is no question of profit and loss with reference to a temple, even so should it be with reference to the Music Academy. This Academy should offer itself to the service of the art without consideration of any profits. The office bearers of the Academy may be compared to the high priests of a temple working for the creation of a sacred future for the art. Such is my humble request. This indeed would be a true monument to the late Sri K. V. Krisnaswami Iyer who wanted to develop the Academy as an institution of high character and discipline.

“Out of the generosity of their hearts, several elders here have mentioned me in praiseworthy terms. To ali of them I pay my respectful salutations.

“ I convey my heart-felt gratitude to all those who took part in the Conference this year, Vidvans, Vidushis and dancers.

“Again to all those who submitted papers, gave demonstra­ tions and those who took otherwise leading parts in the different functions of the morning sessions, 1 convey my thanks. It would be difficult to thank adequately the foreigners who came from America and other countries, stayed on for twelve days and attended both during days and nights with deep interest the proceedings of this Conference. I thank also the Judges who sat with me in all the competitions. I should also thank all the youngsters who took part in the competitions because these are the persons who create a confidence in us about the future of our art. “I should also express my gratitude to the world of Rasikas; It is their enthusiasm which has been responsible for the conduct )P

Pts. i-iv] thi xLiind madras music conmrincb ^ 73

and completion of this Conference which went on like some great festival for twelve days. I thank them for infusing more ' : iir lo naiX sdt siori btM son

*‘I mentioned a few names of elders in my Presidential address. Their blessings I invoke again. On this day when the distinguished title has been conferred on me, I see the figures of the immortal Kalki (R. Krishnamurthy) and Rasikamani T. K. C* blessing me from their places in the heavens and I bow my head in respect to them. I also salute the spirit of tbe late Sri , proprietor of , who was to me and ray husband like a father, ever ready to help us. i ?

“I bow at the feet of the Acharya of Kanchi whose blessing is the real motive force of whatever I could do in the last twelve days. ^ ^ . yj

*'Guru-murte ivam namami Kamakshi.*¥V m

Acknowledging the honour done to him, and thanking the Academy, the President of the Sadas, the Chief Justice and Sangita Kalanidhi Musiri Subrahmania Ayar, Dr. Raghavan recalled his long association with the Academy for nearly four decades. Recapitulating the history of the Institution during this long period, he said that among the present colleagues in the Com­ mittee of the Academy there were only three who had continued to hold office since that time, the present President of the Academy, Sri K. Balasubramania Iyer and Sri K.Chandrasekharan. His was the only record of unbroken and active service over this long period, and it was also one of unique loyalty in that he had never been involved as Office-bearer in any other Sabha or Institution of similar activity in the City. Some colleagues had asked him when they had received a proposal for the award of the Certificate of Merit to him, whether he would accept it. He had replied that whatever the gesture which the Academy, a parent-like body so far as he was concerned, showed by way of its appreciation of his work in the Academy he would accept because it was not the form or nature of the recognition but the Institution and the expression of esteem that mattered. He was reminded of the famous poet Sriharsha, before whom Dr. Raghavan said, he and his scholarship were like a drop in the.ocean, and the great sense 19 7 4 THE.. JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [VOL. XL

of gratification with which that learned poet and scholar had referred at the end of his poem Naishadhiyacarita to his having received from the King of Kanauj, his patron at that time, just a couple of ‘ tambulas’ and a seat of honour! He had participated in all departments of the work of the Academy, although his main work had beemonthe academic side, in the conduct of the annual conferences, and tbe college, in the publications and the editing and the bringing out of the Academy’s Journal. He had striven continuously to broadbase the work of the Academy, bringing in the co-operation and participation of musicians and musicologists, from North India and the countries outside India representing other systems of music of whom there had been over several years some noteworthy persons partici­ pating regularly in the conferences of the Academy every year. He had also built up the aid received by the Aeadamy over the years from the Central Sageet Natak Akademi which had been supporting all its activities. He desired, in this connection, to mention the great support that the first President of the Central Akademi had given him, namely Dr. P. V. Rajamannar. He was particularly grateful to the Music Academy for having afforded him all these opportunities for not only doing whatever research he had been able to do in the field of music but also for serving the Institution in the various departments of its work. He men­ tioned especially the name of the late Sri K.V. Krishnaswami Iyer who was responsible for bringing him into the Academy and his fhouldering the responsibility first of the Journal of the Music Academy, which had, after the issue of Vol. IV., become moribund and then of the College, Conference and publications. After he had taken over the Journal, he had published all the arrear- volumes and had been continuously bringing it out and with his contacts abroad in the world of Indological studies, brought it to the attention of foreign Universities, Libraries and musicologists. He had continued the series of publications of the Music Academy which number now nearly 25 and include monumental works like the Tamil script edition of the Sangita Sampradaya Pradarsini and the Thesaurus of Ragas called Raga- nidhi. He was grateful to the confiidence which the late Sri Kasturi Srinivasan and Sri T. T. Krishnamachari reposed in him and the inspiration and encouragement that they gave for all that fie was able to achieve in the Musip Academy. It was his ambition Pts. r*iv] thb xuind madras music confbrence m t H that the Music Academy should, in addition to this magnificent Auditorium which they now had, have an Academic Block to house the Teachers’ College of Music and the Library and provide facilities for the monthly concerts and meetings and accommodation for visiting musicians and musicologists from abroad who are now becoming more and more interested in Carnatic music. He expressed his deep appreciation of the co­ operation of his colleagues in the Academy, and his special pleasure that this distinction was given to him in the year of his Shashtyabdapurti and it was bestowed on him by Dr. Karan Singh with whom he had been associated through the All-India Oriental Conference and the Central Sanskrit Board for many years.

Distribution of Prizes

The President of the Sadas then gave away the prizes and merit certificates to those who had come out successful in different competions in vocal and instrumental music held during the 42nd Conference. Sri T. V. Rajagopalan, Secretary, presented the successful candidates to the President of the Sadas who gave away the prizes. COMPETITIONS

Vocal Music - Ladies Sri T. R. Venkatarama Sastri Prize I Prize - S. Seetha awarded by Sri T. V. Rajagopalan Veena Dhanam Memorial Prize endowed by I „ - G. Meenakshi Sri M. Sudarsanam Iyengar II „ - Gita Ramanathan

Modern Compositions L. Muthiah Bhagavatar Memorial Prize I „ - S* Seetha awarded by Sri T. L. Venkatarama Aiyar II „ - Indira Kailasam

Svati Tirunal Murthi Memorial Prize endowed by I „ - S. Geetha Compositions R. K. Murthi Memorial Committee II ., - A. Lakshmi III ,, - Gomathi Purandaradas Endowed by V. S. S. K. Tobacconist, I „ - A. Lakshmi Padams Jaffna (1850-1950) II „ - K. S. Chitra Special prize - Chandra Krishnamurthy Tamil Songs The * Amarar Kalki ’ Tambura Prize I Prize - K. S. Chitra endowed by Sii T. Sadasivam II „ - Ananda Bala- subramaniam „ „ - V. Rukmini Divyaprabandham & Sri Vijayaraghavulu Naidu Memorial Tiruppavai Prize 1 „ - Chandra Krishna- Devaram awarded by Vijayaraghavulu Naidu Memorial Reli­ murthi gious and Charitable Trust, Edamanal, Sirkazhi < Pallavi Singing Dr. Sankaranarayana Iyer Memorial Prize K. S. Chitra g endowed by Dr. S. S. Krishnan S. Seetha a Sanskrit Compositions S Sftetha ar COMPETITIONS DONORS WINNERS

Afternoon Series-Best K. R. Sundaram Iyer Shashtyabdapoorti Prize Sri T. R. Subrahmaniam, Vocal Musician endowed by the Shashtyabdapoorti Delhi University Commemoration Committee

Best Junior Vocal Musician T. V. Subba Rao Prize awarded by the Executive Kumari R. Vedavalli Committee of the Music Academy aB Best Junior Violinist Semmangudi Narayanaswami Iyer Memorial Prize for Smt. R. Kamala K > the best Junior Violin Vidvan awarded by O Sri V. Panchapagesan uz Best Junior Mridangam This prize has been endowed by Dr. Henry Cowell Sri K. Srivatsan Vidvan out of the royalties of his Symphony called the Madras Symphony dedicated to the Music Academy O

Best Sub-Senior Violinist I V. R. Sambasiva Iyer Memorial Prize for the best Dindigul Sri S. P. ­ Sub-Senior Violinist awarded by Sri S. Natarajan raman „ ,r Violinist II Dr. Johanna Spector’s endowment for Violin Prize Sri Purnachandra Rao in memory of her brother, Violinist Naum Lichtenberg

M/s Philips India Ltd. kindly donated a Transistor Radio to be given for general proficiency in the competitions. The winner of this prize was Kumari S. Seetha who secured 4 prizes, 3 first prizes and one second. H THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. Yt

Successful students of the Teachers’ College of Music of the Music Academy were then presented to the President by the Principal, Sangita Kalanidhi Mudicondan Venkatarama Iyer. The President awarded them the diplomas. President’s Address Rising admist cheers, Dr. Karan Singh first conveyed his good wishes to Smt. M. S. Subbulakshmi and invoked on her the blessings of Devi by reciting a Sanskrit prayer. In his address he emphasised the role of music as an effective factor in promoting national integration as it cut across the barriers of language, religion, caste and region. It also helped one’s own emotional integration and it therefore behoved everyone to take full advantage of the beneficial influence of this art. He said, “No nation which neglects its cultural heritage, particularly music, can ever hope to be great. For thousands of years, music has been considered as the index of civilization. Wherever human beings have reached the high stage of attainment, it has been found that the music and the arts have flourished there ; India had a magnificent heritage which with its antiquity and rich variety has probably not been equalled by the music traditions of any single country of the world. As a result of economic development which is considered necessary to the country, there is of course the danger of arts being neglected. Previously music had received the patronage of the Princes and it was no longer available owing to the present democratic set-up and it is for the Government, Insitutions like the Music Academy and the public at large to take over the role of fostering this art. Referring to the unique achievements of Smt. M. S. Subbu­ lakshmi, Dr. Karan Singh said that he first saw her in the Film ‘Mira’ while he was 17 years old. From that day to the present M. S. Subbulakshmi always appeared to him in the form of Mira and that film had left a deep impression not only on him but also on lakhs of people in the North and her name had become synonymous with. Mita. Referring to Dr, Raghavan, Dr. Karan Singh recalled his association with him, a doyen of Sanskrit learning in the P t s . i - iv ] t h e X L iind m a d r a s m u s ic c o n f e r e n c e

country, and as Secretary of Jawaharlal Nehru Memorial Fund, he was particularly glad that the Fund could make the award of a Fellowship to him in the very first year of its inception.

Referring to the language of music Dr. Karan Singh said that music had no barriers or boundaries. Artistes did not belong to any particular state or city and hence the important role of music as a national integrator. Living in a fast changing world under the impact of technological advancements they had to live in the midst of tensions. Music had a place in this situation for it had a soothing effect on the mind and helped finally to integrate man and the Supreme, which was, after all, the ultimate aim of all human endeavours.

In India, he continued, music had never been looked upon merely as a form of entertainment. It had its deeper meaning. They in politics tended sometimes to take polemics a little too seriously and neglected their inner development; not only those who have retired but also those in the midst of struggle had to understand the beneficial influence of music.

Vote of Thanks Sri K. Chandrasekharan, Member of the Executive Com­ mittee of the Academy, proposed a vote of thanks to the President of the Sadas and expressed his own felicitations to the recipients of the Academy’s honour that evening.

adJlQ rnm ui Uffo Ot os's si Ji iV’i-' eld «i:v ’ hm M si oJ w id Jod Isj SHINGL1 TUNES OF THE COCHIN JEWS Dr. Johanna Spector, New York

Madam President, Ladies and Gentlemen : Permit me to convey the heartiest congratulations and best wishes for success from the Asian Music Society, New York, the Society for Ethnomusicology, and my own music department at the Jewish Theological Seminary of America. May I emphasize that I feel it a privilege to be part of this distinguished gathering of famous scholars and musicians.

Jews settled at an early date in Cranganore, Kerala, which is generally identified with Cyngilin or Muzhiris of the Greeks. The Jews called it Shingli. At how early a date it is difficult to establish, but most historians feel that the Jews came to Malabar after the destruction of the second Temple in Jerusalem, about 70 C.E. Although there were trade relations between ancient Israel and the as early as 1000 B.C.E., the time of King Solomon, there is no concrete evidence of a Jewish settlement here. Some historians link the Tamil word for “ peacock ** Tukai with the Hebrew Tuki in the Bible.

The earliest documentary record of the colony is found in the inscriptions on a set of copper plates which are to this day in the possession of the Jews of Cochin. It was the custom of the ancient Rajas of the Malabar coast to grant lands and privileges to their favourites. These bequests were etched in copper and given to the recipients as a kind of patent of nobility and perpetual evidence of their rights. The Jewish plates were given in the year 379 C.E. by Sri Parkaran Iravi Vanmar to Joseph Rabban who received the principality of Anjuvannam and all its revenue. In addition, certain noble rights were given to Joseph Rabban and all his descendants. They included the right to ride an elephant, to be carried in a litter, to have a state umbrella, to be preceded by drums and trumpets, to call out so that lower castes might withdraw from the streets at his approach. It is also specified that the recipient shall not have to pay taxes and shall PTS. I-lv] TUNES OP COCHIN JEWS 81

enjoy all the benefits of the Raja’s administration. The opening line states that the charter was given when the Raja was in residence in Moyirikodu, the modern Cranganore,1 Although it is generally believed that the copper plates are dated 379 A.D. they have been attributed by different historians to the 4th, 5th, 6th, 8th or even the 11th century !* Since the plates are written in ancient Tamil, experts in this language may be able to throw additional light on the dating. I have a facsimile of the plates here, and I would appreciate it if you would look at the text.

Jews arrived in successive waves at different times. The most important migrations took place from Persia in the 5th cen­ tury during the persecutions under Firuz (457-484 A.D.) The persecution was touched off in Ispahan and lasted for 10 years (474-484 A.D.). It extended to Babylon and many prominent Jews suffered martyrdom because of forced conversion. Many who were able to flee sought refuge in Arabia and India. The second most important migration to India took place after 1492, the expulsion of Jews from Spain, who refused to be converted to Christianity.

When the Portuguese first established themselves in Cochin (1505 A.D.) there were no Jews there. A small colony of white Jews however existed about a mile and a half away on the coast designated by the Portuguese “ Senhora Soude.” The Jews’ colony called “ Cannan-Nagore ” or “ Cannan Town ” is said to have been founded by the white Jews about the year 1471 A.D.* $hellim Samuel writes in his chapter on Cochin Jews, “Apparently the dwindling trade at sea ” (through the silting up of its port) ‘ made the Jews venture to divert their trade interests to Cochin ‘which was a safe port, which they were probably the first to recognize, especially as they were constantly harassed and molest­ ed at Cranganore by the Moors backed up by theZamorin, whose main interests were centered in Calicut. The onslaught of the

1 . Mandelbaum, D., “ The Jewish W ay of Life in Cochin ” , in Jewish Social Studies, p. 425. .... • ' , . i i V,:.,; 'J i'ii I f 2. After superficial examination, Dr. Raghavan suggested the 7th century. * H 3. Padmanabha Menon—, vol. 1, p. 517, U 82 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

Moors on the Jews of Cranganore in 1524 A.D. when the country­ side was laid waste, led to Cranganore being finally abandoned by the remnant of the Jews who had continued to eke out a pre­ carious existence. They ultimately sought refuge in Coehin. The Raja generously allotted them a site for a new town near his own palace, ca. 1565 A.D. The new settlement assumed final shape two years later in 1567 A.D. and is known as Mattancheri ot Jews’ Town at the present day.” (Quoted from Shellim Samuel, Beni Israel of State, Iyer & Iyer, Bombay, 1963, pp. 24-25).

India proved at all times a safe haven from persecution and Jews have enjoyed complete freedom throughout their settlement except for the time when the Portuguese ruled this part of the world.

About a decade ago there were still 1400 Jews in Cochin, that is, in Cochin, Ernakulam, Parur, Chennamangalam. Today there are less than three hundred Jews left in Kerala, all the others having emigrated to Israel. Among those are less than one hundred white Jews, almost all of whom living in Cochin. Like their Hindu neighbours they had been divided into castes which did not intermarry or eat with each other. There were three Jewish castes which had been designated in the literature as white, black and brown Jews. Others call them Myuhasim, Malabar iand Mshuhrarim, (namely: “ of lineage,” ‘’Malabar” and “ freed slaves”). The white Jews who are at the head of the caste hierarchy range in skin colour from a pale white to a medium brown ; in general their pigmentation is about the same as that of South Italians. The skin colour of the others is that of the natives of Cochin, ranging from a light brown to a deep brownish black.4 The black Jews were the most numerous and had seven synagogues. The white Jews had one synagogue called “Paradesi” (foreign) which is celebrating this year its 400th anniversary. In the last years the Jews tried to abolish the caste system under the

4. Anthropometric measurements and blood sampling show that the black Jews do not differ in any way from their Hindu neighbours. For further information on the physical make-up and bloodgrouping of the Jews, see Macfarlane, E.W., “ Preliminary Notes . . . on Bloodgrouping” in Current Science, (1936, Vol. 4 : pp. 65 J-54, quoted in Mandelbaum, op. c it,, p. 446.) -'I 'Siuj'u:? ,r. PTS. l-rv 3 TUNES OF COCHIN JBWS 83

Influence of the Jews abroad. Especially the ** Ingathering of the Exiles ” in Israel set an example : African and Arabian Jews are often black but have the same rights and privileges and the same education and schooling as the European Jews. There was never any segregation according to skin colour and Jews could intermarry freely, worship in the same synagogue and eat together;

The life in Cochin was always conducted according to the strict precepts of an orthodox codex, the Shulkhan Arukh. While the mother tongue was , boys and girls alike learned Hebrew. The men whose single garment was a waist-cloth, in­ evitably had a small skullcap of gaily coloured fabric on their heads. Rice and curry was their staple food, but meat-currics were never mixed with milk-curries. The synagogue entered into every social activity and moulded the personality of every indivi­ dual. It was and is the scene of all communal gatherings and all joyous occasions. Much surplus wealth was always lavished on the synagogue, especially on the gold and silver ornaments of the Bible (Sefer Tora) and the silks and satins of the draperies. The synagogue funds supported the poor, and the revenue from its lands provided decent burial or helped send the young through? college. Within the synagogue families vied for personal prestige; status was attained or lost in terms of synagogue prerogatives. The old men came to lounge and gossip, the children to play. One still does penitence and cries on the day of atonement, and dances on the day of Simhat Tora (Rejoicing of the law). Men and women live in the synagogue, around the synagogue, and through the synagogue, and participate keenly in its affairs. The synagogue knits people together, develops personalities, is the way of life of Cochin Jews, whether black or white. All life centres around the synagogue. Within its narrow limits, the Cochin colony has led a complete and coordinated existence for many centuries. It is only in the past twenty years that the Cochin Jews have started to look outward, and cohesion of the group has loosened up. Most of the Jews have left Cochin for Israel to fulfil an ancient dream of religious fervour, of identifica­ tion with the land of their forefathers, and not because of perse­ cution. Some of the remaining are so fully integrated into the Indian fabric of life that it is doubtful if they could be happy anywhere else outside India. 84 the journal of thb madras music acadbmy [Vol. xl

Tradition has it that Jews came to the Malabar Coast from Yemen and Babylonia and Cochin Jews are interested to find proof for that belief, If it would be possible to find traits in common with the Yemenite or Babylonian music, customs and ceremonies, dress, food etc. and assemble sufficient evidence of relationships other than religious practices, which can be always learned from books and other Jewish communities, then belief would become evidence.

In this brief report I propose to use music as a heuristic tool to help illuminate the historical and cultural past of the Jews of Cochin.

In looking for the oldest musical heritage in any Jewish community the researcher goes to the synagogue. It is here that he hopes to find old melodies handed down from generation to generation, which may contain ancient elements reaching back to Temple times before the destruction of ancient Israel by the Romans (about 70 C.E.). Jews all over the world are proud of their ancient rites and traditions, and they have always tried to keep the music of the synagogue free of outside influences. That they have not always succeeded is another matter.

Music of the synagogue is divided into (1) cantillation of the Bible and (2) prayer song. Of the two, cantillation is by far the more important traditionally—and the less changeable. Just as the Bible takes precedence over prayer, so does cantillation of the Bible over Prayer song. Prayer melodies containing elements of the Biblical cantillation are considered older than the ones where cantillation motifs are absent; While the musical signs, called Ta’ame Hammiqra, are fixed and identical in all Jewish communities regardless of geography, their melodic interpretation which has always been transmitted orally varies from place to place, and it is possible to detect by melodic structure alone where in the world this particular cantillation is practised. Eastern European cantillation is different from Western European cantillation. Yemenite is distinct from Babylonian or North African. The Spanish-Portuguese cantillation however has much in common with Sefardic cantillation of Europe or the Middle East, the Jews having all come from Spain after 1492. The Baby- I ts. i-iv] TUNES OF COCHIN JEWS ,85

Ionian traditions which include Iraq, Syria and Iran show also remarkable likeness among themselves and it seems certain that Baghdad had been the centre of diffusion, influencing far away communities by sending scholars and functionaries to teach. The Cochin cantillation shows several facets: the overall impression is European Sefardic, descendent from Spanish tradition. There are however several curious motifs from the Yemenite cantilla­ tion. It is the more remarkable since Yemenite cantillation does not resemble any other cantillation in the world. Not even the direction (high and low) of the motifs is the same. It seems that there was no direct transmission of cantillation from Israel of antiquity to Yemen and a confusion of the terms “ high’* and *4 low ’’ arose in consequence. What was considered in the North of Arabia “ high ” was considered, in Yemen, “ low ” and vice versa. It is therefore significant that Cochin cantillation should have neumes, namely, Rabia and a Zakef closely resembling the Sof Pasuq of the Yemenites. There are also resemblances with Kurdish cantillation, which bear the oldest elements of all Baby­ lonian cantillation. Since the centre of diffusion in the recent centuries as mentioned above has been traced to Baghdad, the Kurdish element must be an older heritage pre-dating Baghdad.

In other words, Cochin cantillation is based on European Sefardic cantillation, brought in the 15th century from Spain, with elements of Yemenite and Kurdish cantillations, both considered older than the Sefardic. It is not quite clear whether the latter have been retained by the Jewish settlers as part of their original cultural heritage, namely brought from Yemen and Babylonia, when they first came, or have been introduced through later contacts with these countries. As to influences of Kerala music on cantillation, specialists have to be consulted. At the moment it is only the softness of the vocal line and the relaxed style of singing which points to Kerala.

As to prayer song the most interesting are the so-called “Shingli tunes”. Shingli tunes take their name from the original place of settlement in India, Cranganore, which was called Muzhiris by the Greeks and Shingli by the Jews. It seems that Jews lived without interruption in Shingli from the first to the 15th centuries, and that these tunes may have been attributed to 86 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL this period. It is interesting however that they are often con* sidered of secondary importance in Liturgy, being relegated e.g.* to the 2nd day of the New Year, Rosh Hashana or the 2nd Seder night rather than the first day of Rosh Hashana and the first Seder night. Is it possible that other tunes are considered of greater importance because the community believes that they are older and possibly from the original homeland, namely ancient Israel ?

There are four types of Shingli tunes: (1) simple, folklike in character, (2) complicated, (3) drawn-out, heavy with melisma, and (4) tunes of an intermediate position between 1 and 2.

Simple folklike tunes are, for instance, (iImri na” also used for Hakafot, some Simhat Tora tunes and Mi Sfarad Holakhti, while complicated arc for instance Areshet Sfatenu.

■ Some tunes like Imri na resemble in structure and rhythm Yemenite tunes and if sung by a Yemenite singer in throaty vocal manner and “ nervous” (jerky) rhythmic style of his country, could easily pass for Yemen te songs. For all we know, Imri na might be a Yemenite song, which through the smoothness and elegance of the Indian vocal style has changed its character (Example 1). Areshet Sfatenu is an example of the complicated, melismatic Shingli tune. It is drawn out and dwells lovingly on single vowels which are repeated. Here again the Sof Pasuq (the final clause of a phrase) of the Yemenites appears in its entirety as a principal motif, repeated in various forms eight times. The drawn out melismatic style is also reminiscent of Yemenite practice, especially during High Holidays, and the Yemenite Birkat (the Priestly Blessing) is also a counterpart of the Cochin Areshet Sfatenu. (Example 2). - The Shingli tunes then show in both styles, the folklike and the melismatic, similarities with Yemenite tunes. Is it ancient heritage or the influence of Yemenite individuals who came and settled here like Eliyahu Adni5 or Salih and taught the Cochinis the tunes of their country ? It is possible for individuals

5. His father came from Aden. (Information received from Samuel Hallegua, C ochin). W'-S'

P t s. i-iv] tonbs of cochin jbws 87 with beautiful voices or learning, or both, to influence a commu­ nity through the medium of the synagogue. (This is, for example, how Iranian Jews were influenced by the Baghdadi musical style which supplanted, in most communities, the original Persian). In Cochin long motifs may be sung not only on one syllable which is drawn out but even on one vowel as o-o-o-, which is protracted. This manner of singing on one vowel and repeating it, is not done in Yemen and it may have its origin somewhere else (perhaps Kerala ?) or it may be a local develop­ ment. In any case, the style is typical of Shingli tunes. Another feature of Shingli tune* is that they can appear as “Leitmotifs’*, melody-types, as used in a maqam or raga. A Shingli tune would then be used either in variation or shortened, lengthened, embel­ lished, or only used in part. This technique is characteristic for Other Jews as well, including European Jews who used “steiger*** and so-called “ Missinai tunes ” of the llth~13th centuries in Central Europe. It is an oriental (Middle Eastern) practice which still survives among the Ashkenazim, the European Jews, who do not trace their provenance from Spain.

Shingli tunes may have change of mode without modulation: e.g. Areshet Sfatenu changes Ecclesiastic Dorian to Ionian, or from the Arabic Bayat to Rast. The musical intervals measured with Monochord, Dodecachordon and electronic Stroboconn show microtonal structure. A prominent interval seems to be a ihree-quaiter tone of 150 cents, an Arabic interval. There are small, just and large minor thirds (290, 315, 318 cents), perfect and large major thirds (405 and 441), perfect fourths and acute fifths (723 and 740). All this has to be checked until the final scale can be established and conclusions drawn. Religious music of the Cochin Jews is Sefardic with trace* of Yemenite and Babylonian (Kurdish) styles. Further investigation may reveal additional influences of Kerala in addition to phrasing and intonation. It would be interesting to compare the interval structure of Kerala with the interval structure of Cochin Jews. Intervals and modality are usually influenced by the environment. For example : Arabian Jews use microtones and meqamat, while European Jews prefer the tempered scale and major and minor mode*. Jews in India have no doubt been influenced by Ragas, but the synagogue music has so far not shown any evidence of 88 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L. XL this. Some of the folkmusic of Cochini Jews, however, does show influence, and we have been able to trace and name some of the Ragas. But this is a subject which is in its preliminary stages of research only, and I am not as yet prepared to make statements.

May I say in conclusion, that in the typology of music the investigator proceeds very much like the archaeologist: he looks for motif or pattern, these unique diagnostic means of identifying the art of a distinct period and culture. Where the archaeologist would look at the form, colour and texture of a pottery fragment, the ethnomusicologist would look for musical system, melodic and rhythmic patterns, performance practices, forms or musical instruments. The ethnomusicologist looks, like his colleague the art historian, for inner correspondences, the history of formation and change, and deals like the anthropologist with the style as a manifestation of the culture as a whole, the visible sign of unity, projecting the inner form of collective thinking and feeling. What is important here is not the style of an individual, or of a single art, but forms and qualities shared by all of music of a culture during a significant span of time, in a definite culture area. The culture area is Kerala in India, the span of time about 1900 years of continuous settlement in complete freedom and equality (except for the period under the Portuguese) a unique happening in the history of Jews. It is a singular compliment to the people of India and their humane character in general, and of Kerala in particular. It is the more remarkable that music had been so little influenced by a friendly environment. «et -a a g g- j •«. •9 t *18 . 9 % . « J -3 SI -9 § rs g -3 -6 «• *31 •2 •«. © J * s 1 1 a D a l fh « 3 1*2 <6 o te «• © ^ * 1 3 8 « *5 9 | E ■«. ® J d* ■ I 4 •b cb . 3 ^ 3k I ?•! >6 ®D «f O 3 ¥ *3 <3 u. « ,2 « •« © •a t < 9 3. s «• < •3 .10 3 .q ‘b §? |b •*= b O to ^ ‘ 1 •5 1 0 ? 9 © 9b 15 a _ ?5 © tO “ b 16 © t ■f% 3 □ M 2 •et •« •161 ai © t f i * * 3 «b b -3 ts | g ta ^ .tg § I -3 -I © g f t b g. h « . 16 r *s \ «L I) :# s i « b ■o ^ 3 3 _ . . '6 •9 © a 3 - a i= • « • « . * J®* •9 | © 3 " •*fi M 9 3 Q B ‘i * ? ", f, 3 •9 * T 8 <1 1 I r - «" ? - r b * 4 1 * | •3 r | •I -9 •«. j § •s t a •S.R. b b © • a % *b Jl " b ‘8 6 J o *> d- 'I * (§3* -a «. 3 1<5 ^3 1 -b s i * -t 3 *3 sg W -s •9 b tea *9 ° ? © 3* ' a s : *2ifi Ha a 5 •? o *3 2- 1 «<$ ■« H) b J *61 I 3 3 «8„ •% ^ 3 9 =i3 -a -3 3 3 ^ eb ; « 9_ P9 *8 „ 4 © •*«L © J d* 8 J ! * « ? S * 8 S ,| 3 % ^ | 'i ‘M s i *99 ^ .J °5 ; 3 §>§•«!3 fc 3 ^ •J us ’e 60 KJ « « t «L «L ’j i | ^ 3 • s i ¥ *£ 3b 18 16 a *3 •3„ ts © *5 «a po e *3 *a *fe © (5 -9 •Is J * %U I- f €1 I?J I 1 S S' • 9 « 5 b * 16 •b Is *&** « . © * ^ 9 93 -9 D o * 9b 161 Ig B •9 • 6 « a 11 •% I s r ir f-s v*•% *3 • 3 3 I -3 • 3 « % -b % *3 *«6L I © b b « .9 ■®* b % g i6 —L 1 •*a * -«a <£ g' 9> *J | •e g b "©, q» ^ t a a 9 e a b, u b 3 S 1 ^ ] -«l 3 S « 9b y •tfi 5 - © J §? % •6 •ia 5 •* 3 3 te o •« Sg | | «6L 9 :2 T b I -16 ’3 ‘ sf -3 O -W es (S I •9 eb | o -3 b - § * b b j % ^ "a <61 ©a -15& .« § % b 3 b l ' i r * b •3 © 2 • e ^ 25 a © f - b. *6 •9 ife a t © « % a S «? 161 •3 •0 >a r . 3 © *6 . © •* * w t 6 J •« £ g * * ’! a «g 3 % •3 « e t •«. a 9t> •§ ta « 2 8) * 1 1 1 f a & •© I I s

‘•ujjsii* ersirgpu) u p m &>ib («<£*=) itjj; (rp s^ ), ‘t o g o ’ s r w r s p ii

^Brray«S«5)0 fB^j wQpgi&tQarrsirerrfVrrib. ‘asii’ (m^) erm tygyib (TTJTJT) Qcrsbeu^j srssrjtjj ^ ir p p ib . 1 «ld<* ’ IDT3S CT«rgydb u#>ii) (<%ib* «r«r|pii> Qujfrili^.

<3u fr ®ii) ( if « o p frsSrgy Qa=f!-«5*o«o?rii>. ^pircugj 6voiii&ppj£lad, <^ 0 srOttijjrpJ^sisr effiliq.«jRssrjp to rt)Q(0Mr(2ufr0ib (ipsmjpiuir^d). 6roira5«(|f *wpuS«b 'aBioaio’ 6r«ru«r>tL(5)io «5LD*rHJ<9E?brr uj^

•sto&i&j&Snr ^rtru-fLbQurr(ifgi, rswg j 6m rii£p &fT6W pirp$so ,_3>ji£j.uus55L_iuird& 6r£) ^<£Qa5rr6rrefrLiuili_ @ir«wrQi_fr0 C«i.® *&rr (CTjirutf&uiJ®^^* Q«fr6fr6rr(2oj«w(5)tjb. cgfprrsujp (ippsS)ept ^(STirsvnaar&mDfi^leb, Qu0ii)UT 6yiii) 6ro«ijrBj 6j jp u Q ib . glffirgyub, ^ 0 6r06ii!rp6inp «=5jST n^«0 Li>Ourr(Lg0 j C*>}<£c«r (ifsir 6ro«u{r(Six)rr, iS«r srOaiirCJio/r 6ro<5rnJfrnr6i/T)«rar ^ su ( 5 !Tir6UD«awrBJa53sfr ^J,(Tti>l9*0li>Q ufr(L£ jy , £6I0/T ff’ u (2urrdfl(»0 ii. ‘sro/r’ Qsv«r njj U(&)&wp .sii^nSsb s u n ^ lp ay ‘ (f’ fisjuj ‘ srorr’ aSleb ^ en & p p irb b 6^iLg6Uc5C2<5 Arribprnrp^p ^stnaF&A (JidGso (2unr£> 6T ® p g i& G!«rr«rari_rr 6b, rfleyu penp rB«5T0« fM&pay, Airfcprrirpsinp 6rD<$irLorr« sroftig&sjj LD^uuLO0«Da» rfis^u^«ff><5 sro^jiDfr* sm«ii|«o< glsm^CoUJ ic^iuid a&irso^^lsb eiflawuptfi6fo9 ersh ry «jrr^< 360ii ‘.Q uir^jy, rfleyupffenp 6ro^/ruD(r«cj Q

0 ‘sraDfiOir sfoe)Jtrrii&Sc>tru-ju> auoa^giit-OTr ib/tu) euT^uu^)«b8sOULlflr?’, ermjpi G&ehaneu evpscriw. a—^irjrCTsrioira asbujircaaf), (S^rru^. (kp&eohu fir&(hi&6rflex> [tL-^trfsmrmmar sff&wrnS«b afrfcWLSaauuilL-OTr.] Qj&eo acuOTflaa (Jcjtwri^uj «5!®^ujii) 6T«rfi*rQ6UOTr0«c, ^^fco 4 « 0fti!riii« 6n-/rdSuj u<0 au)rBia«rr ojrfgjiuioiraa Cair«rar(St6u r {jjhBjS jnraiiiasrr @i_ii QaT(3 a w $> - to lo

<5 - a ld aif)]. euirgjuj u it «jgju>, aLDansjaerflOTr *$£u>/r^)if) uirC»ujfrafiua«f)«b oSl<»0 ^) 6rD6UjfBja6nrir. aio* anoijbuiB£iDFr«r suiraflui-i 6r«r ay «\^L_*g u^aiDi&jaSanr iBQaaiiuQairOTijr® 6Uir,/)a5^sb glioLDirgglif) hjitott s&ibuLD nsii 6rorBJ|uja5«n^u LSltaru^)^«m6y « 2frrrf«»ioaa (2eu6OTr(5)ii>t &—^irpsssri£)!T& xmbGuPgStnuj er®£^&Qs&rr6M-L.ira) d5if)a0 ^) etndjajppanas rf) n5l 0 onraaaScb QjCSsr dosupwrresr^ QcudjCSfflj nrjj 0 uiBia2br ^pj6!ni_fB0 j, pirmupsupsm^^ Qa/r^aaQpjj. ^JS>J atoa«gOT>c5 a OTjauJir^tb (Lf)6njT)uSl(Q)ffO 6f ji)uQ&jDjjj. »_ 05 nr iriwriD ita arrii)(2urr^) «j[fflrai^j^S«b r£l u 4> cro it cro — u £ « o i f i f ) - s i f rft - <» ono g> if sro -

J5a r r a if) A - sroiflr®^” bT«ir gjjLf suffluSlsb 67(i{^!rix> eurr^f)^ ^irspjio §)siiO«JT0 a5!r(ipii) Qsoeij^suffy c^|sm<^:«ry<9E>^in^i «3T ^ o tilc ib rira^a$OTT 0u/0d0jd^ .

^ 60 (hj a it ;rii) 6unr^)a0 ii> Cut(1^<2^, ti» ld it^Irfliu it ott aioanu aSanru uirifaaSCJ^u). [*_^TcrswrLb]— &tiisip(rupfmj&$ * if) a to u ld « if! a io « if) a io u ’ stott^pj ainr<^)a0 ii) QuiT(t|^/, ld^ujld 6^0 j&CTLb C*u>«S0 ib^i c^|6Tna«/a^5 i_OT)jii), ^ 0 asirii) a p ^ a ^ lo , (g»0a5jLb «g»f(Lg^^)a Qairswjrtjlu) aTOTnruu(5)a9jI)^/-

«6U65fl*0LO QlJlT(ip01, G Tfhg ^ S T T 6 ijl_ S 3 r 2— STTajJ «r6flTU653£5 c^j)prfriu(o6us»in'(5ii. @uQufr(ip 0 j Qa^nrsirejr src^Arrnraitj^lsb ld^iuld 6TD6ii-X ^5?n^ U0a=iog>£#66)0r6a>j ^lrr«owr® jD ^)(r«asiDrr<* ^ s m s F g g suftii) “ aBibtSasiD” rr&sruuQib. ^anaFsij (oidso

6W6ur£dilgafl6Zrjpi <5 si r @ 0 L n S i_ tb enihgj, £l(i$ibue>/ib j§ l(o 0 ^fsanFei] s f LDcgtULD <35rrso ^ 5^)60 g l r B ^ ®ix><35ii) ^ l(r« ra r(5 l

« 6 f r fBfrs3r<®nr<366iju3, ^ s a r s p i i ) 2 id nr)<95T60aja§)6b s r i lt _ i r « 6 i |U ) (S g rre irn p i flSsar nr)6W. 2_<£rrfr«BriD/ra5 G l i a l . 6uirfBtsrg$6ir « « 33L_Sl «r06ur<55a0«w- ^rriou^^Slsb “ fS ;•; ^ u ” srsargjjii) gli_^^sb *itejBT 60fru). «no-"UU jrnc d><$6b 6T6ij6U6ir6i| (ip a n tD

Gaj6^@Qu)65?:utfin<£U-jijb 0n5)<5^)0«dQ(r3fr. @£5sar (gjnftuLj QpsaTffjj

6vj2srrffija5sfr Qa5rr«rart_ $ 0 6o3srr6ij G ait® . gliB^

(old60 srOsvjj^^lsTjfl&irajj «J 0 6 U ^ (S u fr s b <90 jp 6Wsu,y-g^l&j}(r^rbg j ib <^!so

(ip « n ff)A67T 6 O 0 6 U 0 j6 m (iJ ). ^ j ^ T S U 0 J , lifT STOTT ff)J A rr IB IT {T

(2<5rruj.«36b j ^stnaPAaQG^ii. Airii)

GutrgfluSsb «D ^6u^^^!6^t0'B0/cD|6!na:<»<90(o0ib. £§l£,!T)0

^ l e i r s s n b ^ j s s s r Q 6uckrr6^<956rr Q atso ttl. 630 G at® — 6uSstr6y ( 2 a iir ® . glSBrgpiD AiDiSlaj <5&LDa5

^U.g^CSscCoUJ g & r& c o rQ w iHSso. ^ £ ( 2 g r erf) gi b trgzsr&Q &rrtt) 6060rrid. *_a>rr!r6WJriDnrai LDdBUJiDfrsu^l rrrr *06330 e r Q g gi&> Qs&rreabr i fr60 rflev^uip ^s^A siSlssr rtj! ibitid 6TS55r«TOT(ipiq.tijnr0i. ft_^rrsrs9ariDrrA ^ffiDsnDiosuif^^fcTjfl’ dl(r^afg)!Jiiu<5^o2iii, ‘0^^)6015^’ srssr *)

f f lib a5nr6sar60(rib. glrfe^B OT3a=s\j, (bow (tp6sru| ^agg^suessr ®ii> 6r6sr^ Qa=fr6BT6OT ^sm a^Lsar ^j^ldsib- ^ ( 63)60 aidiS^ alda ,°>jSir63/ l_ 6OT d9<3&<»0633<® 6^ . £§>063T 0 ^ l j ^ 6 ^ 0 SU&rTSl/ G a T ® .

‘ a i d a i d ’ 6rD6>ijrf6i«2ferr ^ s t n A u u ^ i LDil®tD«bso srsBrnjj (y>0 s\5)sb QaFnrsarGsarsar, ^«rari_ 6i06iJ!r6rou>u(B^U3fra6 6W0ib aoaijrnwaBsn- £ lg jr>Q (ipAaQiu ft_a5ir[r65srii). 2_ 0 rrjOT5rLorrA a a id id uu 0 a> srsBrny

QAirsbspjtb Qutrdp^i ® t r 6mi-rrajg>i eiomirgsing surrafl* aQ G^ii. ^>ja6rr6ii0/ d?ip«fo«U5r 0 «3 3 0 6ro<$rriD/ra& tm e u g g j ^gmjFaSleir n$l 610611JJT0 6 B3 0 ^!TllllJ.UU 0 J. (

<9&Y.pUU(5 <90ff)<§/. ^ j 6U(2{rT6WDSB5r«!rU 9 0 aS6b 6U(rrfl«0lD (^swnjuSsb ^ i g i r e u g i i finger technique-@sb aSlgiuir& uuQggi a0(20(2iD QiuTi^liu, lSIsst 6ro«jrr0^1ssr glsrili^usnu^^rrsir a=u d^lasaS m 0 t. ,_^<9&Co60 ‘uj^MJfrgyp^ a&u3a5Lb’ auda srOtDU)B0U)ir« P t s . i - i v ] GAMAKAS

£§>0 ® « (JsufiswriJlQijDsiru^ or ear Qasirsrrsznas. g g l Q u 0 idlut g)ui> (Sloso 6r06U(r^OT>a5 QturriLuj. a6iD«^^L_sir ^frL.irj.uusina’jij uirrr& . ^ I ib ^ g )0 u ^ sa> a5rE0 j «U0 6 ^r&j suir6buj,i£f6b 6r(^^uS0. ^s5ari_6rC6U!r <%lo

«ro«u£r ^63j0 Qiuirtli^ 6U0ii) Q u ir ( L g g f i d B u btS ^ saw& pgflsir @(r«rari_irii> 6ii«r>«sinMJU lSsot u jijoSluSl <^,(0)60, 6T06U

ST^^b erji)u($lu) rDf6V)id06ur&ea>fi j<$.sierra *5j(j£<5jjjai£§l6b3»o. glfBdS &LD3o££ljT)0 6T63T ff)J Q«SfT«: SOLIU^IX). dVTUsGutrgSI jnr<* eufitTOr ^ ju > u js ^ )« d “ w w « @t_!sb ^y>63«S1^ gj«rarL_ &osu?g,$so 6jjbu®iib «u) 6^0 a_^/r(TJwru) ; «nu[T6iS) 6urr653rg><$6b “ aaiftsrtMflsroriQ^SI-

ajfflarOfft, ld l o u u £5^r£ln9, u u u «s^65 ifliflnS siosrOffl” OTSBrnjj ojr^ lu u ^ lot

fTffosoir e 8 p ^«rorL_ ujrCSiu/r* a s tD a r iia ^ ib ,_3>jL_rfi]a9iLj6frsirr65r

ero-vuuirrLD^& nflptr ^^/<» (ipd56>Sl6b 6jjrr6®jr^^)63r sfoeiirr^sjn^CSuj tfsaresr a u iu ^ sb urru_ii> usjrarfiuisfl tSji)Coc95 6toir6viSl0UJ0&Tn

^sma^t-sar

6r« a ru ^ f r 0 ir?. ‘^ 0 uuiL’ ctott^ld Q uujit. 6^0 dosutrfb&np 6^0 (if^n/D <2u>«5 6rD6iirr3i<$6af]63r0j

«|I_6OT g lp (E I0 6 u C c 3 5 ‘Q . B / r a ^ ’ ^ ( 0 1 0 . •L_^fT[T6aOTLDfr35 ‘ ®nDffl<5&Lo’ 6T65T0J

loinuir lo/tot6ii Q «6T rsnjs3^60 QaircbsiSla Q «ir(5 l* 0 ii> Q u ir(ip 0j, ‘«/r* ei)6U «Jir<$ 6r63rdQ(S0ii). Q ® fr<*0«o«i c^j^las *(6n)L_63r iSiULfl^^rrsb <9>i0i3&i0rr0t0. ^j^fT6ii3jj <^0 ^ (garirsiunffliOTiicgia (tpg56basrr60^<$«b Q$5 @ 0 (ifi<»?n njCaiuir nBrrsar^ (Lpsm njaCSsirrr ^>j6in^) @ i^c5 0 |gS1lL(5I (SujCbSO Q

glrargftRO *u><£ 6rDii)Ufi^5LDfr6!jr «r&J*srfl«b ‘ sverfl’ stsotu as) u8 «©/l» eSKJsFs^tDfrsw^. 6 ^ 0 srOaifr^^Pso riltkgfi ^jjgfsm® ^ s b e o jt f ^prer njj ^cbsojji (BfrSsOfB^i 6r06U jfE i« 2ar s u § b t^ 0 j 0 6 *nip»ji_«r Qj6frsOTr(5 ^s\9iu j-irasfEja&arficb asfrswjrsonrti). @ n5£ < * 0 «»tp eyL_«r *x.t£j.uj wo^^jriTKja&CSsir gnr«f&j&(OT) « 0 uir^CSiu* «uiq.«j/iia&&rr ^j«ff]*dfit»r jtjsot. [a_jgfr(r63OTr&j®6rr affSareruSsb «/r«isri3a&®uuilL.«w].

<36id<95ii) s fo « ifrrii« 2b r 0 j LDiL(jJluD«bso. ^ ^ i r s u ^ j ^ 6ottl_ crOuburB^iDrras, efoeupr^wn^s ^smffa&aBrrLDsb lSi^ u u ^ jld s&w&rej'X&trd (S&irmassmsu&CSar sreard «0tf5uu®aQeorjptvr. <3 id«o rsfrtl© emw&si&aQeb (Western music-£§sb) *(Sr6ro (Grace) ^ s a s o ji CTiLQus$6^QiD6ar«l (embeilishment) stsotojj Q^irebdl^irmar. @gij^ AID35LD 6T5OT 0J QuttJlT QunyjDgjI. STfii^eS^^ |£JID dOOJITIBl asJfar ,j)jsor&i

w>««otl_ fflnOLburis^iDrrswr aBtDa&rEia&srfieb sroi_|rf)g»ijb (ipajsb *u)«ib. ®6?n<£ (ipOTrq ‘s fi ldid uu ’ ersbrjt) &nfldn&u9«’ stsot jjj & m im rir urrmsrp$& Qcyrrsb^jiiGiJT^jji (§irr6OTrt_Tsu£i ‘u’oSyb^u tStsr 4 id9 6U01D (IfSOTLJ, g l« 5TOT)jGu)T0 ‘uNsDSUjS £tL@ 60C(f§U>. ^ t i p ^ jg ) |

6f06U!T(SlD ‘ !T6T06U’ 655UJ 6f n ) U < ^ ^ ^ S l 1) JJ f . ‘ ^ g y ’ 6T SOT 0 6 0 <5&i_L_(o«U ^ 0 « 0 tb sroojfTii) s r m d Q -yrrsbsosorrto. (*T5sf% ) srsOT0«5

(# u fr^ l0 6 s r. (3T3 ^T5gfcr) «rsot0 6 0 lSsot Qg&iri_rira00«ir

ctsotu Q uir0sfr. ^ s ^ C S u rrs b ^gysiosusriD srsOT0«b lSsot Q^m_iffB^| «i0ib 6ioojfru)(r0u>. ^jgysrosiijfBijssrr nStpsbCJuirsb idsid «)«iSCb6o(2iu

riQsirj)} grir«^^l/b*rr« ejffjuilL jssufl 0uibj«(st5«0

s S m p m . . * ; \ ’•

‘assTOr-i^LH-j* srsOT0 iti) a&iD«^<$|£itb ^gysro«U!r^«?nd5<* QasirsaOT®

'■: g t r m 9 3 anyone er jbu®d)jr)gi. a-pirptsarwirx (§*< 9> ^gysfosurii «$su{r^0jL_«OT <2ua0(6B)6b^rrsOT e5H *£® 6 U 0tb, * Qufr(ip0| 5 ‘ rf’ 6TSOTua5yi)0 Q p m a&frri*J>a; Qiuiriliq. {^piBj00

Ciofr6yr)6OT suff«?jOT^^lsb, asu u as srOff)«35 ffdehnrrf! ^ ireio uir<5 “ sn x fl* P t s . i-iv] gamakas 9 5

6morr” srw rjp QAfr«b|pt£)L-4>^)«® 4«nOffl<96’eS(® 0 u lSIcbtlj ‘rfTflniuQtumli^. ‘ woir’ su0

L3jD0 eronr Q susot^jj ®TfB<5 frfr^a£!siiS!0 fB0 fti njn&jaaSlcbSfeci ; <£i$0 fB 0 jii «utrsi9sbSso. srorfl® srwr^p Q®rr«ir«8r iSjt}0 ‘ffl’o n tu (260<9=nr«®j ‘ erOrr’a S jii^ 6VJ0 |fB^ srjbjD (®jipfl0&O6tnuJ« ®6urrrB(S£ c-5>j|p6f06Ufrr&j«6Tr 'gianiD&sbrp 6ar.

(§1®® arOfB^rruu^^lsb sfosuiruu^^^jii) (tpfflnfl)«nuju u p /l 6p0 fflSsi^MJii Q njsar. §>0 6urfl6wiu 6t06viruu(^i^^l4f Q&rr&dQiib Q u rr^ay , «j>fgjjs»06U!r(Bi®2br Q®rr60 6yi

<90^0(2id O ujcri^uj ^»>}g)[sf06UTrEi®^Tr (BfTii •L_®®rf)Liu<$6bS5\5. sroewru

u ® & > $ ffr(Lj>^jUftiif®6tfl6C isflsoir ^(evjeu&uJLDrrsar ^^«ro&jrrn&i a ^ lo t t ot(tg^!, g)!r

®8srrujti> ay® «6^i_uu(5)£> ®ya0 0 fr« 6rr. “ u t l _ l d Q & u j u j u

(5u t <90 nr)6U6p»0 ^soTffjiii) Q ^ flu jfra y . ^ cu gp ® ;® , 6rtr9®j^u)ifi/r«Br

a06^»ufBJ«3j f r ® 6in «if$6b c5>|sir«rf)® $ 6ar6srrai<36SsfT 2_u(2ujrr60<££y 6r(ipjy«ai^fr«3 §>rr ^erraStjij^u u®0nj 0(r«rii) jy uJT6U0ii)

6TCLDU!T35frUJ U nr L. IT IB dS ITU) IT OS $ 6 0 t _ 0 U U t ) .« 2 f e f r ® <36 JT) <3660 IT lb .

*_^(T!TCRiruonr® Q p ^ fn d siu U T « 6ua5rfls3r *< 55 3 djsariurraft 6urr6mr^^l6b

<36 ld u cro ® id u nS u u id ld ® s sro et)

n»rr . . j nr . . . u j . . . «rafi . ctsot nj '

a£)sb U f jS U 11)7 U II * J LD £ AC IT <5 or 6T6OT fly uiriq.(6V)g)jib

erosu/rib Q®rr60|£jLb Q uir^ay uu ld ld a ® onDsrt) s rs s r n y g s T s ir Q ® ir « b

a9(20ii). ^)L_rEJ®6ifl6b L)ir®iufr6vn0 ®ld®® 0n$utj«3flnr®

^QAfTBWJT® 6T(l£d560rrib.

6 j> ffl«S5)«. ®LC® 610 lb LI IB &) WIT 65T ‘fijj^ /® ® ^ )* ® ID A ££

sm ajuCJurrsb gjsaorL. 6rou>LifB

bT6kjr} ®0c^!«nu.J ^jrioiSA Q iiQ ufr^^j ‘if u

«iifr<90®c99(o0iD. iSsar eroojj^en^ Glujrriluj. 6rt><$friDnr®

.-9j(1>l

«0^1uS!6b 6U0LD 0 Ll^fS U<£5 LDU 6r63r(2 nj Q®/rsba9(20ID.

^jlsiiajir ny dfip 6rosu/r^«!»^ Qiufriliq. 6U0«u®y<2LMsb (SiDeb 6fo6U!T(tpu> ®6v>i dfluSsb u>«tojj)6ii0/ ( S u n r s s r ^ (SjSTrfjpujsrflci^ii) «u>«ijb @0® 96 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL dSljD^ <9!n&j ictr s> - 6T6sr nyub «onr, , ffl - troapr urr er&sr p t i Q^ir-sbdSCJ^iij. ‘ aJajrii)’ srerrjpj CldFfrsbso

60 m b . ( 6 $ 6 0 r ib ' 6T6ST(5 sb LD«7D njCU 0 j 6TS3T ^ f f ^ ^ L D a&v-rt) 60 IT lb . 6£0*6D«U_Jli> 6\?63r (LpiX> a660®jjj IDaijHJLDa&TSO «l£><® <5a§6b a j{ r « * » -(5ltc. 6&/ru>ajifg>^l63flu96b ere n9 <5 u 6T6ar njj Q£a$0)0111 i5ff)0 iflsi^u(ipibf ffia^ir as^^^jQu i3rt)@ a^il^(iy)ir, Qps&TL\ utQ^iD^pib, (tp65TL|

IDjblUlLQpib 6U 0a0S O T njGtsr.

^(5>fT0 «T6BT ^ 0 6 llsa><5BUU(5lU5. g>IT0 6T6WU0 J ®(l£6)S) a_6a5jrL_fr^» slide er&sruirir,gssrr. 6w51iB0 |6ro^rr6afl 6n3®j<$^^g0«b ggfr063i6U <-$j^i!a&uwr<56 a_uCoUJitrrsOT abioauarngff) syiib. u0«a& ^a&^Sl 6Ufrtum^0j. 0u^6w>^(2mj U3tr ff) fl)«a&>.®ib «y<»£0 s_®hht®. ^3i^3i ^fr0<95d5(6i^t_65r <9r^^5 ®Ofr(Saifflsir>Mj<35 smaajfrsabr L_(T«3 (2£5& Q&rraOGO (ipiq.ujir g i, <$60 ^ 1 n&iassrflsb QtSh»0ihQunrap0j $ ctqotgniib u0 g>®<£ 6Uffl 6U0liQuT(lJ^/s LC^MJU3^^«vSl0®0| ^/T0 6W0<30p0J.

GVDLDsrD^susaf) ajfrsaar^^sb 4u $ 6*0 rf) <*’—as u n0 6*0 if!, rfia& unQsm 9 OTsar^j Q^frsbjpiiQu/r^jj/ ^ 0 6fo^nruSl-^nr0 g"i)u ®a0n)0/. glsarspii ‘uarfl 6«)rf <9&un0 - ifl&u - ffisnDrf!

^uQurr(Lp01 Q<£FfT6C60ULJL_L- a5LD*fBldB^TT^ <$60 cSbsrT surriuuu/TLl.i^jba&fraCosiJ <56aflu-irr<96 rj0MJt$«<*uuL-(S!6rr6ir65r. 6UD"=U)l3^U), fBiruSdSii), (tppiflpib (tp^sSliuesr vwifqr 6rt)ibLi®^u>nrs3r <3&LDc%r&J&srr. su/tujsto tDir(iij!(o606i|63r (v o ic e m o d u la tio n ) ersar^j

Glai^l«3 6U6»s6)«irub, Qu)6b66!«sjrub Q & ir® & g ]u u ir® g > < & , & s s tib u j^ jjji_ 6 5 r Lifrtjlcssb, Q^/rewrwnustnuj ©SliKpu ufr($l<£6b, 6unr«ni4j P t s . i -iv ] GAMAKAS 91

Qpi^«Q<3irrsOTr(5 urr($)<56b (Surr6srp«D6u<*Q6rr6b«onrib «nonr^«35^^l

Q«fT6irar(5laj{rLiuili_ aioarija& sir. suT«nuj^i^<»Qd5nr«jbr(gl utru^.(g)6yiib,

nB(TL9u9s6l0rB(^ | inirpib Ljafyu^H-H-esr * _ 6sijri_fr0 ii) Qu/r(i£j>] asstufTsuib c»>j«!nL_ gjuJLDtnrr ^jaurrassir ^ ^ la& u x ra& u u fr^ s u rrir. ^ u C o u n r^ u b ujsyorr fflSl^«urrff5r« s rr aaCSarflastflsb glsiisijfr^ urr(^ibQu^(i£^i iBirii ujr«u<9=u>.

^fflcilsD rairii)’ (ipasaSliu «LD«r&j<3&sfr ajrB^l 6unr^ujr&ia5srfl«3 cgrn)

UL_-35«nul£J-UJtW>aU. 63 2 J OfOLDlU <£<$60 ^(TSOTT® ^SO SO ajJ QfOTTffK ^IB ^l a&Ssrr lSlLu)., tiJ<5 ^)«b glrrsOTrjJl ^ rE ^ a g rfl

surr^luugjj ^rfltSsar swr ix>rr^ti>. <<<^&^.t_^T63^lX)’, 6U T ^)«0ibQ ufr^^j £ j fi_u(Sujrr«L/u(5lii). [aL_^T{r«rarrEJ<356rr dBmli_uuLlL_sijr].

Qunr a^6urr

UTil($®«Tjfr«(6n>ub 6^(5 «jrrj g>ir ^srr< a/« 0 ^ u iu anS^asrrsb uujsarufjlii). ^CodSLOrr^lffl, ^ T ^ u j a a r r j r f a ^ i b airr^<$ tu^^ljr>Qa&6OT njj ^ 0 assaf! eui$«niiju iSsaru rorfltuffurr^syiti, surruju

u»ril«ni_C»MJ u!T^fr«®ru)(r<35 sm suas^aQ a^snsrr 26U6?rar(S)ub. a&U)«rEi

assiPsar 6uiq.6 u u b ujsnr^leb nssar^a&u u^fE^frsb^frsar srnasuSisb Q^srfl

aj(_6ar SU0U3. @ ^,© 0 6U(rtuuuiTili^.6ar s agsiSl uQas uS)a& ^ a j ^ l i u u ) . <0!^svSlai2^(2«J, sreargn 2rErrrra& 6urr<£UJ£«n<55 6r(5<5® /« Qa5irsrori_fr«> 0LpiBsm<5«(6i5<950 6r06ii!T(6ijfr6srib aSajr&gli—Gsr 6rjT)i-i(j)lsugiU) &irwib. , <9=0 ^ 1 surrasujcgaSsb cuir^lu

u ^ J ) ^ 6 U f r ju u u f r tli£ ) .6 a r sTt>rr .

stfSararaniuuGJurra) p i k a S surpiurBt&srfltt) aBisa&nuas&ir ufguj&sy. LDIT <56 dS &IT MOT 60 IT lb. -5»J ajJSljli) 6\S)ilJ 5^Jli)c9:(BJ5&Slf!sb aSLDa&r&l 'a& rr ^CSujfrtSLDrrasi* Qa&rr&, asuoanyassiflsar sOani^ujrBj «& rr ap/T6ro^rPiu urrans^uSlsb «r6usu6rr6rflsurra& aS 6urrtjuj£5c$sb 6UT^1.

.j^aCSsu § u ujaiEJa&^sinds i£ h £ li-L b asarjrra^nrsani) suir^l^^j (Lpt^-a0 ia> Q&irsrraSf S (06ar. SOME LESS KNOWN COMPOSERS OF KERALA Dr. S- Venkitasubramonia Iyer, Trivandrum

Kerala has a long tradition of classical music. The composers hailing from that land are also not a few. Still many of them are not known to the world outside. The vast and varied output of Maharaja Svati Tirunal and its dazzling brilliance threw into oblivion the compositions of others who preceded him as well as of many who followed him. Due to the efforts of the Ail India Radio, Trivandrum, there has been a revival of interest in the songs of some outstanding composers like Irayimman Tampi, Kuttikkunju Tankachi and K. C. Kesava Pillai. But there are several others whose output remains in relative obscurity. A brief account of these is attempted here.1 titupu ■&“(§! - I * * n-itm*. Among the pre-Svati Tirunal composers, leaving apart the authors of the Attakkathas the padas in which are primarily meant for , and Manaveda’s Krishnagiti meant for a similar purpose, it is only Ramapurathu Varyar who is somewhat known. His rendering of the AshtapadP of Jayadcva into Mala­ yalam,,although with some changes in Raga and Tala here and there, keeps his memory alive. Recently another work on the model of Ashtapadi has also been brought to the notice of scholars, namely the Sivagiti of the prolific writer Ramapanivada.® That there are some others also who deserve attention is not known to many. Two such composers are Kulasekhara and Kottayam Virakerala Varma. i. mj 'WifSiiu:-rav d !V c-idu ■’ : 'x' ^ Kulasekhara is referred to as a composer in Malayalam tullal named Ramesvarayatra describing the pilgrimage to Ramesvaram of Kartika Tirunal Rama Varma Maharaja of Travancore (1725— 1798) who was himself reputed to be a composer although no compositions of his, other than some attakkathas, have come

1. Only the authors who have not been dealt with in the writer’s article ‘Some Composers of Malayalam music ’ in Vol. XXV of this Journal are dealt with here. 2. Vide L. S. Rajagopalan, * Sivagiti o f Ramapanivada ’ in Vol. XXXV of this Journal. PT S. I-IV] SOME LESS KNOWN COMPOSERS OF KERALA 9 9

down to us. The context in which this reference occurs makes it quite clear that the songs referred to are of the classical type, because they are given as ‘ Kulasekharavarakirtanappattum' and the expression * Kirtanappattu* is significant beside maranpattu, vanchipattu etc., mentioned along with it." We also get in addi­ tion a line ‘ Varnangal gadyangal rajendrakirtanangal*. All these occur in a description of the entertainments for the Maharaja in his camp on the way. The author of the work, a Marar belong­ ing to Ettumanur, expresses at the close of the work the hope that the Maharaja would give him suitable presents on listening to his poem. This makes the author a contemporary of Kartika Tirunal. The royal composer referred to must, therefore, be an earlier king. It is difficult to establish his identity because several ruling kings of Kerala had the name ‘ Kulasekhara9. Even some of the Kirtanas of Svati Tirunal are found given as * Kulasekharamaharajakirtana9 in musical anthologies which originated outside. The well known pallavi in his honour also reads * Sadgunanidhichandra Kulasekhara \ But the Kula- sekhara mentioned in the Ramesvarayatra is perhaps Sangrama- dhira Varma Kulasekhara, the great monarch who ruled at Quilon in the early J4th century. In the prologue to his drama Pradyumnabhyudaya he is described as an adept in music (Sangita- sastraparadrsva). The possibility of the reference being to Kulasekhara Alvar also cannot be completely ruled out.

Vira Kerala Varma (1645-1696) was a prince adopted into the royal family of Travancore from the royal family of Kottayam, also known as Purali, in North Malabar. During a pilgrimage to the South he happened to visit Umayamma Rani of Travancore -(1678-1685). Impressed by his pjrsonality and valour, the queen adopted him into her royal family as there was none to succeed her to the throne and since she was in need of a warrior like him to put down the political troubles that were raging at that time. He quelled all rebellions and made the administration efficient and dismissed all plotters, but this created many enemies for him and he was assassinated. He was a good poet and composer. He has rendered the Valmikiramayanam in Malayalam and it is

3. The work Ramesvarayatra is not published, but extracts from it are given by UUur S. Paramesvara Iyer in his Vijnanadipika, Part III. pp. 215 if. 100 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [VoL. XL

popularly known as Keralavarmaramayanam. Two of his musical compositions have come down to us- One is a ragamala on goddess Parvati beginning with Kalaye gambodhirasanalaye in thirtytwo ragas, the names of all of which occur in the sahitya. The other is a Kirtana on Lord Padmanabha, Dhyayemanisam-

In the first we find the author referring to himself as Vanchi- vira-Keralavarmabhupala and in the second as Puralivanchibhupati. This author is different from Kottayam Tampuran, the author of the attakkathas Kalyanasaugandhikamt Kirmiravadham etc. Another poet who shows considerable mastery of music is Kunchan Nampyar the originator of Tullal, whose identity with Ramapanivada, the Sanskrit poet and author of Sivagiti, is still a disputed question, but whose date is doubtless, the 18th century. In the Kiratam tullal he has introduced a song in praise of Siva beginning witb Srikantha srikantha in seven sections each employ­ ing a different tala. The talas are Lakshmi, Kumbha, Marma, Kontanachi, Champa, Panchari and Adanta. The last three talas correspond to Jbampa, Rupaka and Ata talas of modern music, but the rest are rare and only found described in musical treatises. Kunchan Nampyar gives details relating to these in his Harini- svayamvaram Tullal.

Associated with Svati Tirunal himself were two composers who have not been much known in that capacity. One is his own sister Rani Rukmini Bai, among whose compositions Srikanthesa pahi in Mukhari raga has attained some popularity. The other is Palghat Paramesvara Bhagavatar, the chief musician in his court, the author of the few varnas and kirtanas, none of which, however, is now easily available.

In the post-Svati Tirunal period, as stated earlier, the compo­ sitions of Irayimman Tampi, Kuttikunju Tankachi and Kesava Pillai are rapidly becoming popular in Kerala, but not so much outside. But there are some composers whose songs have yet to attain popularity. Kotungallur Kunjikuttan Tampuran, Kerala Varma Valiya Koil Tampuran and Manavikrama Ettan Tampuran are the more important among them.

4. The texts of these are given by Ullur, Vijnanadipika, Part III, pp. 215 ff. PTS.I-IV] SOMB LESS KNOWN COMPOSERS OF KERALA 101

Kotungallur Kunjikuttan Tampuran (1866-1903) was a famous Malayalam poet who rendered the whole of the Maha- bharata into Malayalam verse and so came to be called * Kerala Vyasa Besides numerous poetic works he has some songs also to his credit. They are generally in Malayalam. * Mangalame- kaname ’ in Anandabhairavi-Adi and ‘ Jagadambe sarasvati * in Sarasvati - Rupakam are just two examples.4

Kerala Varma Valiya Koil Tampuran (1845-1915) was the most outstanding Sanskrit scholar of his time. He was a well known patron of arts and letters and a fine player of Vina. He was consort to Rani Lakshmi Bai of Travancore. Some of his ragamalika slokas are popular, for instance,

aft d srfigasrrftagR i

Manavikrama Ettan Tampuran of Calicut (1845-1915) became Zamorin in 1910. He was a distinguished Sanskrit scholar and poet and is the author of some Ashtapadis on the model of Jayadeva’s work. The chief among them are Krishnashtapadi and Kiratashtapadi. The first is in praise of Lord Krishna and the second in praise of Kiratamurti, popularly known as *Vettakkorumakan’, a Kerala deity conceived as the son of Siva and Parvati when they were disguised as hunters. The following is an extract from the latter.

(«rrf^) a re:

?TTJT^ft ^TeTcT STW xrconfa

(JTW40 * * * '

5. Given in notation in Matrubhumi Weekly, C alicu t; 7th February an4 3rd January, 1965 respectively. 102 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

#fnJT%^^«Tf%cTVT^lT 5T?T3 TO (*TT*T^) Rani Lakshmi Bai (1848-1901) of the Travancore royal family, wife of Kerala Varma Valiya Koil Tamburan, had like her husband, a scholarly bent of mind and a high degree of profi­ ciency in Vina. She has written several musical works for the group dance of ladies called Kaikottikkali, the chief among them being Nalacharitam and Gopikavastrapaharanam both in Mala­ yalam. It is interesting to note that she has also written in Tamil a work called Sakuntalam in the Chindu style.

Kalyanikutti Ammachi (1839-1909), consort of Ayilyam Tirunal Maharaja, was an adept in Vsna and vocal music. She is the author of thirtythree songs. These are comprised in the section called Ganasara in her work named Stavamalika.*

It may also be incidentally noted that while in the history of South Indian music we get few women composers in other parts, we had in Trivandrum several noble ladies like Rani Lakshmi Bai, Kuttikunju Tankachi, Rani Lakshmi Bai and Kalyanikutti Ammachi who came out to display their talent as composers.

A n o th e r composer is Mukkolakkal Marar whose identity it has not been possible to establish. I once came across a palm- leaf manuscript containing songs of several celebrated composers and I saw in it one song given as a Kirtana of Mukkola Marar. Mukkola is a place a few miles away from Guruvayur and is famous for a Devi temple, on the deity of which it is that Rama­ panivada wrote his Sivagiti. The author is a Marar, the profes­ sional musician hereditarily attached to the temple belonging to this place, but his name is not known. The kirtana is on Lord Krishna and is in Kambhoji raga, Aditala. Its sahitya and style are reminiscent of Sadasivabrahmendra’s Kirtanas. It has four sections and has the burden ramatam cheto me.

*Pr55TCf WPJTT#

6. It has not been possible to get a copy of this work. But one song from it is cited in the Kerala Sahitya Charitram, Vol. IV by Ullur (p. 673). It is in Sanskrit. PTS. I-IV] SOMB LESS KNOWN COMPOSERS OF KERALA

l*RTT %Tt ^ »

*Tfl% <£>T?!T^ xm i %ft ^ i

fcT*£TT^

**TcTT *t I arftiTTsn^ ^TUTT^

*ffcTT %cft ^ \ We do not know whether this Marar has other compositions also to his credit.

Pazhedattu Sankaran Namputiri who recently passed away (in 1955) was a Sanskrit scholar and poet. He belonged to Killikkurissimangalam and established a Sanskrit school named Balakollasini Samskrita Pathasala. Among his works is one called Stotravali, which contains songs in praise of various deities. The song on Sarasvati may be cited as an example.

g-^nrrffr

f^TVTT (*R%) 104 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VOL. x t

2. ^TRiakcn^cr^:^ ^rt frf^r 'Ti^sw't (smfir)

3. ^ c^T ff^ STT^ m^TJTg^T^ (*1^ )

Attur Krishna Pisharoti (1876-1964), the celebrated author of the masterly treatise Sangitachandrika7 was a musician and composer besides being a musicologist. His most noteworthy contribution as a composer is the section called Gitaprakasa in his work. It constitutes a Gitamalika strung in more than 400 ragas, each section forming a gita illustrative of one raga and the sahitya forming a connected account of the story.

Creative activity in music has not been confined to the Hindu community in Kerala. As I have shown elsewhere,® it has had numerous votaries among the Christians. A collection of songs cast in the Karnatic classical mould arose under the title Christian Lyrics meant to serve as general prayers and as songs for particular occasions in church service and annual ceremonies. The songs are mostly modelled after the Kritis of Svati Tirunal, Tyagaraja and Irayimman Tampi.

Among the Christian composers Kandattil Verghese Mappila (1858-1904), the famous journalist who founded the Daily Malay ala- deserves special mention. His compositions numbering 51 are all general prayers. It was at the instance of Varghese Mapilla that K. C. Kesava Pillai wrote the kind of songs collectively called * Isvarastotrangal ’ every one of which is a prayer to God in general terms without being associated with any particular religion. These songs serve as universal prayers like the songs of Vedanayakam Pillai of Tamilnad.

The Tamil musical drama attained much popularity in Kerala during the first two decades of this century. Attracted by its music, some poets wrote similar dramas in Malayalam. The composer K. C. Kesava Pillai is chief among them and his drama Sadarama held the stage for quite a long time. Other writers

7. Published by the Gita Press Ltd., Trichur, 1954. 8. Vide ‘ Christian Religious Music In Karnatic Classical Form ’ in Vol XXXV of this Journal. '

• 6 4

PtS- l-IV ] SOMB LBSS KNOWN COMPOSERS OF KBRALA: 105 included T. C. Achyuta Menon, author of Sangitanaishadkam, and Eravayil Chakrapani Variyar who rendeted as Malayalam songs many slokas in Kalidasa’s Sakuntala. But all those songs are meant for the stage and not for the concert. Many of them have no claim to any originality as compositions, because they are mostly sahityas fitted to the dhatus of songs well known like those of Tyagaraja, Svati Tirunal and Patnam Subramania Ayyar. The song in imitation of which a piece is composed is also sometimes found indicated. ; > a : ^

One important deficiency in our knowledge about the works of the minor composers noticed above, is that in most cases we get only the Sahitya and not the Varnamettu. All that we get about its music is the names of the raga and tala. It is difficult, therefore, to evaluate fully their musical worth. Many of them have yet to be brought into currency. It is no wonder that, when even the songs of well known composers like Irayimman Tampi and Kesava Pillai have yet to find their way in musical concerts, they remain in obscurity. Efforts should be made to discover their music and popularise them, as far as possible keeping to their original form.

Another matter which demands attention is the compositions produced by the joint efforts of poets and musicians. The recent publication of the kritis of a modern composer Yoganandadasa is an example. It contains 32 songs the sahitya for which is alone by the author and the music is devised by some of the well known musicians of the present day. An attempt to synthesise compositions by bringing together poets and musicians in what is called a ‘ workshop ’ was made a year or two ago by the Kerala Sangita Nataka Akademi. The musician sets to music the lyric which the poet gives, the necessary modifications being made in the text as well as the music to make the final product a musical piece free from technical imperfections. New additions to our musical repertoire should no doubt be encouraged, but a compo­ sition of the best type will be the result of genuine inspiration alone and not a product of artificial synthesis. Theme should agree with the form and feeling with the melody. We find a wholesome blending of the various factors that go to make a sound composition only in the spontaneous outpourings of the

1 4

0 1 0 6 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VOL. XL great masters. True that even in the case of some musical classics like the Ramanataka of Arunachalakavi the music was supplied not by the author but by certain others. But it must be also remembered that in such instances they have been sub­ jected to further changes and many songs are now being sung In ragas and talas different from what is indicated in the original and we sometimes even feel the change is for the better. But no one dares to make any serious alteration in the music of the^songs of Tyagaraja or Dikshitar, nor will such a thing be tolerated. While creative talent should be encouraged, music should not be looked upon as something which can be made to order. SISHYA PARAMPARA Asthana Vidran Sri Chennakesaviah, Mysore The movement which under the patronage of the Vijayanagar Kings and the guidance of Sri Vyasaraya Swami- gal attained its zenith in the days of Purandaradasa, suffered a severe setback with the break-up of that Kingdom in 1565, as did the several other cultural activities of those days. The move­ ment was dormant for more than a hundred years in the disturbed political life of South India and slowly revived under Vijaya- dasar and his disciples and again became popular all over India in the 18th and 19th centuries. During the interval the great Sri Raghavendraswami of Mantralaya whose Bhairavi kriti “Induyenage Govinda” with the ankita ‘Dhiravenugopala’ is the only kirtana still popular. Mantralaya became the centre of the Haridasa movement and a number of flourished in Cheekalaparavi, Chippagiri, Mosarakallu, Uttanur,Venisomapur, Byagavatti, , Kakhandike, andSurapura, all within a short radius of Mantralaya. it is the intention of this dis­ course to give a brief account of a few of these great Musician bhaktas and savants who followed the great tradition of Purandaradasa, with rendering of a kriti of each.

1. Vijayadasa (1682-1755) Cheekalaparavi in Manvi taluk in the of the present Mysore State is the birth place of this Dasa, who was the eldest son of Srinivasappa and Koosamma. After an early life spent in poverty, the Dasa, after the demise of his parents, went to Kasi seeking enlightenment. God appeared to him one night in a dream in the form of Purandara Dasa and gave him the ankita Vijayavitthala. The Dasa awoke a man fully learned in the lore of sruti, smriti, Vedanta, Purana, Itihasa and began com­ posing and singing Kirtanas and suladis conveying the essence of our culture in easy Kannada for the un-initiated. Thus this Dasa, a disciple in a way of Purandara Dasa himself, travelled ail over India thrice, composing kirtanas in praise of the deities of the several Kshetras and settled at Chippagiri with his disciples and attained in 1755. There is a belief among the Hari­ dasas that Madhvapati, the younger son of Purandara Dasa was himself born as Vijayadasaru and as suggested to him at the time of his moksha by Purandaradasa, composed 25000 108 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L. XL

kirtanas to make up the short-fall in his own kirtanas which number 475000. The Dhanyasi composition “ Linga Yennan- taranga ” was composed by Vijayadasa when he visited Rameswaram. boislftu* ,6c 2. Gopaladasa (1721-1765) .Gopaladasa, one of the principal disciples of Vijayadasa was born at Mosarakallu in Raichur district as the eldest son of Murariraya and Yenkamma and known as Bhaganna in early life. After the demise of his father he shifted to Sankapura near Gadwal and lived in poverty. He was a great Gayatri upasaka and known for his devotion. He was well versed in Astrology. After some time he went to Uttanur and began composing Devaranamas with the ankita ' Venkatakrishna ’. When Vijaya­ dasa .came to Advani he became his disciple and was given by him the ankita Gopala Vitthala.^Mc travelled all over India twice and after attending Brahmotsava in Tirupathi knew that the end of his life was approaching and left the mortal frame by breath- control in 1765 at Uttanur. There are many compositions of his full of our philosophical wisdom. The composition "Palisayya” in Bilahari is on the Lord of Seven Hills and the sahitya is set in three kalas. jtoae 1© ittiai n it; gnm im st i smT

3. Jagaimatha Dasa (1727-1809) u At Manvi in Raichur district was born in 1727 to Narasimha- dasa and Lakshmakka, Srinivasa, who as a favourite disciple of Sri Varadendra of Mantralaya became learned in all our ancient lore, returned to Manvi and was leading a respectable family life. - Arrogant of his learning he was once indifferent to Vijayadasa and immediately contracted stomach ache which proved incurable. When unable to bear the pain he was actually thinking of suicide. Sri Raghavendra Swamigal appeared in his dream and advised him. He then went and sought forgiveness ofi Vijayadasa, who sent him to his principal disciple Gopala­ dasa. The Dasa according to his Guru’s directions not only cured him, but actually gave him 40 years of his own life, as he knew he had only a short span of life. He sent him to Pandara- pura, At this place, while bathing in the Bhimarathi river Srinivasa got the ankita *Jaganmtha Vitthala’ and became known henceforth as Jagannatha Dasa. In true Haridasa style he also' travelled all over India and acquired fame and disciples. He is rTS. I-IV] PURANDARA DASA SISHYA PARAMPARA 109 the author of * Harikathamritasara ’ and * Tattwasoovali * and translated into Kannada, commentaries on the Gita, Brahma- sutrabhasya and Upanishads. In 1809 he left the mortal frame at Manvi. His composition “ Shambho Sura Gangadhara ” in Mohana is in praise of the deity at Pampakshetra. 4. Anandadasa Anandadasa born at Cheekalaparavi was an orphan and was brought up by one Rajacharya of Surapura, where he studied and became a great Pandit. He had a very fine voice and acquired proficiency in both the Carnatic and Hindusthani systems of music and was patronised by the Raja of Surapura. In course of time he met a disciple of Jagannatha Dasa who had the ankita Srisavarada Vitthala, and became his disciple and had the ankita Kamalesa Vitthala. He travelled widely, visited Kolhapur, Udipi, Mysore and other places, acquired fame and came back and settled at Surapura. A great devotee of Sri Raghavendraswami, he breathed his last at Surapura while he was performing before the deity. “Padadarsana” in Arabhi is one of his Pancharatnas, which may be likened to the Pancharatna Kritis of Sri Tyagaraja. 5. Prasanna Venkatadasa (1680-1752) Venkappa, a native of Bagalkot in Bijapur district, pained by the harsh words of his sister-in-law, sought refuge of the Lord at Tirupathi. Pleased by his devotion the Lord appeared to him as a Dasa and Venkappa became a learned Haridasa with the ankita Prasanna Venkata. He composed several devotional pieces, visited many Kshetras, returned to his native place Bagalkot and settled there. He has translated the Bhagavata into Kannada. He attained Moksha in 1752 at Badami. A contemporary of Vijayadasa and respected by him, he was known as Chikka- purandaradasa. ** Ane Bantane ”, a kriti of his in Saranga, is in praise of his favourite deity. L.' ' 2 ■ ' * 6. About 60 years ago a bhakta who was spending all his time under the peepul tree under which Vijayadasa used to meditate composed songs with the ankita Venugopala. The Natakurinji Kirtana “ Maruti Maramanana thoro” is in praise of Sri Madkvacharya and his previous incarnations of Bhima and Anjaneya. This is on the model of present day kritis. ilO THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

Vijayadasa’s Composition

jr/r*# : i&i&sruj!r€r8 #ir«tr

^QjirsgDsmr : «rt> ^aj^trrrsvdswjt g 6TOffi2^ i uU)i'*affii6irD

&3/Ejat 9r6m68rmt3c rin a t (tririff)

c5>j@iufii)fie oS

u>®«,«rr/r®«5 aro/r Qeutr ^^ m js t(Sssr (arariff)

#fT#$

1 . Staff i&i crQss a t ia^ BirusL^t utggggeurQsu

QiL€rr6iBQst @«n)~-u)^truQamQuJ Vd:t*£ttSjU i ■*'■2 ^0 fj§jii5gj3T6£l(8m£reff)j)l3t airL^r^BtrtrJSQuj

*fcl&ir3ug§l^ 0 « , i£l&t6uir(ouQd»)?.(2uj || (jririff) U-U / *0' .a ii.'VU'C/-; —V' , i ^ ^ H-:* *...'L-: 5 v v;r it r. .. J *j'i

2. « 465reffi!saujB-(j9)U-oeo»ffQxt iLtbj&r xeorruQau

4&i m u @ u j 6rfl«2® « , «u« airesffQxQuj

ldQgst frgglau ir6 U 0 Q a t u>«Krf?<*,«r/ru* rsm dsLi

uiQfari&uJtrLL&Q&^esr i9t«or6vruQ6u [| (tariff)

3 . 6fo6urirStui rr&Qeynu u/B%rrrpff3eu

Q a t6TriBiatru>6ssTQa% freroQ^r^irdsxi

efftrrr&iSij efiggiu af?t_aa)63? !§eg<6vn6rv&

9*Jirf)gj0tsn iB&sQerSt$ t uStuwemir ||

Sf & P t s . i - iv ) purandaradasa s is h y a p a r a m p a r a l i t

' 9 .

b eg • | b 9 9 9 3 b-ss b 0 b *6 b b * ** . 9 b *8 9 § ^ -1 «l 9 tts w

«b 1 -b *8 * 9 a *** 3 b 39 S « 9s ‘2 « * 1 9 ‘I

8 •8 ffijQjsQureb -8 3 e» =s -- a «b | £b *» b 4 HK * 3 q$ • -g - - J •g 9 1 b s <1 ■§ a 3 •1 <2 b J 0 9 * eg 3 -tfc <1 b 3 b b q. 9 * •8 8 •e § 0 <* * * 4 -- 3 eg 4 <*»

*«L 0 * ®j&r *r6mnb&&rruju) e ^ •e eg b i 1 % % 18 8 *8 * •I 0 <8*

3 I 5 ■8 .*6 Is 'V is •9 3 0 eg 9 cgl 0 b eg b b 3 b 3 ^ Q

18 *«£ * -e ( ’l„ •(8

Gopaladasa’s Composition • t9$eo & ® r F t [ ^ ^ 3 &iretr•

^(Sa-irG im sm ; GrtiRia su t£iGro. suQrrrswam ; ert>r8aia i uu>1* 9tfi26r6 U^fiC J

uireSltiaertiujujir ueuGsrmriULUw uw 60suntfi $ jG tsvdjuair QsumjasL-trirtiJ,

«9ipud)0Da3

« /T 6 0 strecQ s ^W Q ^^^tuireO ujQ ^^^ iS&nen iro-rQeOQpQ^^

d^sirQirirQIiMgii aQ ^m rfia > f&s»r

1 . y# irv srOu>erOinrQajti)(outir 6 n ) - © 6 n ) - ’*eu uvrjBjG iuirerr

FFeriiaL'iirQtrQesrireimiftQuj (Sew ? QjSatrQtrQia

^Sa^eroQ&srmQ(SwQeo a^rrerS Q&^nreifiero-weuGtr

(260 ero-v i86or&3&)6068i6Hiuir Q pm I ggia

(2 & 3ir6y. iririrS&3(i>l6rrG)60 tr mirtrv^iri^ 3 e G K S c s v o p gj}rear

Ua&Jgl meutrfr&a uJ6u& ffijig} QerOiu L9iip.itQ6r06Br68r iBerV60 iugstimit^ ft 6ri)60@&n)ir yri>6rfltxiireni)&(iTjur(2 «r r

2 . G P ®®3«RJT*s6^*^8 G/>® l& i r u * s6ffiii>tlg s & > ($

Kgl6U6rtG)i$ t uSlm&a QPQ5®Ai

QPQ5 fi?A*a'flto&n G/3® 6 r tfir R m i£ a Gprr ptirifi « tnr6imG^a LoqrjGir ir(2

31 QuoQeo &>G)rrQi-»inp.i6i{)) G £ ® 0 P ®

u t& j$ ^fi06tir6oQas {§),££]

G/5® © L,® ® » G/>©®®>/r®fiy® «5T®3®J vyX&Mirt^aMz L9Hib u 3 QpQijJB eQtrusu

3. «0^3) «r0/r«3(r $ tin gst 6fou>wQ6txr LnrptrJHB^ 6 n ) « 6 0

'glaifl'S uiBfiUDirtrQeijiB^)^ ib it u 9m g i 3

ldQit Qeunr&m QubeQmgpi QutrGiruj Qtu^seoeoQ,j» 8

ggfl& ia L9t 6roir(Ba6ijrr(3ir QpirirQir

U)(nj&iribi$ ir a 3i£ G<*sllUir*)«S'L_2ft> * uv^re*/ /Qeorevr

& r& xr Q&irui9Gr®Gijg%(2asnr

6roifiu3mls g0 tg it u>ir®8 L9z($ g ] ,

uru>& tiuiri8Q i&a P t s . i- iv ] PURANDARADASA SISriYA PARAMPARA

4 *8 9 4 3 3 4 3 4

4 4 *8

*8 tfc 4 •I <8

b s fc o >61 •§ e g 3 4 0 □

m 8 8 b s 4 «.i eg «8 6 o

0 «

b * *8 /«E 9 V « 3 , 4| 4 (*' 9 <8

*8 4 g % 4 s

*6 «E «b *e | *6 9 9 3 *6 >6 4« •6 <6

... . . : ..... m <*>ig)iud)hCa§ * r a a *a © | * 3 I) * 3 * 0

£* S T& ^ «»• t 3 -5 " O 3 a a m r» ° ' ) b ) 0 0 0 0 0 3 b fe 0 a 3 1 8 8 3 b * t *1 «t . a e

3 * 3 ° -g

* J 0 53 $■ 1 *6 b 9 8 1

■*= eg •1 «e 13 a 3 •1 ■8 a - eg «E eg . «L efc & a _ a b a 9 b 8 ■6 3 18 b b 3 b . a 3 16 b 9 3 0 *9 § 0 i 8 b I 0 -It *3 8 b d* 9 •18 a • 3 § 9 % *•6 4 d £ 3 0 3 a 0 3 • 3 b 9 d* bi b *6 y & f 1 [VOL. XL I PTS. I-IV] ' PUR AND AR ADAS A SISHYA PARAMPARA OX : UT

Jagannathadasa’s Composition

QuHrguDair n pirar: lBitoT

^(Srir&Dasor • eroifl^s^u^^Gro ^ajC Strir^ ss^ r : erO^jL/tf^wi)

JE, u&sea® ^ g , f* | :V | 3 C J ® U i/jjCbdu^ ®n)-°o « 3®y<®3/r ^ ir(?65r uireSerOtbu^o’UDeosr «9 ® «

<9lg||U(i)SSfli mu>L9 9jBs€utrai sir^^LhiS (Sfi/Dru)u3gg6ords «0(®9>ii>iyJ&4 ®,,©«u^ |§f'; i» " I f* Jjf J* aFd onru)

1 . LDiriririf) ld&a)($pga/ i§esr6sria uirj3}3eijmFlggjs3err u_f « , ld&li

efdiriBQ'Sz erOt erdQoTQtj Q^uDe^sasretsr eim 0 ^ 3 euiriflgg ®i#3/r

'^'jpjQLDir&i&sriuuj c$iL£l0 <§36oor «6wr 6uir(fl/6 j£li e9 « Si& tr*t

eiiiua'&rr ir&irir eQ ^ jSu iB ^ o 6ro°-r‘u i & 3 trolFir gjrrcr&foriu u rsm t

2 . ffijQerrQpjr GhD&oerB FFuerSli& u^eO erooderd-vaj &i 6ouri8 tF)u-o-€>G6) I Q v "" ■ Ai- '. ■ " : | £ ervQeo tBixiS3Qi$ i Qem)

erosoCS$MDir erD/b^^ Qo'srruiuir&GO GuirerdGusruiAuir-

iB60UJ/9 irggr(S6its£ljBT(^^)iB60 nsiflsot erOds^ (SsroirQiDOty

<®»6Tr *-/0/r*,sE<® &gg u~oO’em eu^eroso GXinhsiztrQlan Gi/nssor gQl/3i£ euo 2! * W: * fP *r

3 . & jr£>i— iLD(0)&s 6rt>trtrmj& 3 iS&sreoruj uirt&a UVi& u iSiO'irir @utr ertHEjdt 3

erojs/B urreSKSertiir g ^ * j j i r 0 ^ 3 ©S'l_i_2s\)$ot ervsorgspjji) eio-oeu (3mQo $ ir & $ k@tigi r ^4© ^s j s ^ s Q

u v^ LD&^wemggerQjp^eor L/^Tetn i9 pear gg«sr

*2- qc -iae» sas.

------m THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L. XL

3 ega 0 3 3

a *8S eg « a ± a b 3 3 9 0 <8 0 a •v s* 3 3 © t. I <8 a 0 ’3 «9 3 * fc S * t ) *8- P SS •a • i § 0 ■«e a 3 •* ^ -3 •9 9 •16 0 & €3 g, ■

•§ l «■ •§ a a b a tp eg 6 9 a es

Jagannathadasa’s Composition * ’ > c- I g3 9. t Q ldit smear „ ^retr • lB it v t tf'aTH

dgfrQrirpxtDmr • erdtfi^&^u&^Gri) ^/ojCStnr^ajm r: m ^ 9u s tiP^sro

% usfcscaSI c * *

iroib (iu i ir 6r0-~ir s 3iEj&3ir )& i trGesr utrGQ6f6LauttrjiD9ssT eQiiis

mun9t/Bi tucr^i *tr j5 ziht9 t6tf uatasr Q ^ ditldu .ggm-^s ® s® «//r

ftfSBIli

1. LDtrtririP iDfUDQ&&su tSesretmn uir^3sniriR^g^ssetr uj *, ldsu

6ri)irifiQ t£ 3 e r d ^ ^ 6ri)Q(rir(tij QgWdtyemesr gw 0 ^ , a jiriP g g

Q p trtstij Q fT Q i) a t tq^ uhtu.^ &Q60e!ir6ar

^ j y Q ld itszSsorilltLi ^ jL E l^ ( ^ 3s m « 3«wr «yirfiiB JB d?

eiiiutrerr r& rcr e£l j b ^ u lB j e j ero~au i^e3 iroffw GjtJP fitrtrsdaruj u r o / «

2. gg/QerrCB<$%r Gu>eneif) FFuer®& u ^ go ervaServ-veu & i 6tmt£tf)u-o-€)6d

6ri)Q60 tB iii9 3Q i£ 3 (2(63) ^wireoir^meo Grantor fS

er060Q$UDtr erom & p Gtr& ruujir& eo tr&teutruthutr-

tSeoiu r8thggtr(8sft)s£)i&tr ( _$)/B60 meiPasr er»<*2 (3mtr$us&>q, am 7 ear u 3trii

& %m (-/(/inh'&a tSgg irvtrg o o t 6ii^ em eo eLq^si^rrGtri t ei/nasor eQ q 3la i euir

3 .

ero&& uiroddlervnr g£d»j6VT(£V)£)2 *fi,L_L_250®5r 6n)Gjr sni ffi &o~vsu GnGtr

@ itr<3t>p@i3 i r p i ® # j s ^ sb t g Q

UV'A5 U)<*263r enggerQ j b ^ gst Lj^crew t9 # got gg ssr& m e o n s 63 _ Qeired6r5)Qj;t

tglglGiT q j^ u ^ e o y >il&uQ!t!£ unrirGujB (tp&inh Qu^QjjjiMj ^^sutr^tr udcooS 16J £9

U « u t | c ifl «Dir | «o OD I * 0 * , if) «*rf || * t , I , , , * 0 « I £ ir o o r [VOL. ACADBMY MUSIC MADRAS THB OF JOURNAL THB ———- - - ' jj- Qsur ut ©S UT) ii> (Ju t ono- * T * <*nu ^ £

1 ©O if ©D | £>t ut || « if I «T ^ u || I » » u £> N ®0,r > ' 2*

f r o i i UT T ICfflRT ©5) IBJ * ^ S'4 Ci #* Pk , W ^ ?F »

©D<35T 0 U| * if! 6T0T || rfd&lf ©TO^T | ©OT ,lf <*rf || g> U

( S V t h (Jut ©no-- J t«o

gfO |j UT (Sir ID STOT ©SI IBJ <* • ♦ © orf« u £ e b | p u «ifl «nOT|| ifluft©orfi<»u£

i/ d ib1 “(J u t 6TT5 " or * <35fEJ « T £ T Q «JT U T

| rf « 0 srorfiflsfo|6TO^sfc^ I u t u t|| s , i f I ©Crf || ©Ct , iii* ©5) ©01b u t J ld ©jot ©SIiej

* pir | £ > T 3>T I U ©0 I 2 > u u * || u ^ T I ©0 T ©0 T " mu, <9 p a, r* «» fib Is r f u «. « OfH P t s . i - i v ] PURANDARADASA SISHYA PARAMPARA 117

% «8 •6 □ •a *6 3 © •6 b 3 3 I •8 -I a t€l b , b 3 I *8 1 b b q= 3 p 3 «4b •61 3 •8 * •6 O -3 3 I 3 •» I ® •8 <61 3 b 3 « 3 3 161 © •a •a * •§ □ I© 163 J . •8 a •6 b 16 b b fe b 3 9 3 ia a ^ •a eg b a'®* <& © g

b b •9 •8 b b * k •8 . b •<£ ( | a 3 W - fe .«b •a 3 3 - 8 fcss «b Is b % •6 a g © •a © •a

a , b _6^u>. •8 « a *§ b

*8 uitl •a •8 **= 8 •a a 8 t .<£ D 3 ^ •eg -a •8 € ^ *81>8 b : <6 a <61 a § 9 al •8 3 8 8 €5 •8 *3 * = = 3 j b •6 '3 •8 a 8 as b «a a o •8 as ,ce -a

b •8 b fcs (6 a <6 e •a § 5 « &v% , ' § b b b b # •8 I # a s « $ a 118 t h e j o u r n a l o f t h e m a d r a s m u s ic a c a d e m y [ V o l . x l

Anandadasa’s Composition

-Gjfjfllrir eunar en)iP.2LDiu eigi6iiQcrirjgfflsiff : 6n)/#g# au ldt

usfesfco® i <£ ~ 4J" ^ V' Jp | A

uirjBiQfju-uasr u o -ldct ggasiiflQ# 3 ^G sx-sy QjB^SsvriLujir

^ e t3Q^5&rr(sr^ mcremifluj

aigjiudsseo®

(Sexi^LDtreof) Q uvr& t G » r r ® # * rrp 6uir^s ^ Q j 3«8 u g§Grt-v*u "'■“i 'bift ./a f j antic

1* (S'&tsSiutr arirut f!g «3«$®<®3 esievUiOj a 3Qre)j QidQ(T6ii erv-air ^Qj^eu I

2 . usr$UD60trQeaiK^]3 & Q ri& 3tr esm $9is£ieG!irt£ 3 tnregan Q u ir Q j $ 3 ||

B. atr& flm ffii t6j£aua (‘Sgrt+.tcrQ <2atrr « #6wr«y i r e s n ^ . s d i d i d Q t i u e O i r s s ^ e m

ehiuireirrr60iu 6u O u/rig5 «

ptr6irQ>LL6fr& 3& lrl l d £ > & e s > s r s s r §£j jSirestm -tsxj e8&0 u j/tl_^5,61.9

jpiu>ut

4. emu-t uramsmL-3 r i$*Qt!5tirGrr S 2eoir&jari-3 Q&rri^

l j 3 t $ M D M i r 6 m r i_ i B i r u j & <3))i

Qpirem rL-iTLi) 0^ir6sarif.tcrenmt^ ja^it js^€tmi—3 i d p^ Q> m j& Q sn i—t g )z cro-»«337L_ 3/r

p iQM t*.tQuireii u p z Ljm srt- ,f& & 3<>rr iDstkm ^ 3/d5 arp e o iD

« 2sjbT<-3 6utr® fl«rSl Qsirem r i _ 8 i ^ 3 j B t i r eivQir u i « s a r Q i S 6m r a % e r f l w r j S 36Su rQ tl sn)-»

5 . {^5>«n)-n{riyir ortrgg'&^&fl QiuirerrQa rSeuirerOeuir&l^ en)

S.-5 . ^ <* ~ i 6 i ? . Q L - u j )& 6 i5 i an 0 ireroireuerccrQ'X eroeS evo-^su ytfjamGsouD «ffL_?so /bt^ mtrpmiflni H iSJj I n n

II UiT U) u ^ t l I ?> ¥> • ^ CTO 65 ffl i 6f0 r£l &) it I l i t p u ID A I (fl 6T0 if II UIT g> 0 U V sar UIT ID J g> 63T ffl Qa § I ffl to i f l w u r I id u u u>as I ff) «no r-rd - I ffi £ ifl a ® | rf | , , , do | ffi cgj Li LD I A if) ffl ID >• 6TD63TMJ MJ ©• g2 <®Q^rr(6T5 16 0" ^ 10 > » ri* ► D ! > Vi || LIT U ID | UIT <£ T I 6TD (fl) f£> T I 610 6T0 I ^ T ffl CTO ) i f i f ID A ff | CTO 6TO > ( 2 « j ® " IDT ] ID J if1 a& S ►< *y f > | £ 6TD jg ffl | CTO if)" CTO (6) I £ U I ID U £ j ffl I 6T0 ffl <8T | U U | ID U j » U ID « | ffl CTO ffl ID 0 IP- A T fb pit x U U U U 1 1 g r ctdffl ^ 1 £ T u u 1 U £ UT | u ID A ffl 1 ffl <£ £S £ 1 ID ID U ID | A ffl ffl ID > «r> A 6Ifl Q a SD61I U 60 A Q j 6U QiDOjraJsrD- '’ i y> (2 p aSI IU n£T A {TT LI J fb <<5 6U

T | rS cti'cto I A (fl ffl CTO ) ii ^ sfo ifl^ 1 > u LD u 1 £ T » 60 ^5 | , ii> 1 ffl ^ U ID 1 A if! ffl ID Qs?T or Jjj A Q{T £ T An^> £TT w r u {T ,93) SOT * *# '& fflj If 5» 6 otot^I ^ 6^!r fb ^ (^IutQ[T65

8 610 ffl JS U 1 9 u ID U | £ LIT U) - 1 A ffl 1 «5<95 U u 1 , U IDT | U ID A (fl | (fl sro rfl (fl VO

* * *6 ^ e a a S' •ft •g eg I eg J 9 J «□ K a a fc a e *1 ts 8 ur«iu«cr<*r («1lllU A L-f7tll0S9>|_||J f S F & a prr&nib . srorrjmjSj ^rrerrib t£lifor

tT6MDssaTib : 6ioa!f)d5l U39U^2'fl36»o ^suCSjTitsim sm rw I 6fon3&>ULOtfl&u)trFlero

udasti

^j,Qfi3ru,(B^rrQ«jrusiB^(rQ«T ugn>

1. *_r&i0 g(r Qa&j/rjeir Q&sbeutrQm

LDrBJ«36ir ^60<35^|j*!rrBi«iQs5ru)u.TiQOTr

2. ««Sln»eS<95,rr(5l,ai erQamDjfilujrTQasr

Q«Qerruj (203trruQ!rrr(6n) Q*,Qsfrj5«ra5J9'Qfi8r

t®1srfl<^j d51«f! syj pr«u ntffl9^,fr(5l$ svifrOsur

LDtoQ^suQsrQ^gCSuiCSco 6ro--6if)^(T,(5g6unrQ(Sw

3 . iBsrflssr u 4su(f!Qasg ^ Q s a r

6)3)e06H ® o S !« sCTf!Q«g snS)jjya5

^ 60siSlfS65j Ug^jscr «nosopffl-»su -^ Q s w

u3so U£r«0«rffiir tfisotu Q ihw urt Qenr.

IQ

‘i V ' •* I ■ ■ ■ ——- t h e j o u r n a l o f t h e m a d r a s m u s ic a c a d e m y [ V o l . * l 122

«fe 9 fc: fc 9 >6 3, si', fc 9 T eg 53 •I 9 b 9 *§ 3 8 3 0 ‘ “l 3 b •e 93 3® 3 ‘‘ 3 3 9 »« * ^ •g 16 9 >a * «L © *a 8 0 — -- -- — eg eg *3 .a Cg fc _ eg □ 9 eg i= ■ l- a /% £ fc (•8 *= 'Cg *16 9-g «a >a 3 *1 eg (6 3 9 *8 *a •s 9 fc .|£ b b ^ s •9 3b S'* S' 9 I i 3 •* | J 3 6 b □ 0 ,eb ^ * 1 3 b 3 0 fc p €1 fc •a ® 0 fc b •i6 *8* eg ^@ 3 = «L *

a ... — - ifc | - •k «a «% S8 -3 fc fc -2 •a fc 1 J eg1 1 »6 •1 9 eg «. s $ ■M .JO V j YJ/.-JCAtJA 8A3

Jpii m IPJib, /I v X-i 5/Y r fff& */a' ■ tsir --■** *?*' SK - &Iff Ii 2Ii

ci!P^a| ^Tg«n)0

^(SfTireyDsmib: sfCif!2x sw1i£l2^ a ^ tu f a r^26^0 ^jsuCjfrsyrxawix) I 6«)/l92 «2U>i®SU)l L,®»fR26r0

udrtflS

Lorr0 g§! LcnrtricsMi 6ot Co^fTCSfrrr u 3 nrrf) LOgTifl^g id sot ^,6v5) QuirQarru^

c5>i«pu6fescaS! Co*IT0QaJ rfisOTSOTSp CSdSTtDSOSEfrUjQsOT filCfTfflsrOir(fl «0(Bd5^«0-"<®2

fffldni

1 . svngjiLDfg)^), eigjfflCSsuffl^^lj

®^69OTLD6V$Ld(o6OT |£®s® 3SOT^13 CSuT0,a6 SUSffflQ^IO (2®J^LD6U £5®Qd5 ® 6ot® dS,ifiuJ|p ^Q i 2«-ja&

2. ^ s6UiTU!T^,66l &,s6iirrijdliu&j)! 6rtxr0^ ^ 4li ®06£}s?jotsot «fr<5rijQ

<2®fru^l, Q®6rr!T6w(S »rt)QsotujQ^ot6060611 ^nruQ®s(T6Tfl6ro-»^«SIQ®(r®Q^

(^QusrrJu^lj ^ i ® « 3 6u j j / r 3 !nDfT($>3 0 j 6iSI u 4irQugjj^o3 u, 6C i5 4ld Q 6 o t® Q^saflsnSlas, ,!< # I I* ^ ® » | aT I , * " g I 3. ~

uir4g)|U!r®T (/tjQ sot u 4<£B^(f!Q«,(r«iSliLj^5 u,<5,(f]®/rtrD{ru)Q* u s®(2^ oi(r6OTj^isafl r6 siiioir6Tt>(flQ«sX0 ,^ (2 6u sip (S ®fr,u nr 60 6W (2lj8*,Q6ot ^oS6n5l^5,(Sujir THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUfIC ACADEMY [VOL. *61 « = r « 3- *61 ,!§ <6 1 * 6 J « § | J ; b £ 11 1 ? s

ctsott> gs&OuSuT© «SlOTf&J®ii> ^ 6 0 , p tra r

©60<5<9s6OTT ^/T60fTUJrrujr«wrLb firssrp £&t6irasn5

6^ i L .6iS

«nL_tu ©OT

jglsarsin;!}*® '* duornr 850 ^iabr©.*^.*® (yxrcr glri> jj/rsb (2^T6®r nfJIuS®!*® C»6uswjr(Slu) 6T63T ^grTtua'dflujfr«rrrr ««.^^(ngrfasir. glfBjp-^sir ^^liflujir otjt ayrHja&jTTLD ufT6awi^.iujay lo*65t 6ujr@65ar jirtDUfrffljBrii^iuir otsw ^ 'tfjg u L fu utu9(t<£ Q&iuiLjeir **-TyaSajgj.

ug^srar iM^aflojsar u&i£$ aijgjojr firiDor su®£G£ - $jD(ippGai Qaisraruir srssr SLS»ij££Tssr Gaj^Gairar ®i'jqafuS!st uaibruirsGQ) ui*£$uuirir.

g l ( 5<5 Gleuesrtrurre9

_5j06rfliu <5 t o t ^^^trr&ia&CoOT (y>£>fib nj[rsotr60Tgi s t o t t u s m a j t q i o

■u.<9Brrr(jfir).csSn)®j.

^65fl airflsir (^^^IrriB ja^rr (yjjgsb j ^ O T T ® * Q * T 6w r ( 9 , OTT®«rar rrrrio UT659Tl£)-UJ(60)6b 1 1 3 &)tT 6IT IhJ Si 6lf) 6BT ©6069) (olBflsfTJa Q 6M6TOT urrOTi^SfiO, (§«ir^T)*® 350 ^«OTr@«(6T$<£® (yjswsarrr Q t u j b p u Q u jb jD g n «b «r«r tjj Q <»totot (SiBff)©^ «) ay.

^^

« $ / r « ^ ^ c o t S so “ ^ a a ^ L - Q o t s m t u t ” c r s a r n> £ S s0 u l |i_ * 5 t iglrii^sb

^j«Dip««uQuT)j<£n)® J.

l|T a&rf<5 <5 fi yfieourf) *u/rio«raruj G>£><^)« (65T6W

#L0UfB*> urU)Tj6UT<*OT®J ^(TJC/OTOTU UTI&jdPsW 126 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL ui£}., <5 ii>lipu><96rr ffl3tu <5Fpr6fC6iia§l msuDrrsb^frsbifl&ouj^^ito *_sjr®rr ^ ir6irajffin<*(oUJrrQi_rr^0 /, ^rrsfr&Qpis $

dBfrerrriia&srfisar J®[!st><®*655rfBi<*35Tr fflS)6Tr Q6U655ruT«*6Tf]6ijr ^|6zniDLJL)<36S5rr« »rr6gryiD(ourr0 j i5sir 6U0 lex ica r&iasrr arrsoOTaSfisrnjssr. 64, 65, 6 6 , 67, 6 8 , 69-6vi0j ^Tsrrrfijassrflsor QsusaOTUfr*«6ir jDsnsiiuqti ^ljuicj.CdUJ js&st sr&sr ^jeSl&sr (ipssr gysmrruSsb njuQu jb^jsrrsrr 0 j.

Oaiswru/ra&sefr usosu/b^Gso ‘^asjs^iijssr Qanr6©u)’ *0 11) U(ij) soft « itTnff-^^nrggr* ‘a&Sso ^yxraflsussr Q 65T63T ’ ‘ &)i£ltj) QpsjPsussTf (2suaj(tp5oflsu6sr sl. sarjraj^iflrsOT srsar (j^^6b jjfrsb *— 6tnrra>£5 ^ipsiffisusinjru ujbj&u-i Q^rr ff)Q(!Bt-rfa&6rr arrsaaruQu njnSs&T jgssr.

6p6iiQ6UT0 Q^usoOTurrsiSt^ju) ^rrrRjcStSiTsirrE^nrsar-^SOT 6W6^2sc< *0 su0 ix> - rrrr<9=(^L_frLD63Tjf)^rrs3r - srssr jj)sun-g)i Qsu«rarurr6i8(260(2uj ^ ib ^ /b <^<5 ^fT6ir ^ 6§l«3r OuuJfr g)3swsraa&u Q u ^>^0 * p^rrsnrii^siflsir 'j^rhJ&rhi&Ssn 6Uffl«n

«_5jiTb^rB^^ ^fr6ir^^!jD 0 6r^d5&3T ix>;rad$stnrrasfr arskustn^iqw, 108ii) Sub^a 113 .0|sud5fr<» ^snwih^imstr^i.

^frerrn5jaarfl«BT ^lEiafBja&rra a^ajjiiQufr^^j ^ igii^ a u ) — iS!cnjD(Sufr««r n> «jifj.«n6ums!ni_uj jy— qsnsir), aSl/zricii, eSlrBgn 6r6srtn/ib J ^0^5ub— y,ff«5®r arii<$!r6uiq-6ULb Quff^djj— «^1, asror, sulI.i i i , Qarru)L|, a&sanrii) srsotsjjld ; 600-— ^jpjSiB/faCSa/rtj!— ^ii)L(, nry, Carr®, Cansif srsar nj Quiurf asfrrrfflii)—0 0 '—fflSsboSlsar suicj-Su ld (Sufrsir n)£l— ^gU, s>SI«b, rf&v srswn^LO j u fflaub— iHeir, uBswfl, LjUJn&iau), uswtf), ®_u3/r srsarsi/iij arraunrajii), qsirsrri^ sr 65i 6iy ld J LDa633T ti) 8 8 8 , aasaarii) 118, /B 111, uaerarti 811, gj*swrii> 818 srsarjp *vil($ «£jf&j«n5iasrfl

<£F GleuewsTunrddhsmT^sCSev ^smmrBaj ^ * £ 5 Jj/r2s0u utrrrp 350]ii), ^uu+C uj G«j6wufr«<*srrt<95^611 urn_ii> Qaujsu«na5 <»$<- ^rrsrr^^lj)® « j0 iDnr

6rekn) 6T6aisr(mrtb (S^irekjT) srWTir 15 (tpewr, £§!dij0 ii> ^fbj0U3/ras 12 ^ T 6rrnii * 0 QLDtlL_«na>a&d5 r£2»3r^®Qunr(i£0;, <9>frar^ aSKSsoCiu Qu> ilt_ sin ldu u ay a&rrsm m6oQu)&jr£(3prr6ir n)(2 su (yrtusirGpsw. Qu3i1 l_«!did^0 j surrG(g)©5lM3«5 nSa5Lp<3:^liunr*a|ii3 ^®51u£ruuira9tu^j. unjuso G*HJff®€ffr Gurr^jpl 6T(i£<$(OT)rr<9S6rr.

^ 6ii6Uir rtjj ^jejD toiasuQ ujijjD Gsu«rarurr<®«sfr ^Isosupsmp glrfeas ib si© nr <3= sir) u uSI sb a=LDffuiS«®tb eurru-iuiSSsirr, <99saDL_<»«Li Qu(rr$£> Q u 0 ibG>uQ n)63i Geii 6T6W 65sf! ss_n&i<*6rr (ipsir sure 0 i6rr Csrrssr. QuiflCoiurrrrassrflsar ^ ^ liL fL -s k ^ T iiiS d d K S jrfs ir. Qp^e6lsb 0 0 , u syic^ib, ajirasunr^u) srsorp ^nij®n&is£)(2 fi»(2uj Qaanrsn 6nGaJSOTr(pil5 6rsir _© 0 6r sir urr. 6r 6b(o6O(rrr erstfl^ir^u q s o u u ® ii suismasuSlsc, GiDffjuicj. Qpsirnji ^ jiii*fB j««rr 6U0 ii> Guirajj «ig-60«6rrrr6b OTiroi swrflSuj ^ g jiffiflts a u Q u ju ii) &r6kuesy^iLfw glriiGas QtisiflaSlgajjas Q&rreirsSGljQsAr.

•fflr&iasstf&o srsoTjT) jSfrerrdb - ^siru^rrsu® j ^nrsirii. g l^ s ir 1 o O . O 1 ^fuasr&jasrr 6 0 0 <£0<95U>> ^0<5ii>, <3>0£>»jb, 60®*> tf>rr<5 ^IsmgrdBsrr - srsabra&srr ^suiras^QLDirssrrt?,©® 1 4 . [4 + 2 + 2 + 2

+ 4 - . 1 4 ] _

( 1 ) dflriii«6ffSsoas0 a5 <$<*(t£ii> ^crii 6 0 0 ^sarny ^ 0 <8ib 0jrEJ<35S^L^l QP69T gtf 6£0 60 0 (2<9»ir«> (J^TSBT JJjGiD ^n<S&^S&flffl) ^rrnrnSsb ^rf^Lpsir ©smrrLDrr^^lsmrr <-5J,0 ii> ^grrnu ^rrsm i fpssru(S^. i l k THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [V O L . XL

b 9 •3 % >6 *8 9 • eg * 3 • •e ’ fc 9 «> eg 9 •9 3 % b b •9 9 * 3 §5 C5 f I C9 «fr • + b b ^ « J N § 9 eg 3 + @t 9 • CS •1 * * 3 +

1 © b D o 1 1 •fc eg •« *\ eg • " b & • M8 « 3 * eg • « •3 * •1 • (S b 1 8) eg & 1 I b -3 b -3 nj « e % •1 ^ 9 1 3

PTS. I-IV ] '■ CHACCHAPVTA VENBA J 129

^ c r ® « 0 iretrib u jg}

(2) (gjfijbear ^mjxmneerr mreorfg &qr)&muteir — • «

90 0 0 8 « 35 fc {‘ I « /r « r 0 unr& $ anas err : t^euir ^^Qm trear jfijixv,

16 erfwrsm . [2 + 24-2 + 2 + 8 = 16 c© + QaisHTuir Is to 'jtyftEj <* & tr err (rear ^eaafJ g]Qij&ii> isirgu + to

j ®a_ ....J .... to uirthQujpi eGleo ^u u t^d iu - e/0L/«fi?u9«b

*/rfiOflr0ib ^at>(jr in tr^ ^ & a tr er ear (/year - ibitQ u JB i .c- 16>. . • r ’ i *c

J £P P3 %_ §P I sp # i nP

£’ w 1 -rfS- ■p. i 1 ¥' 4 I p e 1 - f - s* *<* W-~:

PO f * sp ' fM W % % 1 1 , & * 9 17 -*< & & i $> *■ 130 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

*8 *a % 3~ © •1 9 •f 3 vo eg O « 9“ il 00 3 •3 oo fc •s + Cg cs •3 •6L * + 3 *8 9 9 et % 3 % a a 3 + 0 eg 0 •9

9 3 * OS* b 00 eg IS • fc •9 o o

eg © ©

<8fc 3

•9 8 o* fc t * •ts (8 is •Bfc

ci ci fc

■8fc P t s . i- iv] CHACCHAPUTA VBNBA 131

^>loST6sre8&0 20 - sxj 'SgtreirtM I U I U

^raxiEJxerr sv)0 ^9|g)l£0£U> *)0 <£|g)i£>0£l* LOiTji S o o n e r : eremaerr ^eu a -^s^ Qutiresr jSjb(&) 1 0

[4+1+4+1-10]

^m&jTe38so&(§ 6U0ii» ^jiid'& rer iS*«w cffjb^onai^iraT @jmi8eo&£}68r mrpfianir ^fS53Tl_«r>5riiJ[Tli - Gu«yr«srQu>tri£l iLgfjQ&tr (SjfpG) lduSKSgo - aj&mesiLD QujoGteij jf>icc c9|04Fr^ 'isrrerrm^tresT ^uneu,

^icLj glSrrer iSsir aSiBgjj SO0 <_jy,@);^0 ^u) 60 @ d5«wr(5ii)

(Demonstration) 13 2 t h e j o u r n a l o f t h e m a d r a s m u s ic a c a d e m y [ V o l . x l

U % b b 9 D. eg G il, € §~ 01 eg + 3 9 G

Wi 3

eg

,'.-i!rji |j ‘ • eg < <3 >8 t8 •« 11 • .g 'I • 9 3 •9 Sk (!i2!JS€!lttI 9 H 3 H 3 3 «

•9 15 b * a b © •« G «L •9 1 § I b

£ i “8 9 <3 eg « * <6 «L 3 * . • « •61 •9 I : • Cg' 3 eg © a * • b • 3 9 b •1 a eg * ‘ b • . <£ b •8L **1 • eo eg % *1 eg % e g . ^ g •9 •1 . eg b •1 •© '•« % <3 b •© b •I b -e b b •s « •1 9 >61 1 ■ H H H

% *D k s H 8‘ c B9 8 . 6 0 0* 03 # C ft < 8 *1 r k—J 0 *• * * *01. ‘ '"•o fBOsTSgrfSBS fe isi © » Q . 8) 5 ' *• 8 8b - os B- <9$ si © © € ft & Q_ 8 <0 5- + » © o =4 a a 8 - » > o 8> + o o 8- *»• c- NJ o 3 Tte a * % y o 0 + ► 5 c NJ ►0 « i s c 31 o H s 0 «j « b © ^b;-t ► rva. I v^'fcnn a - § * 5 - Q o NJ o © BJ< a E o + c B (9 8 + o TBi- 0 »» T9» o qg 6 * g - % y i + » 6j 4^ a - sI 8 - 1 i. rv.\ i n \ ,^V ^§* Pf| %, ft» > .1 8 NJ 8 4*. <& 8 ( 134 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VOL. XL

9 3 3 s* * *3? • • fc* • *5 .<* ^ a. fl **°* •9 i -3. fc l . | t ^ 1 «a * • #o ClH ^ 'S « 9 <8 © b ‘I ■'t I fc •* 3- © «6L 3- § < | 0 5 «S © fc + 3 I * 0 • | § 0 I 3 I ■*t e I + <% « 6(0 n fc fc L, b Cl 3 b 3 + •9 «L -9 teT (N 3 9 ¥ + r» *«L <6 + Cl «e i« <£ © **

o b 3 3 o Cl Q 0 0 o ; % % fc •*fc o 3 «fc 8 **8 9

9 9 3 3 * * «6 eg eg *«l * £ «a fc *8 * □ 3 <6 ta» 3 •8 •3fc % • «fc b * *®L s ------—

PTa. I-iv] CHACCHAPUTA VENBA 135

§iFbl«a?&0 ^tirsnii 36-61/g i ls6trenu>

: &(ri)/aiU)9 &(£)&&, 60(5 * O O t

2 unrp$6tnir4ivr,

erem & err : 2 + 2 - f 4 = 8

O O |

Q/B0®©£r635r(Sl !&jb(gjib -

mi—QeOQ^ib c_«037t_ &8sO(Lp6ofl Q&ireO^tr&rib

'jyent-Qieu ^fGlsoirsiiu^jGifi. | %. * * i 4 (Demonstration) 136

39-evgj tfiramb

'g jm a m a .m : 11838 : fiO@, 6 0 <5 ® , ® ® , @ ® .

8 u)/r^ji?6ff>£r<®6rr

ar«wr«srr j 4-|- 4 4 -8 -i~ 8 -t-8 = 32

QtFrsi) sSm&uitr&irih'igearQu) gi&srsqild fffii ^jjr5Wi@

«S'«b tfj»0 (Lp«W0 * lB q G ld - Q&trwgpjeU'gi

<^iU ^0^ir«9r6AIUITtJf^^«(D|r - &IT6TTLD

grin (LpuuaiGl^i«9TuQ^«9T9 <2

(Demonstration)

&

■ i i 5

I f **

18

■ ' " ' • ■ ’ ■ - '■ "c;'

P t s . i-iv] chacchaputa venba ,-iiiT 139

dE» nr stt ue> : 5 1 - ii sirii £ ; l ^ f&i a w * sir: | | -

2 i LDirgjJsl6a)i/&6(r

siswnasTi: 4 + 4 + l= 9

<3)1 itoirj£$6mj ^irswr6i_afi«b -

Qsutarjdj$€Gip(Buj UliruLjib srmjsfm

^iiu^Qd&f«f0li jtrrsfTLDirii;,

(Demonstration)

...... * . Ub...... 140 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [Y #L . jKL'[

!

**> 1 § «b . «■ es

b b 9 9) © I 5 + > 9..J M vi; 11 ’til 1 ® ill T : V ' b%&' 9 3 1 x $ + • * ■* ■***. § . 3 S» - - j,’ ^5* ■ •• "jv*at k 3 3 b 3 J*® * ' ; , 0 ■ •w y .s • i b «6t b a b -9 b •6t ■1 *8 . j | , 4JC 3 ‘ 3 qg • 6 $ '8 9 ?9 9 •1 <5 & 1

•9 <8 © eb •9 b ■9 9 % © 3~ •1 3 «* •3 do b •3 eg b ®L 9 0 □ b 3 b 0 *61 9 0 eg © •et b § 3 eg eg •9 0 et ■% $

LD^fhia c£IT4TTli 1 0 1 -«Jg>l ^ITiTTlii

^ihjaihiasn: 8 00 - 00- :|- '’-s ■ ■J'5'1 .. . " '■ J"- i" ^ | I I 3 u>iT^^

@ 0 ut^nuau) ^©affso lbJ> ^j«rar(li_iu!r®u)

{§li&tiiQu/Dr2‘Sij tAir&JB&wr (>LpsrrQpsjtspti - ^aiiQ^CJeu

6p$(f>s)Gisr (^iMUQpeafl &_ems®mllji—Qgm - ^renrS

jg^eorr [pjpQ0«Tp(?g>.

O (Demonstration')

•I)

; i I i d I, # J* .0 142 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL XL

eg a 3 H* 3 eg 0 •a 3 * •et « «s © % * a 0 0 a eg • * <• a •a a * eg ^

t 8 <5 % •1 & <6 J <8 0 •1 et a ^ 6 •1 * t * « % * s. a 0 a 10 •8 § 0

a < t 8) a K * eg eg t *L 2 00 §> *3 0 *8 t t & * «e -a eg % <6L 0 0 •1 eg egeg ©5 e 3 if ® •S 0 •8 D <8 §■ •a *1 •1 § - ®t t *a * a •1 ©» P t s . i- i v ] CHACCHAPUTA VBNBA 143 sS ^ffsirii) 107-fldgji £isnii I ^lEj&iia&rr O | O 8

5 u>/r

6T GOVT <3E 67T 2 + 4-f'2 ■+■ 1 2 am 20

£>0$i£ «O0 u ^ i ^ i i

eGendvZoO Q&vu> uiiiL] Q ldost |^0^U > lflwrg>IIJ

€U6rr'J>ri3$jGG>tr 6uirBJ(§ib - g§j&truJir&

■SijSltp Qp6ofisu6Br Q&ireifrejrQ0TQT) ptrsrrQtb-€uir*u> j c ■■ -- v P lT- " ';i' - '• i 7 '■ I "■ iV pf)C9jpQl£«T0®{r «/TOTrr 1 4 4 THB JOURNAL OF iHfe MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL lii tlS f. .

□ •9 9 © □ •3 *9 fc © S 9 © 3 .9*1 % CM 1-4 es- fe •© + •e * CM + MT "a a .. - a 4 + b ■«.b b 9 CM a 9 3 * i I i b 8 3 £ 9 3 00 3 9 o 3 •9 3 *9 fc i fc * a •8 *3 *3 •a is *9 b •9 •a a *6L a

a | a CM :. 3 3 3 0 •9 s§ fc te 3 9 eg •9 9 3 3 *9fc S' b « 3 0 fc

«e eg CM •§ & •I *8 l l

JXPfS. I-iv)

iuoy $ir«rru> 109-nigi £ir«rii

^jrBja&nBJdoSrr 1 1 8 1 8

6r(lj is>iT9>$emya>Gcr E* ertzm&eh 4-{-4+8 + 4-f8«»28

ai-il® «£|JBj*ib 0 0 , <00, 0 0

| j 818 60s^^ui5if)iu<9r (8@}flflT £60HU) sri^lsoQurfjp iDireb$anrr yipirgjtb - Q^«ff!»qib

«3sO(y><8f)6Ufigr Qjfii sir m

1 5. le irP •M,*' !r J g,

rf *

if

1# 3* g* .3* ■ r |

THE JOURNAt OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY 4 V ° L*'

> 3 0 1 • • qs

•1 * • #s Cg b .

00 •8 * -1 t* ■1 § *2 % *te %> 3 , •b 5b 9 1 • i S D I

<2^C ttWMHl t t a l m ut ft *Uu &j two* e^O - Ticenl<^>Ta» ^c|uj;Dc«%t» igj watbmO my»BK>^.a»5» I^TmTfT

CO

CO

CO

*«b

eg

<6L T o

JX .JoV] YMIOAOA a AM' SWT m JASMU'Ot ETIIT 8M

,11 .ahs wyrbA) t ig lil r T m §!:•: THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL ai saabdiU! l)oq ban xmd sved .sanoi rfous bn* gsijsT Chaitanya Desai (Indirakala Music University, Khairagarh, M.P.) sspimdboT miW bm aflKT ,biow to noitemmoG .£ * L io 1* SSmagana and Dbruvagana , Many arts and sciences have their origin in religious rites. Music is more so, because music and dance (and even drama id a primitive Y6rm) were used in some situations or at the comple­ tion of certain sacrificial rites, as for instance in Somayaga. Kauthumi and Ranayani branches of Samagayakas applied the then prevalent tunes to the singing of Saman. The very ancient songs (Gitas) like Rk, Gatha and Panika and the later seven ancient songs, (Gitakas) Madraka, Aparantaka etc., both mentioned by Sage Bharata, were developed from the former. After that, Stotras i.e. poems bound in metres and composed in the praise of deities and named as Dhruvas, were sung in Jatis and Grama Ragas, in the performance of ancient dramas. The playing on flutes and then on Vlnas helped to develop various modes, Jatis and Grama Ragas, their Alaps, Gats and Tanas, (the last being called ‘ Varnalankaras ’) and thus was laid the foundation of . At the first stage, the word-element was as important as or more than Svara and Tala, but at a later stage, the elements of Svafa and Tala began to predominate over the words of songs. , ,

aoitfijcfl Sanskrit and Prakrit Compositions .e.i shorn bsTiupai odi anol oi lo Dhruv&s and later Prabandhas Ela, Dfiehki etc. were com­ posed in Sanskrit Chandas. Phonetically Sanskrit with its Visar- gas, Anusvtras and conjunct consonants etc. is a rigid and heavy tongue, suitable for straight running.iof the gamut and ,psefqljfof th$ grace, Gamaka,.bpt not much malleable for applying other important tone-curve graces like . Perhaps owing to this reason, other compositions Dvipadi, CatuspadI etc. were •composed and sung, - side by side with Dbruvas* even in ancient times. . These songs were composed in Prakrif, language, which hadrphonetically more fluidity, malleability and softness required Jot smooth.running of the melody and for f expressing amorous -and .:®bet.soft feelings. The. Sangita Ratnakara has cited some 146 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VOL. XL ancient Akshiptikas in Prakrit in Grama Ragas (Adyar edn. II, pp. 47, 62). Prakrit songs, Dvipadls etc., were sung in Ragas and Talas and such songs have been used by poet Kalidasa in his dramas.

3. Domination of Word, Tala and Vina Technique We can detect this predominance of poem-words and the Tala factor therein, coming down to the later musical composi­ tions, as in the pre-Ratnakara Dhruvapada, Ela etc. and even up to the modern Dhrupad, as a hereditary characteristic.

Here one thing we must realise: The folk-music and other kinds of light music which are always striking, keep their impact on the classical music, make it bend and remould its form so as to satisfy the taste in every age. Not only this, many Ragas were initially folk-tunes, before they were transformed into the sub­ lime form of Ragas. This process is and will always be going on.

In ancient times and at the initial s*age of Raga-music the form of modes and Ragas was not clear, as they were dependent on and entangled with so many secondary factors, as MurchhanS, Nyasa, Apanyasa, Amla etc., showing that their formation required the readjustment of short-ranged primitive string instru­ ments like the harp and types of small ‘’ (See S.R. Vol. Ill, pp. 233-248).

Thus the * Upohana * which was a ‘Sushkaglta*, composed of meaningless syllables without Tala, was required for fixation of tonic, ‘Nyasa’ or ‘Amla* to form the required mode i.e. 'Jati*, and was sung first as a prologue to the song Dhruva. (Baroda N. S. 31/138-139). This Upohana was afterwards, it seems, as the progress went on, developed into ‘Nom-Tom’ Alap for quite another purpose i.e, for full and free elaboration of Rfiga. In Stmagfina, the initial singing of Pranava was used for fixation of tonic.

At a later stage Uparagas and BhashS-rSgas began to appear and as a consequence of progress, formation of scales and Dell Ragas, which were free from the shortcomings of the instru­ mentation, came to be recognised independantly. Bhasha-ragas might have been in practice even in ancient times, as sage Bharata PTS. 1-IV] THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL 149 hat mentioned a Bhasharaga ‘Saindhavf, probably similar to the modern Sindha-.

Prabandhas i.e. musical forms Ela, Dhenki etc. began to be composed using such Prakrit languages as Lata, Karnata, Gauda etc. in the pre-Matanga era, as Matanga has, noted them. (firhaddeil, p. 152). It seems that long before Matanga, the ancient forms Rk, Gatha etc. and the later forms Madraka, Apa- rSntaka etc. which were so to say Tala-songs, had disappeared.

4. Emergence of Dhruvapada and Dhrupad It may be that, after the times of Matanga, the ancient Dhruvas, in a new form, entered the music hall, their name being slightly altered as Dhruvapada, having several varieties, as given by ^Irhgadeva and Pars'vadeva. Their strictly metrical construc­ tion solely dependent upon the number of syllables proves that these new forms Dhruvapada, Ela etc. had also the poem-word factor predominant, set to rigid Tala-beats (S. R.. Ch. IV., &1. 66-130 ; 315-331). r . .;>

Further, we can guess that this Dhruvapada composition of the Ratnakara era, seen afterwards was shortened to Dhrupada and this was at its peak in Moghul period and in the times of Raja Mansing. Dhrupad has its prologue *Nom-Tom’ and the word-Tala element prominent.

bsjlso g| aai r 5. Dhamar and Khyal The other two forms akin to Dhrupad, namely the Dhamar, the spring song and the Sidra, the praise-song, mainly in praise o f kings, came to us no doubt from ancient times. Of these two, the Dhamar, which was to be sung especially at the festival was of a jovial type, having a free and fluid motion, as it was intended to entertain the music-loving public, more than to please the sophisticated taste of so-called royal personages. Dhrupad sing­ ing was considered and respected as the high and pure classical form of music in the middle ages and as such was In full swing at the time of Emperor Akbar and Raja Mansing, after which it began to free itself from the rigidity and technicality forced on it by tbe old-time tradition. It had worn itself out and new musical forms expected to have the ability to create more expression and that too through the medium of Svara, were in demand. 1 5 0 . THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [V O L . XL

Musical feeling is mainly conveyed through Svaras, and the ancient musical forms had not given them a free hand to play theirs full role. The form and style of singing DhamSr has shown the way in this direction. The then prevalent light music also helped the new form to achieve this end. The folk-music of the Punjab, U. P. and Rajasthan and also the singing of Gazal-Kawwalies and Mershia songs possibly must have emphasised the Svara element and contributed their beautiful graces to the so-called Khyal form, which emerged and was developed from tha old forms Dhrupad and Dhamar.

Dhrupad was both a serene and virile Prabandha, as were Dhamar and Khayal to some extent, as they had sprung from the former, and hence Khyal is traditionally designated as ‘Munde’ (i.e. shorn or short) Dhrupad, referring to its lineage from Dhrupad. But though the Khyal is manly and grave, it is less warlike or violent than its ancestors.

6. Was the Khyal imported from Persia? ^ Khyal being a Persian word, some writers argue that the Kayal Prabandha was borrowed from Persian music. But there are many terms used in Hindustani music, like Ghija (songs), Jamjama, Harkat etc. whicu are Persian terms; but on this ground we cannot conclude that Chijas and these embellish'* ments have been imported from Persia. Moreover there is no such form of song or singing in Persian music which is called Khyal or resembles our Khyal. In fact, Persian music has not yet come out of the Gazal-Ka vwali arena. Also the so-called Persian melodies had not come up to the standard of our Raga; On the strength of meaning of the word Khyal, some writers go so far as to propose that Khyal singing is a ‘ Manodharma * music, but the Khyal form, having its strict and fast rules, is never a whim-music like the lighter strains !

j Some stray foreign writers like Capt. Willard have givep the credit for the formation of Khyal and for inventing the instru­ ments and to Amir Khusru and to Hussain Sharki without any proof. But in fact, such creations are no man’s work! It is no wonder if Muslim musicians have idolized Khusru and fathered every innovation on him, whether hwt p t>CS. I-iv ) THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL | | |

rical proofs are available or not. Other modern writers on music have fallen for Capt. Willard’s fancies. How is it possible that Khusru, who has described in detail his petty campaigns and literary productions in his autobiography, has forgotten to utter even a word about his glorious inventions in the field of music ?* Ain-e-Akbari mentions his compositions as Kaul and . Khyal and Tabla are not mentioned directly by Abul Fazal, but anyhow his information about music is meagre and based, it seems, on hearsay.

7. Khyal in the Rajasthani Dramas Dramas are called * Khyal ’ in Rajasthani dialect, which is a colloquial form of ‘Khel’ (%$>> a Sanskrit root meaning *to play*). So if the songs sung in the Rajasthani plays came to be known and named as Khyal songs, it was quite natural.

Ancient Dhruvis were sung in Sanskrit plays and ith/Jatest derivative prevalent in middle ages and still lingering were also sung in plays and in Kfrtan-Kathas, as well as at Darb»rs aud temples. So it is possible that when they were adapted to provincial dramas and tongues, their form and com* position had to be changed to some extent in order to appeal to the general public. I also add that the Talas like ZumrS and Adhachautal applied to the big Kbyals are still in use in Rajasthani folk tunes. f<

8. Khyal mentioned by Namdeva The name of Khyal, as a gay song, has been mentioned by Santa Namdeva of Maharashtra (A. D. 1300) who had stayed in Northern India for many years. Santa Namdeva was posterior to S'arngadeva, the author of S. R. by about 50 years.

9. Khyal as a Marriage Song It is a custom in the province of Bihar from times remote to sing the Khyal in its proper form and in the Tttlas Zumrft etc. at the marriage ceremony.

Dhavale marriage songs in praise of bridegroom at the ceremony of bathing were in vogue in Vidarbha. The first

•Bh:ra“b h M ^ OTp t f r i71Kh““U’ by Dr-Mir“ - ° -23*-2t0- AUo msdlno$S 1o tsrfkjlrdrrT it h im t aiil j m tllsl aid $tif» m THIS JOUfcNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACAbfeMY [VOL. XL poetess Mahadamba of Mahanubhava Panth had composed more than 200 songs of this kind. This composition has also been described by S. R. under the name o f sr^s-Jl^r (ch. 4/298-303) next to a similar Prabandha called trsfc5T^TT.

Some of our traditional and famous bear testimony to the fact that they were sung at the marriage function, such as:— ft s&o c m q v tjk.40ig*t&i sua w o a ? iM (i) 4 Banra mera pyara’ (Banra= bridegroom) composed and sung in Nayaki Kanada. r £ (ii) ‘ Banare Ballaiyan * in . .r (tii) * Bajo re bajo ’ in Suddhakalyan. " I aWt (iv) ‘ Bajo re Mamadasa ’ in Raga Todi. .*' ‘ ' r' " '*’? - (v) * MubSraka bBdiyan ’ and I (vi) * Dulhan teri ’ in Darbftri. r :A 8 (vii) ‘ Gund la malan ’ in Sahana etc. ' J 8u Ibw 8c 'SM'rtJtiX-asiif'X m ben n$iq si gaoa ozte et»w sr. In some traditional Khyals, the coming of rains has been described in the image of a marriage, for instance

■ (i) * Samadhana mori * (Samadhana = motber-in-law) is in Raga MeeySn . ^

(ii) * Banara byahan * in Gaud Malhar etc.

10. Special Features of Khyal Now I point out some special features of Khyal, owing to Which it became more expressive, more melodical, more enter­ taining and therefore, the more popular form of Hindustani classical musicr—

(i) Many Dhrupads consisted of four parts and DhamSr generally of two parts, viz. Sthayi and Antara. Khyal follows the latter in its construction, as it has, as a rule, only two parts. This #as done with an intention to economize and lessen the burden of words pressing on melody and for allowing more scope for the Svara element.

0*1 A (jfy Many Dhrupads begin with ‘Sam* of the Tala, i.e. that first syllable falls on ‘Sam*, like similar Prabandhas of Southern PTS. I-IV] THB ORIGIN AND DEVBLOPMBNT OF KHTAL 1 5 5 \ music, whereas the first *Sam’ of Dhamars falls generally on the fifth or sixth m&tra and so on, from the commencement of its Sthayi. Khyal Sthayi generally has also the same arrangement for its ‘Sam’ of Tala.

(iii) The first * Sam * of the Sthayi of Khyal falls on its * Vadi ’ or prominent note and that helps to settle imme­ diately the atmosphere of the Raga. This arrangement we also find in many Dhamar songs. The ‘Sam’ of Sthayi of Khyal gives at every round a new pleasure, as the short cadence of Sthayi alights on its ‘Sam’ voluptuously and with grandeur using every time a new mode of some TSna or * Tihaiyya i.e. three-fold finish. (iv) The language of Dhrupad songs is generally heavy and many times full of Sanskrit or pedantic words, whereas the words of Khyal and also of Dhamar songs are of a common and easy kind. This and some other points 1 will explain at length afterwards.

(v) The running of the notes ( = of Dhrupad and to some extent of Dhamar Sthayis etc. is rather less zigzag and more straight, but the progress of the notes of Sthayi and Antara composition of Khyal is marked as being in a slow zigzag (‘Vakra’) manner, as Ma Ga Pa Ma Dha Pa etc., the svara- chalan being called also Behalava, i.e. resembling ‘Andolan’. This kind of movements of notes in a zigzag manner produces the required svara-sangati, i.e. connecting the distant notes with each other, especially with every first note to its every third or fourth etc. This process produces a harmonic effect and thus tends to amplify the melodic charm and development of Raga. This progression of svaras in Sthayi and Antara of Khyal is of the Alap kind.

11. Stages of Progress (A) According to the traditional information, in its primitive stage the Sthayi and Antara of Khyal was only sung, i.e. without any extempore Alaps or Tanas. In fact, in the beginning, it was in itself only a charming song, of course, with its Vakra note progression, having its ‘Sam’ of Sthayi on fifth or nineth matras, its structural Alapa-like Chalan, mixed between with short Tanas, Murkhis and Kampits and also its economy of words. At that 20 1 5 4 T THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL time, all traditional singers were singing only Dhrupad-Dhamar and considered it below their dignity to sing this new kind of song, called KhySl, at least before the public or in Darbars. But as time went on, the demand for this charming and novel Khyal-singing became so pleasing that the Gharanadar Dhrupa- diyas, one by one had no other go but to adapt themselves to this new Khyal singing with an artist’s zeal and professional interest. The outcome of this acceptance of Khyal-singing by traditional singers helped the Khyal .in its further progress.

(B) The Gwalior school is said to be the oldest school of Khyalias, i.e. Khyal singers. This seems to be true, as the Gwalior treatment of Khyal is simple in form, which is : start­ ing in medium tempo, first singing in full Sthayi and Antara, having no special Alapahari of any kind etc. Gayakas of this tradition usedjo elaborate the text composition by act of variation, which may be called Bol-Alaps, accomplish the rhythmic fits by Bol Tanas ; then they take simple straight Tanas which are the major portion of their performance, the rhythmic element being predominant. k’ (C) The Agra school, an offshoot of that of Gwalior, became famous and distinguished owing to the genius of the late Faiyyaz Khan. This tradition adheres more to Dhamar type and so applies to Khyal-singing the ‘Nomtom’ prelude, also com­ mencing the Khyal in medium tempo. Faiyyaz Khan used mainly Gamak, took forceful Gamak-tanas or in fact Jabda-tanas which suited his broad low voice. His Khatka was typically charming. His style was most vigorous and all his fits were pregnant with rhythmic influence, giving effect to Vira and S'rngara Rasas. In orthodox method he was a great musician of our times. (D) Kairana style is known as Svarapradhan Gayaki. This tradition has produced in the past such artists as Bande Ali Khan, who was the best Vina player of his times. But Kairana style, as it stands at present, owes its form to the late Abdul Kareem Khan’s Gayaki, which changed the face of Khyal system altogether. He introduced the Vilambit laya and applied the full ‘Nomtom’ Alap to Khyal, to be sung in Akar, E-kar etc. on the words of Sthayi and Antara. His voice was able to pro­ duce all the subtle movements of the strings of Vina and , using graces, mainly Meend, Andolan and Ams »hh ’). He had n

P i s . i -i v ] t h e o r i g i n a n d dbvblopmbnt o f k h v a l 15J5

a thin, shrill and extremely melodious voice. His style gave the svaras their right place, i.e. above words and Tala, As a result, in Vilambit laya, the full wording of Sthayi and Antara lost their importance, as the first four or five words on which the Alaps were being sung, were sufficient for suggesting the mood which the artist wished to create. In fact, the classical vocal compositions are never expected to develop the sentiment of the word-poetry of the text. Classical music exists for creating musical feeling solely through the magic of svaras and sometimes the words may participate by suggesting the mood. In the process of Alap and in Tanbaji the words are dragged behind to an insignificant position. Sthayi and Antara are, of course, useful only in medium and Druta laya. For singing in quick tempo, () have been specially] composed, as words become a burden in quick tempo. Tarana is nothing but a KhySL Taranas were also composed in Vilambit Laya, but they did not work and so soon became out of fashion.

Abdul Kareem Khan aptly used the device of svara-sangati for full effect of Raga and prolonged and repeated the ‘leading’ note, as a means for creating suspension. His slow and complex Meend had a deep effect of pathos. He was a master of just intonotion. He used to sing all kinds of Tanas, especially Palta Tanas and Gamak Tanas, but Bol T5nas sparsely, only where the Vlra Rasa effect was intended. ni

He was a pioneer in many innovations. He was the first and last maestro who added many beautiful graces and even phrases from Southern music to many of the Northern Ragas, such as he found to be the best and also assimilable for making the Northern Ragas more charming and novel, without disfiguring ' their personality. He was the person who invented Nishada . He was also the pioneer for introducing ‘Sargam’ singing in the Khyals and even for applying it to Thumri with success. Walking in his steps, the Northern musicians, as a lot nowadays, are singing the ‘ Sargam * in Khyal so often, as if they are doing exercise or giving or taking lessons! Perhaps they are doing this for taking revenge on the late Pt. Bhatkhande, who had charged them with ignorance 1 Sargam, it seems, does not agree well with Northern music, and when it is sung in a prosaic way, it becomes musical nonsense. 1 5 6 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [VOL. XL a a; Abdul Kareem had also introduced some Southern Ragas into Northern music, which have now come to stay. He had also shown a new way for singing Thumri and also changed the style for singing Tappa, as is heard now in his Record ‘Jamunakc tir* in Bhairavi to which some Southern flashes are also added. His motto was : everything done in music must be musical.

He was the only artist who was always in search for new methods, new moulds and new images for expressing the musical beauty. Accordingly, he was always moulding and improving his art. He had mastered the subtle shades and colours to be applied to the svaras for creating the Raga effect. His style was soft, melodious, full of svara-vilas which culminated always in Karuna and Santa Rasas. He uplifted the Khyal-Thumri music to an ethereal world of pure art. He has left the greatest impres­ sion on modern Northern music and the majority of young artists of promise are influenced by his style.

(E) One other style, now-a-days named as Jaipur Gharana, its exponent being the late Alladiya Khan, has got some .peculiarities. Their method of singing Sthayi-Antara is said to be marvellous, though no one has heard the full Sthayi-Antara from the mouth of the masters. Their speciality lies in their Layakari wrought through lengthy Vakra double Tanas, hovering in circles, called Laddiki Tana, alighting suddenly on the ‘Sam’ of the Tala. They sing from the beginning to the end in only one laya, i.e. medium, and prefer mostly mixed Ragas, which suit this style and which demand intellect more than feeling for their manipulation. Naturally, they are averse to touch Thumri. This school has a small number of musicians and is restricted to Maharashtra. The effect of this style is said to be Adbhuta Rasa. (F) There were a few Panjabi classical musicians in the past, the Patiala Gharana being an old tradition. Many famous artists have been produced by this Gharana and at present it has become wellknown through one great artist the late Bade Gulam Ali Khan. Other musicians from Jalandhar and , proficient in this style, we also listen to. This so-called Panjabi style does not use Vilarabit and steady Alaps and their so-called Alaps are, in fact, slow Tanas which use Panjabi Ang, which is a peculiar shade applied to every note of svara-chalan of Alap and Tanas. It h,as 1*TS. I-IV ] THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL got a peculiar Vakratva, sudden turns and twists producing wonder and joy. Bade Gulam Ali used lavish graces of Sarang type. His Raga music leans towards the lighter side and his , the Kawwali type. The Panjabi style is mostly influenced by one Gazal-Kawwali music and Panjabi folk songs. It lacks depth and gravity. Often it only gives a tickling sensation. Big Ragas generally lose their ‘bigness’ in this style. Still Bade Gulam Ali must be recognised as a great artist who infused new blood into Northern music and opened new spheres. Styles may remain as such, but the art of a great artist belonging to each style will not remain so, in degree or in form, as it depends solely on the genius of the artist. It may become faint or come up in another shape. Style is a gross structure consisting of certain techniques on which the edifice of art is created. Beauties cannot be imparted by training or education. They can be imitated to a certain extent by some able persons and then moulded according to their own grasp, status, dr musical intelligence or the style is rebuilt in a new form, if such followers have enough originality, or the style is even distorted ! And after a long time, a caricature of the art of past artists will sur­ vive! But here lies the importance of the tradition and the hope that we have from it, if we keep it pure with a religious zeal and faith. And now the modern devices like tape-records will help much to preserve the styles and the art of the artists to a great extent. Indian music being the subtlest of arts goes from person to person by personal contact. It cannot be taught in classes schools or colleges, nor ‘read’ from notation like Western music.

12. Tanas and their Varieties A group of notes in fast tempo is called Tana. This is a modern usage of tbe term, because in ancient music the arrange­ ment on Vina of five or six notes out of seven in a scale, was called Tana. Tana is an essential part of Khyal as well as in Southern Kritis. But the last portion of the Khyal singing is solely given to the Tanas and at the end, they have to be used as a fast climax and finished. No doubt, this ‘ Tanbaji ’ is borrowed music. ‘ Nom tom ’ if sung in fast tempo in akar, e-kir etc., i e. without uttering any consonants and without 1 5 8 THE JOURNAL O t THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [VO L. XL the help of the tongue, produces the Tanas- With some Gharanas or schools of Gayakas, Tanbaji is, from start to finish, the major portion of their performance. Gwalior and its allied school Agra, also Patiala and now a school called Jaipur, after the great singer Alladiya Khan, are known as Tanbaji schools. Kairana Gharana of Abdul Kareem Khan is famous as the Alap school. The main varieties of Tanas are :— (i) Satta or Sapat Tana. As this kind of Tana shows the Arohavaroha of Raga clearly, it is of much importance, though difficult to take. (ii) Sanchari Tana is of a rambling kind and easy to sing. (iii) Laddiki Tana, Avarohi or Vakra Tana is used expertly by the so called Jaipur Gharana. It can be sustained for a long time as it forms and goes in circles, taking each note, double, treble and so on. It is mainly use­ ful in mixed Ragas. (iv) Kampa-Tana is now much in vogue and when it dete­ riorates, it is called Bakri-Tan ( ‘Bakri’ = a she-goat) ! (v) Patli Tana, a simple variety, mostly used in Thumri singing- (vi) Gamak-tana, now-a-days less heard, is essential for ‘big’ Ragas for the upkeep of their manly and serene character. To produce it, special voice-culture is required. (vii) TBnbaji has no place in Thumri singing. Only some pieces of Patli Tana are used separately.

Difficult and fast Tanas is the main factor of ‘Tayyari*. In the past, Khyal was meant for exhibiting the technique and * Tayyari ’ and the place of ‘ svara-vilas ’ was supposed to be Thumri.

Piecemeal Vakra Avarohi Tana is a speciality of Tappa, a semi-classical form akin to Thumri, now rare and originally indigenous to Panjab. As its name (TappS — a stop) suggests, Capt* Willard imagined and other writers followed his notion, that originally it was sung by camel-drivers, but this is merely a fancy. > PTS. M V ] THB ORIGIN AND DBVOLOPMENT OF KHYAL 1 5 9

13. TSlas of Khyal The Talas used for Dhrupad were much complicated and more mathematical than artistic. The Pakhawaj has a stiff thundering sound which is fit for violent Dhrupad and Tandav dance. Talas of Dhrupad, Chautala, Dhamar etc. were modified to Ektala, Zumra etc. to suit the Khyal singing. Tabla which accompanied Khyal and Thumri has a softer sound than Pakhwaj and on its left-side-drum a Meend-like sound could be played which corresponds to the in Khyal and Thumri.

14. Styles of Khyal Singing

There already were, it is said, four styles of Dhrupad singing called Banis. We have no correct nor detailed information about these Banis, but the late Karamat Khan of Jaipur and Nassiruddin Dagar of Indore who were in fact the last of Dhrupadiyas, were used to sing Dagar Bani, which is soft and swara-pradhan, while the late Nassiruddin’s sons, who took the nick-name of * Dagar Bandhu * used to sing Khandar Bani, which is of rhythmic type, and also modernised for making it popular to suit the age of democracy.

We can classify modern Khyal singing on the following lines: (i) vigorous and rhythmic, (ii) soft and swara-pradhan, (iii) full of Tanas, i.e. Tanbaji. The second variety had become nowadays more popular and has been adopted by the majority of young sin­ gers, after its pioneer the late Abdul Kareem Khan. Some modern writers called the third varity ‘classical’ and the second ‘romantic*, but we find a classification similar to the one shown above given by , Matanga and S.R. applied to Grama-RSgas and named as Gitis, five in number. ( Vol. II, pp. 3-7).

Gayaki Gharanas are based on and differentiated by these styles. Every style has some speciality, as well as a certain plan for choosing certain factors to be synthesized into a peculiar unity and then it also has a certain method of presentation. Every Gharana has also a peculiar way to produce the ‘Voice*. Style being such a specific thing, you cannot mix the defferent styles or make a palatable mixture out of all desirable qualities of all the styles. 160 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

Tnough the Gharanas are based on some peculiar style, style is only the ‘bones’ underlying the ‘beauty’ ! Those artists who were gifted and had originality and imagination have invented and developed these styles, but after an era, some gifted artist will give his style some new colour or even change it to look like a ‘new’ model. And at last a time comes when there is dearth of gifted persons and so only ‘labourers’ of the Gharana remain ! As a result, such Gharanas vanish or continue only in titles ! The art must have some tradition and also some style, but today we find Gharanas not very ‘pure’, because many young and promising artists, for want of traditional training have no other go but to grab avariciously every piece of ‘beauty’ from every or any style and then try to stitch them up to make them one’s ‘art’, which, in the a result, becomes a ‘curio shop’.

15. Contribution of Instruments Mainly, stringed instruments played a great part in the deve­ lopment of music, Eastern and Western. The formation and differentiation of various scales and modes, the construction of Ragas and their peculiar graces were the outcome of Vina play* ing. In Western music, the piano helped the progress of harmony music. Nomtom-Alap and the graces Gamak and Meend were gifts from Been to the voice. So also, in the making and develop­ ment of Khyal, Sitar and Sarangi, especially the last, played a great part. Sarangi, the Indian violin, has been mentioned by S. R. in Bbarata’s orchestra (ch. Ill, S'l. 215). The ‘Chhote’ Khyals and TaranSs resemble thh Gats on Sitar, and even Tanbaji has its origin in Druta Sitar playing. Sarangi playing might have suggested for the long duration and continuity of Svaras, as well as small graces and strange artistic notes, required in Alap of Khyal and Thumri singing. The majority of Dhrupad singers were Binkars or trained by Blnkars and many of the Khyal singers were Sarangi players or taught by Sarangiyas. As the Gamak, Meend and Andolanare wrought appropriately on Bln and Sitar, so the slow complex Meend, shades and soft-swift graces like Kampita, Murki and JamjamS could be produced in their right form only on Sarangi.

In the composition of Khyal itself and then in its Alap, graces Kampita, Murki and short quick Tanas are essential, which P tS . I-IV] THfe ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OE KHYAL 161

are not possible on Bin, Sitar or Sarod and are discarded in ‘Nomtom’ Alap and in Dhrupad. Khyal must use both kinds of graces, of Vlnl and Sarangi.

Western music is mainly instrumental, but Indian instru­ mental music has no advantage over Vocal music, except its different timbre, clarity and justness of notes and some such other specialities like ‘Zala’ and fastest tempo.

Vina, Sitar and Sarod are stroke-instruments. Strokes are necessary to make the note lively and to give it the pull and push required for blending of notes in graces Gamaka and even in Meend. So, these graces are played in their exact form on stroke- instruments, especially on Vina and Sitar, than bow or wind instruments. Every instrument has its limitations and special qualities. Stroke-instruments lack the duration and continuity of notes. Naturally Layakari, i.e. rhythmic element dominate! stroke-music. For duration of a note, repeated hammering i t required, which aggravates their rhythmic nature. Layakari, i.e. Ad, Ku-Ad, Tihaiyyas and quick tempo have their root in Instru­ mental music, which Vocal music has borrowed from it, Sarangi, and also the violin to some extent, have got much continuity and duration of sound, but the strokes on them are feeble. Fa»t Gamak-Tanas on Sarangi are distorted and in fast tempo the notes played on Sarangi may miss the just intonation. It is difficult to produce fast Patli Tana on Sarangi. In these points the violin and even the harmonium has more advantage, owing to the free fingering. The notes played on the harmonium have infinite continuity. Besides swift small graces, fast Patli TSna and Satta Tana can best be produced on this instrument. Once justly tuned, there is no danger of its skipping off suddenly in the middle of the performance. The intonation once fixed, remains faithful for a long time. Though not much melodious, the tone of the harmonium is somewhat sonorous and also loud. These are the causes why it is preferred by even great Vocalists as their accom­ paniment though it has no capacity for blending of notes or for creating shades. Sarod has a strong resonant tone and even the violin has to some extent, but Bin, Sitar and Sarangi have a weak tone. Sarangi and the violin have a nasal tone and the vibliu a rough tone. The change of volume of tane is not possible 21 1£ 2 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V o L K X t in any of the stringed instruments, exeept in that of Vichitra Vlpa, for Batta Bin, which has a loud tone as good as a deep voice and for playing of Gamak and Meend, it excels all the other stringed instruments. It is not suitable for swift graces and swift action though. . ntfe'W

The violin now accompanies Vocal triusic in the South, fti® and expertly but for the Northern system Sarangi seems to serve better. -

In recent times, the art of playing on Bansri and Sahanayi (Nagasvaram) has been developed to a great extent by our artists and now all the fits of Vocal music are imitated on these instruments. Still owing to the nature of these instruments, Gamak and slow Meend could not very appropriately be played on them.

% liusffo conclude, every instrument is capable of producing Vocal music partly less or more. But no instrument can compete with God’s instrument, the human voice, which possesses qualities of both the instruments, the wind as well as stringed. •rititriX'fii 3©oi lip hi 5 vsri oqm&J Hn'tup bus tSijpfii i tfcA**f2l ,bX The human voice has also one important quality. It becomes coloured by the singer’s feelings, except in some ‘dry’ singerifl Also it can control and change its volume according to tbe situation. It has one more advantage, i.e. of words of the com­ position which can many times, if chosen rightly, help to suggest the mood. In semi-classical and light music words of the song mb o f much importance.

The male and female voices differ in pitch and timbre and possess also different capacities. There are exceptions, but generally the female voice is feeble and fickle. Therefore, the essential graces, Gamak and slow meend, and some ‘big’ Ragas like Bhairava, Shuddhakalyan, Darbari, etc. are not properly worked out by the female voice. In the past, Thumri, Kajri, etc. were reserved for females, though Bharatamuni has allotted preferably all vocal music to women and chiefly dialogues to men. • bo'ifil -i » ©vtftf ignsiSa. hoe isiiB «o!H tud ,}n»Jx5 eato* oj acd niloiv sdt The female voice is generally high-pitched and melodious by nature. S. R. has qualified this voice as Chehal - ‘ - I t P t s . mv] thf origin and development of khyal 163

(ch. III-71). According to the commentators boys before maturity possess this kind of voice and male singers can produce this voice by controlling their vocal chords in a special way. ‘ h has enumerated altogether fifteen qualities or kinds of good voice for singing and one of them is named as Karuna— l ’ (74)

The description of S'arira in the texts includes reference to qualities of the mind, like musical knowledge and imagination,, .

If a Vocalist can play any instrument, it can help to widen his knowledge of or skill in music. The late Abdul Kareem Khan was able to play nearly every instrument, even PakhawSj, well. Ameer Khan the famous Vocalist of our times is and the late Bade Gulam Ali was, both good Sarangi-players. Bharatamuni and Abhinavagupta have placed Vina above Vocal music (JV. S. IV, p. I), but that was right only in the past age, when the Vocal music was in its teens !

I have referred above to the Khyals in Druta Laya as ‘Chhote’ Khyals. One spurious writer on music has equated ‘Chhote’ Khyals to Thumris on the authority of Rampur, but it is due to sheer ignorance. a j i^grfaqalA nMrftooB

16. The ‘Nomtom’ Alap On Bln, Sitar, Sarod and the like, Alaps are first played without Tala, and ‘Gata’ which is a composition with Tala, is played afterwards- So, for reasons obvious, the Alap portion and ‘Gata’ portion of the Raga composition are treated separately in Vina-playing. The procedure also was adopted or in fact imitated in vocal music in its primitive stage, i.e. in Dhruva and Dhrupad singing.

Nomtom, tnen, is used for free elaboration of Raga and as a prelude to Dhrupad-song, which is sung after it, mainly to work out the play of Tala. So, in Dhrupad and Southern Kriti singing, elaboration of Raga and elaboration of Tala were kept apart. Thus, the Nomtom Alaps were worked out in medium and then in fast, syllables Na, Ta etc. being not suitable for slow or very slow tempo, as the stroke-music lacks the quality of dura­ tion and continuity of notes and also the incessant flow of notes 16 4 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

in a passage. Strokes by plectrum or by tongue need to be hammered repeatedly, and this inevitable ‘lingual* procedure makes Nomtom a stroke-music and mostly of rhythmic nature. Moreover, the syllables are not able to carry out slow or complex Meend, nor any provincial shades of notes and if adorned by small graces, they look ridiculous!

Nomtom being free from the bondage and burden of Tala and words, and as such, solely devoted to Slap, might be considered to be the most competent device to elaborate Raga form. No doubt, it is an abstract form of music and therefore could be said to be the highest form of music. But at last, we will have to agree that it is a one-sided music S

Nomtom is after all a mechanical process and so, prone to become prosaic and monotonous in a short while. Applied to Khyal as a prelude, there is danger of being repeated again in Khyal-singing. And now, as it has been absorbed completely and more beautifully in Khyal-singing, it has lost its purpose. It is now more useful for practising music than for creation of spontaneous art. So, naturally it is now in the retiring stage/,. , unmMT ot giivriJ *a}oddD*j Southern Alapchari, i.e. a variety o f ‘Nomtom’, is worked out differently. Syllabic hammering, it uses sparingly, and therefore it has got continuity. It uses all kinds of grace freely. It has no Tftla, but on the whole, it resembles the Alapchari of Khyal, keeping up its own style, j B aj .jfoifiw'‘jttsSP bite Auotifiw Southern ‘Nomtom’ does not progress by taking notes one by one slowly, with a long duration, stoping on each note, decora­ ting it and moving in mathematical progression, as in the Northern System. Southern chalan of ‘Nomtom’ like their pra- bandhas, generally starts on Tar Shadja and taking the lower notes one by one first in small groups and step by step growing in larger groups, in rounds and rounds, reaches its target tbe Tara Sa and some times, Pancham etc. Thus the notion of Vadi svarais different in the Southern system, Tara Shadja being a shining prominent note in every Raga.

In Southern system every note is sung with a slight Andolan. Duration of notes is not long or steady and the tempo of all the

; , _ ; ;wi _ - PTS. I-IV] THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL 165

music is rather fast. All these peculiarities Southern music owes, I think, to the method of speech !

The Sangltaratnakara has classified Ragalapainto twokinds:- ‘R&galapti’ and * Rupakalapti’, the latter only being set up to Tala and treated as a Rupaka, i.e. Prabandha, using all the graces and even Tal-Paltas. (Ch. Ill, S'l. 190-202). So, Simhabhupala’s explanation about Alapti, viz.‘1 arraRfca arft- *’ (Vol. II, P- 210) must be taken in the sense of Ragalapti.

S. R.s description of Ragalapti clearly indicates that it was actually our Nomtom, may be in a cone se or detailed form. Its aim was also to elaborate the Raga-rupa. The technique of Ragalapti, as described by S.R., ( ^ I: % ‘ * etc.gives a clue for its origin in or dependence on playing of the Vina.

Nomtom-kind Alap is mentioned by 5. R. to be used as a prelude, in his description of Pancha-Taleshwar Prabandha (II, p. 284). The other variety of Alap to be used as a part of Prabandha, is mentioned by S'. R. as Prayoga (‘ snfpr») where a term Pallava (‘q$q >) also is used in the sense of cadence, i.e. Pada (ch. 4, i\. 34, 35). This variety of Alap is to be sung with­ out the use of syllables and is full of various graces as its name Gamakalapti suggests. Being a part of Prabandha, it was com­ posed and sung, we may guess, in Tala. isU ” 3 '■*>*»* « M 17. Language, Speech and Graces The majority of graces have been born and developed out of emotional speech, which has been termed as ‘ Kaku ’ by Muni . Bharata and others. If grace Gamaka is obliged to Sanskrit, the other important grace Meend has been introduced in Northern music, it seems from the Vraja and similar dialects of Hindi. Gamaka is a quick, contracted and forceful form of Meend. Gamaka is the chief ornament of ‘Nomtom’ - Al&p and Dhrupad. For maintaining the classical form and for personification of ‘big’ i.e. serious Ragas, Gamak is essential, as it gives the force neces­ sary for the stateliness and grandeur of such Ragas. Andolana is also a kind of Meend, applied to some selected one or two notes in some ‘big’ Ragas like Bhairava and Darbari and the 166 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL particular Raga-rQpa depends on these Andolit notes. Thus Meend is the main and very important grace of Northern music and especially of Khyal and Thumri singing.

‘Kana’, ike., quick blending of a note or some fraction of a note, we may call ‘quarter-tone’ orj^ruti’ to a note is wrought through Gamaka, while by Andolan a note moves to and fro in ‘quarter-tones’ by its swinging motion. Meend is a slow slide from first upto third or fourth note ‘showing’ full and ali the tonal area between those notes. When Meend is taken from first to fifth or sixth note it goes rather fast forcefully and then it is known as Ghaseet. Thus, it will be seen that the 3ruti-anga or minute tonal shades are dependent on Meend. This idea is also expounded by Abhinavagupta, who has cited the authority of Matrigupta as — ‘ ’•♦•etc. (N. S. Vol. IV, p. 21), Thus it seems that the theory of 22 6rutis based on mathematics and harmonics is utterly a product of scholarly imagination. & %m iHPte oi* fi\ *<* q#iA rf While music full of Gamaka is felt to be mysterious, knock­ ing and imperious; music abundant in Meend is sweet; ’sad and pleading, soothing and emotional.

‘Svarasangati’ is a very important device for personifying the form of Raga, which Bharatamuni has also stressed rightly thus— “ I »' etc. (JV. 5.,;ch. 28/75), This action can be achieved through Gamak, Meend and Ans (‘erfa’) but the best means is Meend. Sentiments to *) created by Gamaka are mainly Vlra and Raudra, while the effect of Meend is $rngara, Karuna and Santa.

The main grace used in ‘Nomtom’ and Dhrupad-DhamSr is Gamak. In Khyal singing Gamak and Meend are both used but the latter more. The late Fayyaz Khan used more Gamak in his Khyals, while Abdul Kareem Khan used Meend and Andolana more. It goes without saying that, forceful Gamak as such is of no use in Thumri, Hori and other lighter strains. Khyal stripped of Gamak will step down to Thumri.

There are some provincial ‘shades* and even graces applied to the notes, mainly Panjabi - Pahadi, Maharashtri, Southern. Mostly we hear them in provincial light-music and folk-songs. 9 5

f>TS. l-IV ] THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL 167

The late Bade Gulam Ali used Panjabi Ang, while Abdul Kareem applied to his style Maharashtri and Karnatik Ang, with success and beauty. <•? n This provincial Ang (‘3FP), I guess, S.R. has mentioned as DeSakaku. One such Ang, Yantra-kaku seems to be Timbre. I have referred above to Bharata’s Kakus, the emotional colouring of speech -notes'. Notes clothed by such sound-curves under stress of emotional outburst have the power to convey the speaker’s feelings to his listeners. We can see this speech-‘music* made use of in poetry,-singing’ and in dialogues of dramas. The primary speech-sound-curves have been transformed in music as blending of notes for creating the emotional effect or ‘expression’. Even if we look deeper, we could see the human crying and laughing transformed to become what we appreciate as our best of music! Of course the shape of speech-graces transferred to music is moulded to suit the new ‘language’, its ’tone*’ structure is trans­ lated to ‘Note’-structure and so their orginal ‘meaning’ is also changed into musical feeling, which is always so much subtle and deep as not to be caught and described by our mundane words! In short, Gamak, Meend and the like have to do that function in Indian music, which harmony does to the Western music. The majority of graces in both Northern and Southern systems are the same, but their different ‘attire’, i.e. mode of pronunciation makes them look somewhat or quite different. Each system has its appeal mainly or only for Northarn or Southern listeners. There are other factors of difference also and tbe two ends will not meet, in spite of strenuous efforts of one ‘Jairam’ or two ‘Jai- gopals’! Long habit and the principle of association of ideas work here to give the ‘words’ made out of notes, the desired ‘meaning’ to captivate the hearts of a selected group, like their mother- tongue, Tamil or Hindi, as the case may be. Language is an important factor which makes it possible for and governs producibility of music of a particular type or style ; another important factor, especially for music, is tradition. We cannot sing Raga Darbari with English, German or Chinese words! If we try to search for the origin of graces in the realm of speech, we can guess for Gamak to have its origin in shouting 168 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

rage. Meend we may find in the entreating and endearing langu­ age of a beloved to her lover or of a mother to her child or even in wailing! The grace Khatka ’) we hear generally in some statement made in despair or in ridicule. Tanas may remind us a fit of laughter. There are always ‘sex-appeal’ graces, rarely used in Thumri, but used in folk songs, Dadra and Kajrietc, and which we hear in abundance in film songs. Even which is nearer to Hindi does not fully suit Kir al singing, which fact could be realized from Drama * Pad’s, which had been composed and sung as imitation Khyals The experiments in composing and singing Thumris in Marathi ended in a fiasco!

18. Various Styles of Languages for Prabandhas The pedantic heavy wording is, and has to be, used for Dhrupad Prabandha. Such kiud of poetry as 3T«m * * ftrasinR’ ‘reqs qfeff goes well with Dhrupad. We can see some resemblance of the wording of Dhrupad, to that of the Southern Krtis. Bhavabhatta has defined Dhrupad as— etc-> but the love-affair of Dhrupad is always on pedantic lines. For instance— etc. This also proves that poem-element is always conspicuous in Dhrupad. Such wording of some Khyals, as ‘g^TcT ‘ ^ % Inpr tfrqsT’ etc. shows that these were originally Dhrupads. The peculiar type of the language and poetry appropriate for Khyhl, we can mark in so many traditional Khyals, viz. * i?rv ‘ w V a t ’ *INt ’ and even in f *TT*T ’ etc Khyals can bear easily and nicely even Rajasthani and Panjabi dialects, for instance—< W*’ ' «rn& To conclude, Dhrupad by its very nature is not fit for expres­ sing the sweet and soft pangs of love ; «so Bhavabhatta’s notion seems to be erroneous. In modern times, some singers have tried to enter Dhrupad geets in Khyal by the back-door, as i etc., which must be considered as high-handedness!

l— — ------_ __ M'S. I-IV) TlBB ORIGIN AND DBVELOPMfiNT O f KHYAL 16#

Now, if we compare the language and ‘poetry* of Dhamars with those of Khyal and others, we will find much simi­ larity between all these forms. For instance, as far as the wording is concerned the following Dhamar songs can easily pass for Khyals

1. * 3JT$ ’ etc., in Raga KhamSj. 2. ‘ ft q $ \ etc., „ Kafi. ? 3. * ^ # 3TT3T fq-^n * etc., „ Jaijaiwanti. Dhamar Gitas similar to Hori could be found as under : 1. ‘ 1% %c5cT t , $ ir^5io5» etc., in Raga . 2. ‘ *T^ld 5 ^ ’ etc., „ Ramod,

Wording of some Dhamars looks quite similar to Thumri, as for instance ;4* "■ * $l?fl ($1 srenqt ’ etc , in Raga BhairavL

If we can search further, we can detect some resemblance even of composition of some Dhrupads to that of Khyals and 6f composition of some Dhamars to that of Horis and even Thumris.

Dhamar Prabandha being Holi music, it has got some folk­ song spirit and so its ‘poetry* is much frank, i.e., somewfaht vulgar. The wording of the following Dhamars will confirin this —

1. ,f qjNrf ?rt % ** B‘hr in Riga Yaman. 2. «H555T ” „ Bilawal. 3. ** # 3d *’ ». Purbi. 4. “ ^ rill t” »» 5 . “ C?I« iftd ■agn: fadift » „ Kamoda. 3 6. ** cTspRT 3TT^ $1 nhft *' „ Chhayfinat.

Now, it can be seen easily that Dhamar in every Raga has the same poetical sentiment, that of isrfigBra. I have stated above that the language and even the composi­ tion of ancient Dhruvas and Akshiptikas, as cited by Nanyabhupal

22 m d * 1 7 0 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L . XL and S. R. bear much resemblance to the Southern Kritis. The following instances will be sufficient to show the language and metrical arrangement of these ancient compositions :—

(1) VTSSSSSSSSS^SSSSSI STTS&SV^SVU (S. R. I, p. 257). f Xrrtfiff yi i ' Cf «} ? g. (i.. f * (2) S S S S I etc. (S. R. I, p. 261). (3) Mt S *T S s S> R S ^ qf55 SSS R || * rprl Vin-1> (11,130). (4) oft s s K *£ s f?r 3 s w s m s 5?r s ^ s far s ^ s h S s S I etc. (II, p. 85). An example of Prakrt Akshiptika runs as follows :—

(5) “ S 5^1^ S ^ ?TTS % S JTf5 ^ I % S HT S g II s& s s S s s faarf S 551* *’ etc. (5. A. II, p. 62).

The metres used here are very simple and ordinary, but to suit some syllables of them, they are stretched to an uncommon length.

|r Ancient Dhruvas, drama-songs or rather glokas were sung in Jatis, the primitive Ragas. But ‘ music * of these Dhruvas was no more than poem-singing, because Dhruvas were expected to convey the meaning of the poem to be of use to the drama dialogue. Owing to this reason Bharatamuni has prohibited the use of Tan-paltas (N.S. 29/26) in Dhruva-singing and also directed the place of VirSma according to the meaning (N. S. ch. 17/119). The composers of Sama-ganas had altered the syllables of Rc no doubt, but that was done mostly for magical than for musical effect.

19. Rasa Effect of RSgas While discussing the styles and art of some leading musicians, I have used the word ‘Rasa’ for signifying the artistic effect. The ancients have assigned a particular Rasa to each and every Raga, mainly depending on the Amsa note, but this arrangement will not be much applicable, at least, to modern Ragas.

Rasa is an extermely heightened emotional state produced by art experience. Of all the arts, it seems only the Drama It s . i - i v ] t h e o r ig in a n d dbvblopmbnt o p k h y a l r 171 played on the stage, which regeneretes great events with all its de­ vices, has the capability for creating such emotions, Poetry, musio, dance etc , :even used in drama, can participate in or even help to promote such emotions and that may be the reason why they have been attributed particular Rasas. Poetry, painting and music when left to themselves, can produce feeble or vague emotions which we may call Bhavas or moods.

The Sangita Ratnakara, it seems, has grasped the point and elucidated it briefly, thus :—

II II ST&T ...... II ” f t 4l#*on

* ’ in the above lines indicates i.e. play­ ing their parts by actors. The S. R. further, while defining limits its effect to Bhavas—

“ wprfa ^ h ^ 11 -;s s«d bn* ...... ••• i ” etc. (ch. 7).

I think we should place music (along with poetry and painting) in the category of Dance, as far as the Raga effect is concerned.

We doubt whether certain scales and Ragas clearly show their affinity to or fitness for certain moods or ‘Rasas’, but when they are moulded in a certain style of singing, their so-called Ragas are over-ridden by particular ‘Rasas’ of that style. The comparison of one and the same Raga sung by two artists belonging to two different styles, for instance listening to Raga Todi or Bhairavi, sung by A. Kareeem Khan and Faiyyaz Khan in their gramaphone records, will clear my point. To conclude, therefore, these Rasas must be more conveniently allotted to the styles, than to a praticular type of scale, Vadi note or Raga. 0 0 ? r r ?

The so-called ‘small’ or common Ragas, by their light nature, generally always produce light sentiments of £rngara and Karuna. Khamaja, Bhairavi, Kafi, PltU, Des, Tilak-Kamod, , Mand etc. belong to this popular type. They are, in fact, the basic Ragas, which have been derived from folk-tunes. The 172 THB JOURNAL OP THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

motions stimulated by these Ragas are of Taukika* type and there­ fore they are, as a rule, used for singing Hori, Thumri, Tappa, Kajri, Dhuna and and most of the film songs are composed in these Ragas. gnQ: Matanga has distinctly mentioned this class of Ragas as ‘Kriyanga’ Ragas, having the power to express worldly motions;—

.: ...... “ i =* ZRt ITR %VT3FTHfr IgJTI It ” (Quoted by Simhabhupala, vide com. on S.R. ch. 2-2 6l. 9-19)

The range of the ‘small’ RSgas initially consists of 4 to 5 notes. We may find their origin in folk and dance tunes and they have a long historical back-ground. Matanga has noted tbeif existence in folk and tribal songs, as follows :—

" agfcr * mu:, I ” (B.D. p. 59) and has also given reference to Bharatamuni in the matter.

NatyaSastra mentions their use in Avakrista Dhruva, as follows; rffiw gnefjs) o: *5:W-srct*Tlsftr it i ^ i» and the commentator has explained the effect of these‘small’ Ragas to be Karunaantmn;

As these Ragas were used in the ancient dramas, we should not wonder if we see them now peeping through cine songs.

S'anta Rasa is not recognised by Bharatamuni as an emo­ tional outcome of Drama, Poetry or Music. There is a controversy about its existence or use in arts. But at least Bhavas of Santa, I think, we experience in the moon-lit vastness of the sea or chiselled tranquility of the face of Buddha. Anyhow we find that the Santa is recognised by the later Sanglta-$astrak§- ras like Matanga and &arngadeva. They have allotted Santa to the Ragas, Sauviraka, Botta, Vesarashadava e tc , in the following manner, to be used in the dramas: m . I-IV) THE ORIGIN ANO DEVELOPMENT OF KHVAL 175

“ tfcfm : ...... 3 iq ^ f =* s^tnfe% ^rT5=cT?;% fW hr: » ’’ (fl/)., p- 95, S. R., 2/2/12!) Abhinavagupta, somewhat jokingly, remarks that S'anta Rasa could not be produced in a pure or prominent state, but it can be effected in a mixed state, tinged with other Rasas—

“ *3 \ (^) ? f|— ST STI^TS-S^RcTT 5t#T^T I fldlsft ^ sn»TTT (ch. 29, p. 78) We find that the Raga music was used to accompany or strengthen nearly every situation or action in the ancient dramas and it had also some strange usages. The S. R. has indicated— ‘ i* (212/192) And even stranger usage, when we see the clever Music Director of old trying to make it accompany the action of laughing of female characters in drama :— “ ...... qsjfrcrsHT: i ...... ftgsafitt ’» (2/1/87-88) Some 'big’ Ragas like Bhimpalas, etc., being not so weighty, can be easily drawn without much mutilation, to serve the Stage and other light strains. But for making use of the serious ‘big* Ragas like Yaman, Darbari etc. in drama and popular music, we have to clip their wings to make them climb down and walk on the earth! Raga music has a mystic and mysterious nature and therefore it is not suitable for Ballet, Opera or even Orchestra. And we may not dream about ‘applied’ music!

20. Some Historical Data ^ I. Dhrupad a in the South : 5 It is said that Dhruvapada or later Dhrupad was introduced in the South under the name ‘Daru’ in Telugu, as a devotional song and after some time it was used in Telugu and Tamil drama and dance. Many of the Southern prabandhas like Kritis resemble pore the ancient Akshiptikfis and to some extent tfc \U THE JOURNAL OF TUB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [V o l. *L Northern Dhrupads by their devotional charcter, abundance of Sanskrit words, predominance of word-tala element, commence­ ment in the upper register, i.e. TaraSbadja and rambling with­ out much consideration for Vadi note. Some of the old Dhru­ pads begin on Tara Sa, for instance one of the best Dhrupads, in facta Sadra of Tansen gisft fsfsjreK etc. in Bhairava, starts on Tara Sa, Other examples could be found in Ragas Sri, Miya-Malhar, , , Gaud-Malbar, etc.

Hi Rupakalapa:— This ancient prabandha is described by Sangita Ratnakara as being a composition of Alapa set to Tala. In S. R.'s description the term ‘Pada’ (= « ’ etc., cb. Ill, S'!. 200*201) occurs, but he e it means, as Kallinath has explained it, ‘ .... 5T 3 » i- e. cadences and not words. According to S. R. all varieties of Alaptis freely used Tan-paltls and all graces ’ etc. {S.R. Ill, 202). Par^vadeva has given 16 kinds of Alaptis, which seems to be pedantic theori­ zation. The S.R. had not explained whether Na, Ta, Re syllables or ‘Sa-ri-ga-ma’ were to be used in ‘Rupakalapti’. If Sa-ri-ga-ma were to be uttered, then S.R.'s ^q^55fH will be definitely Southern Varna prabandha, but if syllables'Na-Ta etc. were used, then it will be Tarana (Tillana).

Varna in Southern music is mostly or completely a ‘ Sa-ri- ga-ma’ i.e. Sargam composition, to be sung in Raga and Tala like a prabandha and so we may state it to be the Rupakalapa of S.R• Varna Prabandha is actually mentioned by S.R. as being com­ posed in Karnata language consisting of ‘ Biruda’ ( = praise) with usual parts in Varnatala. (4/182). So the S.R.'s Varna is a different form from the current Varna. This shows how the difference in time and province results in difference in terms and forms. ‘Varna’ in Karnata language is also mentioned by Matanga. Ml: 403).

/ // . Kriti Kriti, another famous form contains words as well as ‘Sargam’ composition. So this Kriti resembles S. R.’s ‘Padaka- janam* defined thus srcg ’ etc. (4/139), PTS. I-IV] THE ORIGIN AND DBVELOPMBNf OF KHYAL 175

IV. Varna-svara :— Northern ‘ Chatarang’ (* seems to be S. R.’s ‘Varna-svara’ prabandha which consists of four parts,— 1: Svara, 2: Pata, 3 Pada and 4; Tena. (4/182-183). ‘Chaturang* is described by Matanga as being composed in four languages and set to four Talas in four Ragas. (R.D.Sl. 420).

V. Svarartha ‘Ba-mayna’ * snm^RT ’ Sargam was current in Northern music. In this Prabandha, the syllables Sa, ri, ga, ma etc. were arranged to form some meaningful words. This is named by S.R. as ‘Svarartha, and is defined—* m » ’ (c h - 4/222), This form is called * Svara-kalpa ’ by the Hindi author of Nadodadhi. Matanga has also described Svarartha as— ‘ * etc. (Si. 504-5).

VI. Sargam Sargam and Lakshana-gTtas are in fact musical curiosi­ ties and were intended to serve the memorizing of the ‘geography* of RBgas. Lakshana-gltas belong in fact to the South. Ven- katamakhi and Govinda had composed them to cover nearly all the Southern Ragas.

VII. Chachchari 1— I may note here that the S.R. has also mentioned ‘Chachchari’ prabandha to be sung at Spring festival, composed in Riga and Tala KreedS or Chachchari. This prabandha had been used in Samskrit dramas. I guess this Chachchari prabandha to be Dhamar or its Deshi form Hori, which is sung in Tala Dlpa- chandi, which is sometimes called Chachar.

VIII. Rahadi & Vlrasri— Prabandhas ‘Rahadi* and ‘Vlragrl* etc. described by S. R. seem to be Powada, sung in Maharashtra, and allied war-songs prevalent in other provinces. 53*11 J w S liJ Lh tia/jw 21 glffj’ pH A IX. Chali:— For forming any Raga-rfipa a certain kind of grouping and connecting of the notes of the gamut is required. The former is 1 7 6 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY (V O L. XL called * by S. R. and explained as— ?%% ‘sr^T* *parti i ’ (S. R. 3/163), whereas the latter bears the term ‘ ’ named by ancient authors as ‘ a ffir m * (N. S. 28/75; S. R. vol. I, p. 191,3l. 52-53).

21. Khyal io Sangita Ratn£kara In the near past, Dhruvapada or Dhrupad was esteemed as the classical form and the other new-coming forms like Khyal were considered to be below the standard or as degraded, by the orthodox musicians and so evidently by Sastrakaras. It is but natural if the Sangita Ratnakara should have held the same views about Khyal which had been pushing itself up then.

The S. R. has analysed and explained the artistic structure of Ragas in the discussion on stbayas (Ch. Ill, SI. 98-188)1 and of Talas and Prabandhas while discussing those subjects. On the credibility of his findings, he has observed some principles, on the basis of which, all possible new forms of Ragas, TBlas and Prabandhas could be constructed :

3 ^ II (Ch. IV. 361-73).

No doubt, the S.R. has marked the tendency for changing the old forms and so has noted the then composers’ efforts in creat­ ing new forms out of the old.

The S. R. has reckoned and classified all the new forms of Prabandhas in five classes and of the ‘lowest’ of two new forms, he has mentioned one by the name ‘KhallottSr’ and has defined it thus— “ StmrRTI:Os. 1: II || *TTc3RT^r I** (Ch. IV) Meaning that, when the position of the main features of Raga and the poetical type of an established Prabandha are changed, the changed or ‘lowered’ form is called ‘Khallottar’. And this is what actually happened to the old forms like Dhrupad, Dhamar etc. when in the long run they were changed to Krti and Khyal, Tappa and Thumri etc.

1. See Bharatabhasya, Desai’s edn. Pt. I. pp. 147-8. C*0

RTS. i-iv j THB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPMBNT OF KHYAL 8BT l W

‘Khallottar’ which is obviously a Sanskrit word, means *Khalla’ - a pit and ‘Uttar’ -landing; that is ‘a form lowered down.* If we take this word to be Marathi, it will mean ‘Khalla* “ ‘ 5^1 * down, and ‘Uttar’ - Utar (=‘ grgmc ’ ) - slope or to bring down.

But considering the usual tendency of Sanskrit authors of old for Sanskritising the foreign and provincial terms, so as to make them look like Sanskrit, one should be tempted to conceive and re-construct the original form of KhallottSr’ as 'Khyal Uttar’ meaning Khyal of Northern India. Since Sarngadeva belonged to the middle of 13th century and had takenimmense pains to notice and enumerate each and every prevalent Prabandha and even such provincial folk-songs like ‘ O vi1 and ' Dhollari’, as well as foreign Ragas like ‘Turusbka Gaud’ and ‘T. Todi*, therefore one should not wonder about his being conversant with the newly coming up forms in his times like Khyal etc., looked doWn upon till our times as 'corrupt*!,o;i oaxiM

'370.jw 2 2 . The present state of Khyal rin gin g m jdt' Times are changed and with change of time, some very vital changes in culture, are inevitable. Royal patronage to music and dance, which hither-to-before fostered them, has now vanished into thin air! Music now is mainly dependent on public support. The artists, for wooing the public applause, have to mould their art to suit the taste and understanding of the commoh man, in place of its former sophisticated sober lovers. In such unfavoura­ ble circumstances, the musicians have to smooth down the Khyal a little or more, to make it ‘easy’and light to compete in the common market, for which we cannot blamer them. ■ Traditions fT t ■ .os always l remained the source of genuine art and they are now becoming weak for many reasons. Thus the Art has now to stoop conquer! aaGL*bj»*i tniObio! Ibiiafm as * oqmai woI2 We always forget that the classical arts and literature are for a few. Radio, conferences and music-circles, not to mention the classes and colleges, have spread the music, draining its depth!

The old Dhrupad has changed to Khyal, and this change we treat as development, but any and every change cannot be called development. Our RagaS and our Khyals, Kritis etc. have now 23 THB JOURNAL.pEJHE M\DR AS MUSIC ACAlDEMY [V-OL. XL become fully ripe and their final shape is fixed, ; so there ispnow left, very jfcttle scope for making any change in their form. The position of Khyal, as we have seen already, is between Dhrupad: and Thumri. It can go up, but should not come down 1 Khyal has already absorbed as many embellishments of Thumri as it can digest well, and therefore stuffing more Thumri Ang into it for pleasing the ignorant listeners, will cause the break-down of the very structure o( Khyal. svbouon 01 oajqunt .ad. biuoda^n.o aiii •iool ts^dl'niam Tanbaji, which is easily accomplished and readily acclaimed, has became the chief or major performance of many a Khyal sin­ ger at the cost of Alaps, but this tendency must be encouraged. Music must be saved from this speed mania ! The youngsters must be impressed about the fact that. Alap is the soul of our Raga music- Another undesirable tendency of young Northern musi­ cians, which seem^j^jhe,rampant, is to prefer mostly mixed Ragas, the mixture many times being unpalatable or meaningless. Mixed Ragas are not suitable for doing Alap and are inconvenient for taking Tanas also. New singers try to thrust them generally,on their listeners through tbe Radio, where they f^ i .themselves, quite safe from the audience. Mixed Ragas are preferred for exhibiting one’s knowledge and as novelty, which is in r e a li^ weakness and §traogene*s I We will find RJ our dismay many of these singers not being able to sing the eommou Ragas like Yaman or Bhairavi expertly or attractively. This does not mean that all the mixed Ragas should be banned, but 1 have hinfedM their mushroom growth.,^, aJi - , WjJq a umenthl music is also, at present, suffering from above-mentioned maladies or rather it was the first to be infected. Tbe mixed Ragas are not so much difficult to work upon instruments and Druta is more palatable on instruments. Still, it has inade the instrumental music, ‘Type-writer’ music. ! i3uprioo . Slow tempo (‘J^5f5Rr?5?r ) as required fordoing steady Alap loi mb fuiiB'&njMn, glia lao- . m m ,n | t n :sw was first launched by the late Abdul Kareem Khan, after which one noi i-njm oj lufl li*j . f . .. i . «/■ * or two of his followers stretched it to extremely slow tempo . < iL. • --Pit. . >W w j (‘ 3Tfcrm«Pf?T 55®r ’) so Ati-vilambit Laya is an ultra-modern prefer lo sing in this lay,, man, an .nfemous imftator follow*)

I t PTS. i- lV j THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL J 179

suit and so it sped ? This laya exists actually on Tabla, as the duration of svara in the singer’s Alap does not correspond measure to measure with the duration of Matras. Therefore, this so-called Ati-vilarnbit laya is, in reality only disguised Vilambit! As it is short of conveying any sense of rhythm to the listeners’ mind it is musically non-existent. Man’s sense of time is limited and therefore Dha today and Dhin tomorrow will not create any' feeling of rhythm or Tala in the human mind la The enjoy­ ment to be contributed by the rhythm is lost, until after the tempo becomes less slow in the course of the performance. As this is a trick, rather than a tendency, it must be denounced !

The principle of heredity works more in the art of music than in any other art, craft or Occupation ’

Our Sastrakaras have not lost sight of this important fact. The natural capability of the voice to sing Ragas, even without training, is called &arlra^3rrftr) by S. R. and others. This is of course a hereditary trait or Nature’s gift; Lacking this gift one will not be able to sing Raga music, even with training and practice, according to the opinion of S. R. and P&rtfvadeva-* s.R. i , HftolclJI I) ” .

'*** (^5o) 3TfW5qf%i; 3?!- ^ srtofrnsi *writor%-sftoj: qt to l w H 5K[|

($r.) ‘ 3*wrn5ri*n^sft t o suJTiHtowfog ^ srcftor h ’ 1 \ *> t 2 5 $

‘ 3T-cT^ ^*T-5zrf%5-%ap^JTH I . ,

(viii) Alap in Tara Saptak especially in Thumri, is called Pukar-ki Taneh (gspFT tW% heightening the emotion in flMMfc**1 }J c.'JjJ u 1( *3- K0W <*ome xo iO{

(ix) Murki-Tan as are full of Murkis, giving the impression of fast Tanas. I wm w a . smbos- .niiaa bna «i#i#s Imtii d*m $ t MQ THE JOURNAjU OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

(x) Chakri ( ^ ) Tanas of various types with Kampita are used by Laynl (gjqfofiv TamSsha IeWWI) and drama singers. - b

Therefore, for preservation and growth of music and even of dance, promising young members of the traditional families should be selected for undergoing traditional training. The Government and public institutions must arrange to give them scholarships and other facilities during the training period. And mind, the candidates must be few !

! ha 23- Essential qualities of good music There is always good music as well as bad. But the best music is rare in every age and it is very difficult to describe best music. So we may try here to notice the qualities that make good music. > b> 1 .. ^ ‘ ' r ! .... * * The first condition for good music is its melodiousness, he. just intonation, which makes the music ! There­ after comes the method of presentation, which depends on right technique and style. , We must not forget, though, that the great artists are sure to give some turn to the established system of technique and style. Also, the just intonation gives way some­ times somewhere to some minute deviation, what we call *Srutis\ Graces must be used in their right form and at right places. Next to svaras, the element of Tala and rhythmic play is vital. All art is artificial but it must not seem so. It must seem to be a spontaneous creation. One must not sing or play as if he is doing his lessons or giving lessons. Entertainment value is its only value, so it must always be engaging. Laboured, out of tune, complicated and dry music if listened to, will cause headache!

The best music is always simple, sweet and at the same time wonderful. Good music must have something to tell and the best music, sublime feeling and a great message to convey. Its effects are; It makes you forget yourself, you feel inexplicable joy or sorrow, wonder or a deep tranquillity. It will make your hairs stand or bring tears, or make you see a sudden flash of light before your mental eyes! The best music is that which, though heard again and again, seems ever new ! .ssafiT bt 1) ^I

PTS. I-IV ] THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF KHYAL 181

The effects of music are mainly produced by svaras and after that by rhythm. The concentrated mind by sympathetic reflex imitates the movements of svaras. Steady prolonged svara steadies and soothes one’s mind. Slow Andolan makes one hold one’s breath. Gamak produces awe by its vigorous movement, and Meend, lingering on no man’s land, tells of humility and entreaty. Murki, Kampit and Jamjama by their flirting motion stimulate similar mental reflexes of merriment.

Rhythm is probably a more primitive element of music and it appeals to some persons more than svara. % _ 1 „ ,

Rhythm and Tala by the quality of its pendulous running, gives to the composition continuity, divisions and peculiar emphases to distinguish periods and phrases and culminates in ‘Form’. In music, Rhythm is not a separate entity, as it abides in svara itself and so, the svara and Tala unite to make one whole. "

Rhythmic ‘beauties’ are actually worked out to the full extent on drums, i.e. on Pakhwaj and Tabla. Plain rhythm carries our mind with its regular movements and even our body may respond to it, Mathematical intricate fractions of Tala by-playing and side-tracking, fill our mind with unrest and wonder. Not only that, but on Pakhwhj and Tabla mixing of various sounds in regular patterns, are comprised in different ‘words’, i.e. ‘Bols’ and the ‘Bols’ into sentences which convey to the listener some inexplicable meaning ! So the various Talas, the different styles of playing on drums and different sentences of ‘Bols* have their uses for different moods. For instance, DsdrB and Kaharava Tala ‘Bols’ give the impression of amorous and buoyant sentiment, while the classical Tala and the ‘Bols* indicate the serious moods.

Bharata Muni in his Natyasastra has given many examples of Tala sentences to be used for promoting various sentiments and also for suggesting the entrance and movements on the stage of diffrent personages of dramas; also as an accompaniment to dancing and to the singing of different Dhruvas. (.Af. S. 4/150-25). Mainly Tala, with some other factors, give the musical compo­ sitions their various forms. Our Talas are based on the stanzas of various Vrittas (metres). The sage Bharata has clearly mentioned 1*2 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL the Vrifta-Talas to be played. (Ji.S. 84/139-140). Tala is a compli- rhythm, i.e. rhythm within rhythm, ‘Sam’ and ‘Khali’ cofistitute the rhythm; and within it is rhythm of periods, which again is divided by so many strokes of MatrSs. No doubt rhythm-lovers experience the state of bliss while enjoying the best performance of drum-playing.

For making good music, if we count‘technique’ as 75 n.P. in a Rupee, then we will have to take the balance of 25 n. P. is intuition. This 25 n.P. is, in fact, ten times more valued than that 75 n.P. To conclude, music may be accumulated in the head but it must flow from the heart! Just intonation, proper Ifxpression and melodiousness, we find in light and film music. Music classical or unclassical, must adhere strictly to those conditions to become music at all. w , zobide It a ifin q e t a job *t ,rmit%nx w • usioi. Our £astrakaras have written the grammar of music and dance, have described in detail the technique of the art and also have tried to explain some initial points of Aesthetics. Sage Bharata has enumerated ten characteristics of the best poetry and I think those are applicable to the art of music also—

. „ “ m v 5raf^: SFTcTT I las W *S i 19/97) 1^5V£103 rf - i if 6 jr:i 's i0*1* sr!t hoc ol.off* .t/i ,'it-lOV?' The author has explained the terms ‘Slesha’ etc. and so I do not annotate them here in the light of musical art. But I wish to quote here the difinition of jngzf given by the author— biX 9tB if ^ | | 4Tf*r 3^: t ST&5PT% cH-mfe IP* -R- oorn zvoh';a sril

All these qualities dwell in and are broughtout through Svara and so say our artists ‘Svara is I^vara.’

©t im ®iff 1 4 ®$ oon 1 *.ri) • 0® 3 I A3t S Hail 9 ti 1o 2SSUSJ2 orff fro b92Bd n t gaifiT -NiC worn* itsd t m o b k b32oiffl3«K tli&tft fiisiBdi »dT telliiV zaohav MELODIC STRUCTURE & INDIVIDUAL STY Dr. Josef Kuckertz * Professor of Comparative Music, University of Koln, Germany 8 2t *i; ;! -'Tilf.'Oq birfTjfcnu This study attempts to determine the characteristics of form and melodic structure of several individual styles in oriental art music, and especially in Carnatic music whose homeland is Southern India, by comparison between these styles. Frequently these characteristics can be inferred only from the native concep­ tion of music or on the basis of the historical development of this music. Hence it is always necessary to take into consideration the native conception and theory of music and sometimes also to refer to the history of this music. As the investigation of prac­ tical music shows, the melodic organisation in the Middle East on the one hand and in India on the other hand have a common basis, but the styles of both groups are largely foreign to each other, ’ . ,, * ** , . * ’ * v . *1'' , a & m w w . gj i ^eiuonjs ot •iiiitua In order to gain sufficiently exact criteria to show the differences between Indian art music, ^especially Carnatic music, and art music of the Middle East, in the beginning some pieces from Tunisia, Egypt and Persia are discussed. Regarding formal structure and melodic formation, the pieces show the following characteristics:

Each of the Tunisian pieces exposes at its beginning one period which forms the basis of subsequent melodic development and of formal structure. This period serves as a model for all subsequent periods and it consists of two phrases; sometimes these are preceded by a further phrase which has an introductory function. The first of the principal phrases sticks closely to the upper structural tone, the second one moves towards the lower structural tone. The two structural tones lie at the distance of a fourth, fifth or sixth from one another. In the Egyptian pieces, too, melodic development is determined by two structural tones. The lower one of these has the function or effect of a tonic ; the

* The writer attended the 1968-69 Conference and Concerts of the Music Academy, Madras. This is a summary of his full work on the subject, which he has submitted to his University. * i?^ #J * ’ 184 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VO L. XL v / upjjei one at a distance of at least a second and at most a fourth ifeqwe^he former—functions as a ‘dominant’. Here the melody is composed Of periods of unequal length, which in turn consist of a succession of variants of a relatively short basic melodic pattern. The length of the periods depends on the length of the underlaid poetic texts. The basic melodic pattern itself is a short group of tones in a particular order, and each of these tones has a specific degree of metrical importance expressed in its time-value. Sometimes the variants split the basic melodic pattern into three or four parts. In the Persian pieces, the basic melodic pattern is embedded in a structural interval of the size of a fourth or a fifth. It is a single unit or it can be divided into a principal formula and a corresponding closing formula. By means of the variants derived from it, this basic melodic pattern is spun out in phrases. Within these phrases, the melodic centre of gravity tends to appear as a pure tone, whereby the structural interval remains constantly present. Although the nature of melodic development differs greatly from one musical culture to another, these pieces show the following cammon characteristics'.

1. Scalar arrangements of all tones used in every individual Maqam (or Tab in Tunisia, Nagma in Egypt, Dastgah in Persia) are the result of the super-imposition of fourths and fifths. The octave is of only secondary importance in this process. 2. Every basic melodic pattern is a unit, even though it can be divided into several parts. This basic melodic pattern, always in the mind of the performing musician, is the background of melodic organization. From the opposite point of view the performed melody is percei- 9m ve(j as a succession of numerous realizations of the basic melodic pattern. 3. Periods and phrases are formed by stringing together realizations of the basic melodic pattern according to the traditional principles of the musical culture in question. These periods and phrases are the component materials of musical form. The balance of the form is based on the harmonious proportion of the durations of all periods and phrases. %

PTS. I-IV] MELODIC STRUCTURB AND INDIVIDUAL STYLBS 185

4. In pieces which are metrically organized, the metre may be either imposed on the melody from outside or pro­ duced from within it. In the former case the melody gets a metre consisting of continually repeated metrical patterns (measures). In the latter case the time values of tones which vary in portions of the melody, which are not metrically organized, are brought into a ratio based on whole numbers. Figures of unequal lengths in metrically not organized melodies lead to measures of unequal lengths, i.e., containing unequal numbers of gj beats, in that case. j .**

In comparison with these common characteristics of the pieces from the Middle East, a glance at the transcription of the Indian pieces already shows some essential differences. For instance, all the pieces have the basis-tone “sa” notated as “c”, in accordance with the Indian scale systems ( and That-systems) which are of recent origin. This tone “sa” is the fundamental tone of every melody. The evolution of the melody is not limited by structural tones; hence the melodic line can go below the fundamental tone, and it can expand over a range of two octaves and more according to the Raga, but also according to the range of the singer’s voice or of the instrument which is used. Finally metrical organization is not brought about by imposition of measures on the melody but by Tala.

The musical term ’Tala’ denotes among others^ a period of beats which regulates the melodic flow from the background. There is a great number of such Tala periods, and most of them are included in systems. The greater part of the Tala periods used in South India can be found in the system of 35 Suladi&r Jati-t&las. The Tala period which is chosen for a metrically organized piece of music serves—especially at the beginning of the piece—as a standard for the length of the melodic period, moreover the smallest pulse in melody and drumming. Beyond this, both melody and drumming have all possibilities of metric rhythmical development at their disposal. co iO tl nllfi ujmw t When a metrically organized piece of Carnatic music is per­ formed, a fixed time interval is combined with the chosen Tila period. This combination forms an indissoluble unit for the 24 186 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL duration of the piece ; in most cases it does not permit the time interval to be lengthened or shortened, or the succession of beats to be changed.

In a performance, the soloist, or another musician especially engaged for the purpose, marks the main Tala beats by beating on his thigh or clapping his hands, and he counts the secondary beats on his fingers. In NSgasvara ensembles small cymbals are used to mark the main beats.

The melodies of Carnatic music are for the most part “in a Raga **. According to the definition given by Matanga in his treatise “Brhaddesl” (about 9th Cent. A.D., the musical term *Raga’ denotes a creation of sound which is ornamented by particular melodic formulas and pleases the mind of human beings. In conformity with modern (Northern Indian) defini­ tions, Raga is “ an objective expression of the snbjective feeling of the m ind” (Svami Prajnanananda),

The modern RBgas developed on the basis Hof the older Jatis, whose scale-arrangements were systematized by means of Gramas and Murchanas in order to determine exactly the 3&odal scales on which they are based. Today in Southern India the Raga scales are classified according to their resemblances to #he 72 theoretical scales of the Melakarta system.

The Raga as an acoustic phenomenon covers the entire area from the periodically individualized scale which identifies the Raga to the fully developed composition and improvisation. The melodicalty individualized scale or Raga-scale already con­ tains the essential Gamaka or ornament. Only with these "Gamakas is the individuality of a Raga fully brought to light. The central feature in the area covered by Raga melodies consists essentially of melodic figures.

The order in which these melodic figures are brought into play as component elements of melodic organization depends on the overall melodic curve, on what may be termed “melodic structure”, which in turn is determined by considerations of form. Although each of the forms examined in this study, such as Alapana, Tana, Krti and Varna, has its own characteristic % PTS. I-IV] MELODIC STRUCTURE AND INDIVIDUAL STYLBS 181

melodic structure, one factor is common to all of them; the melodic curve is always relatively slight at the beginning and it gradually expands to higher pitch levels in the course of the piece. The designation of the Krti as “ the great composed concert piece ” automatically leads to the question what “ composition” might mean in the context of Carnatic music. Several compari­ sons of two versions of the same piece show that in the Krti as well as in the Varna, ornament ationis subject to changes, but not the structural framework of the melody. However, especially in the third section of a Krti, the Varna, ample space is left open for extended improvisation. The analyses, based on the descriptions of Raga by Indian musical theorists, of altogether 27 pieces in 13 Ragas reveal the manner in which the melodic figures which are * invented * in the Raga-sancara are used in melodic organization. Thus it becomes clear that often specific melodic figures are used with preference, and that these may serve as characteristic features by which the individual Raga can be recognised. In the last chapter the individual character of North Indian music is outlined on the basis of the most important features of music theory and some pieces. North Indian music theory has a system of Tala classi­ fication which does not resemble the modern Southern system of 35 Suladi or Jati-talas, but which bears a likeness to the ‘classical’ system of Tala classification in that it arranges the single Talas side by side. On the other hand, the That system, which contains only ten scales, is a selection from the South Indian Melakarta system. Noteworthy features of Northern musical practice are the facts that the duration of the Tala period is gradually shortened and that more or less fixed ‘‘themes” develop, * The musical systems of North and South India largely agree in principle, but they show no correlation with the musical systems of the Middle East. Hence transference from West to East and vice versa must be limited to sample melodies or melodic figures which can be assimilated by another musical culture without causing difficulties of intonation and interpreta­ tion. The question is, however, whether a musician who adopts foreign musical material has not already adjusted his aural per­ ception of this material in such a way that it becomes equivalent to a new creation in his native style. ?8I EIJYT2 JAfaivwMi m & o m & j B u (toitf *st* 4

od) ; mad I >© Hs & ti t*fiB gl.itw’<:'(! TWO NEW KRITIS OF SRI MUTHUSWAMI DIKSHITAR s

44 Mahalingesvaraya ” in Athana & “ Abhirameem” in Bhooshavati

E d it e d by Vina Vidwan A. Sundaram Iybr

as iii. 11 »i3iorr

4 mi € J m fqefirara 11 « 1 1

Hrrferrnrq - f6<$qi*qj-s&i[q n q^Tft-qiq-SFRTq

CIS 05 l>0B ■ ffc ‘TSI^-S'iaftwrq feqrq II q II «fe?Wsft> S.IIT Io g >rf? '■vyr-;4i' oliO0 M mbit* I ii 110*1 .&500kj lo faitexz fnadWioZ imfeoij* si,* 'sMifroaoi'i'os zoob bolrfw ooiifisA

'ipaim io' m ii a l a?.sno*ii n t n : ' j d i t e f i f v ? t a d ,rftf**4i£l to i b M I t 2 m ii $qqscii&?r n anrsJwoa ifairfw taioTa^a i,ani .bagn isdH# ®ni ,eui? ^4 sb is *i% 5-gqq-w^qi«^ n * n STit 5 ^ i i ’-■ : . ' v Xfisubfiig ii b o iisq n isT si-J Io s rw lsu b sets iufit stosi wit mitkTOm - ?qq?q-atg?g?-aq^

of 123W fcE&it ‘^sf1.... 3i$ig£i{fet}*iNi§ • io:' 4tfcfdJii'V’a * TO J|5K* ••*', :i>.. <; i..- ■■*.;■•’H>U i >0 < - vi ; v^f ;2i’;T TWO NfeW KRITIS O f DIKSHITAR 189

5 •

f e & p 5 18 cE * to . • * » & * dE • * w dE * •to * to SP dE * *ft?cEdE to dE -

B < £ tr * •tr •to • & * 5 * & * dE dE *lr»« 6,v IT dE ** & X ^ & dr .& -w & ,* •cB •cfc B 5 to*

tr w •» *& » & to? .. tr »

•to 5 . * ‘ S tH s -47 tr £ . • t o _ £- i ( 0 TB ORA O TB ARS UI AAEY VL XL (VOL. ACADEMY MUSIC MADRAS THB OF JOURNAL THB 100

28. ijnra^iiD— ^^a 5 n r s m i> \ J i i f ■ ' f - ^G»fjitswt}S33tud: 6n)ff}LDurf!6n)rr ^aiGirnamiiraub: eioifl&jrruLDLJ&rrrflefDrr

14 O o $ /.f -i 1 *•? j^| ry ua)a)s«l ® 44 b* | ^5 ' - ' ■” ts LDULDfBujfr rfliDUfr urr; urr &i'u0jrfi-r£)65rfil6io 6h)ff]if)6n)-6h)rf]^rr LD . €1IT) rT . ©5) fEJ . ' (o<5>3 <£F 6D 0 rr uLDurf! 6forr6fDir ; rf) 6ro rf] 6TO <$rr 6fo rf! u #> <£ rf] urr U LD rf] LD if 6Tpfr u 0 . . & 6MD d£ iiJ rr . .

h r * * w » ^ He/ _ ^ • to to <£ tr I'd* ^ dE . IT WV<& •s _ ft* fir » & & *dE * E tr • *tr • <£ & 17 cJE * -jr » fir • V • & hr IT fc9*fc fc tr . ■&<% & IF

tr •

& • tr • tr • er fir tr S3- dE £dE • *to . dE/hr • dE hr 5 fir P • dE t* v 5- *V h/ fir

Sr fcK u. dE fir fir fir hr S J* -dE I fr Ssr tr fir dE tr tr hr € • fc fir dE tr fir 'to tr ^Ir {y .dE tr * 'to to *4r tr tr .dE fir rB» 192 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY

5

< b >61 >61 •3 16 § ft S o ■§ t •= © J ^ 3 fe . ■•e-9 ^ • '•s'b 5 ^ ’ •f © -a • •« • 9 - f >61 Co >61 >6 • □ 5f >= eg .61 b 11 3 ■«« © t s •§ tr P ;>b 1 % % >6 >618 >6 • ■«©•'*' □ * • >b

3 *

t ^ >a • '1 I** 3 • 3 :. >6 6 eg ^ ->l ^ ,.,>6l b • 3 ,ce *bb >6 □ ^ 3 ®b & *<£ £9 •>6 3 •S'S B 1 Pi'

v>\

CM >ei b br • 3 . b >61 ^ t= -.j5.•9 7t ft-9 b: >6 • b s ■ §"6Cr=iG=n V£> >6 '3 ]• 3 ts g ^ g q^6 • I,"* CO ~ I— >61 .* □ "9 □ .* 5 >61 « •- fc >61 Z, Cld e g . >61 . *61 H i a <='3 e g J * □ □ □ b u 13 8 *§ Tl ° b ^ - b

•a a % t: >a eg >a 3 b MP > a | b „ 3 < g - j e , ^ 3 - > 6 1 11 b ® J P $ .4- <+0 • r •. •1 3 «e T) qe 9 3 ® ,Gb >a •«B 3 1 n I &

JX JOV) YMSdADA DRUM 3 ASC1AM SHT TO JAMRUOt 3HT Wl

NEW KRITIS OF SRI SIVA&AMAKR1SHNA T .'™ .‘d ]] u dj ^ BHAGAVATAR OF S1RUGAMANI - - * - y

rrrr ejpnaMrSSurgJiiJfe ggcoriutb) jj a U & Jfc LI Oi QJ jj Tig. U CU f.S> OJ U .1 grrra&iD £&fr(s?)L.fl& QusMjrT* n n snrsrnr> ® u *id - u K T - - T!'i& a 0 3 ft ii TiCLI !(]ia KLg* - r I'u i “ ^ - 6idrf}&u) ug'flek) ^ a j - aOffl<$ fflu<$LD <9>ffl<$sm ] .§

- LUq (l^nwaDniy) y/C Sw rfn #ij» Gug3Q6sr.l -^ldUs ! uifl II ^ ofcu,r^ S ^ " ' * 60 *eirI 9: J, 11U J to « ) t! ft g>T ^Mg)iusi)^?ftal ‘-a T1

nora t t o b ; iD3(0rr<$2 I ^ unjyj im O d - y>W ■«fru)fr6^> c ^ u frG e w ! . ^ - . y t-——— ffrrsuyrib -•*■*.— -.r™- il \ Ri ora Qi a nob , _ -bob & u u &i g> fo era .o ajrr<95,<9:ajffl! ajijG><$, r aa S- ^ jj wa£/ Ti a * - T- , nP - - mt)a} w a n - - - y gmurrQg, ! oyifl^g ! mg ^ 0j u 4rr<£Bt6^gir6U6sr I g, ia fer, Li Oh f| TtCfB Tift (filrfQg 3 1 f u>sh)( <$ | . , . . . . y Ii wa£> 1! uig tiygt ,urrGg 5 2 us\)s\)si!J j| *ns& rhOQ V.0B& T 4*63 LD fT ) LD rfl , 6ffi/r || ifl& uofr ffl *

y> rr riB^I II 6U«$ C63T ■ ^Li)U ^

2. ID U LD UfT U) LD <35 ffl <35 GTOfT || ffl<95IDrr f f l « L D f T ffl <95 y - - - - rrCwr -- m&n || 6U - 65 C w - - ^ ldlj

3. LDfTULD LDfruLDLDrr«rrLD<3>ffl«sn6tf || 6^ 1% y - - -cu- -ii rrCew rfe || 6i/ 0 (S6sr “W-J ^ ldt lI • fc::, ». ai5: -n ir',, Riy©% Si nua 4. LD U gIT LDfT lD <95 ffl <95 6TDfT || Ql%

y - - - fTCSewr m gj || a i <5 (Sasr l d Q j

5. LD U <9j ffl LI g LD <95 ffl <95 STOff [| T!!Jt)*'fi rft>(faU f ,{r s^r ») y , ...... ffG6W * - - ^ | j Gl) g Q < W ^ LD u !|

25 m p ora qj ai ^S)t.u ^ixtu -Tr

194 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADBMY [Vol. x l

8 . ld U0 rf) ero rr ld ifi & ■ ertir r- f' * Qi^ y - - - - rfGestsr - * - ffc jj| ‘ |f A U 6ii 0 Gesr c-gj ld u H ijL t LDU^rfl6h)r€i^r€)u^ ld 65 II r f t a s iD f r rfl&LDirif} « ldit || y - - - - rfGew - - - rijji - 6U - <5 G65T r - u - rf) || (cut 1 II 1 . u id

2 . U 0 IT u 0 rf) erorr <$r£)6iorr 0i$ 6rorr 6forr || y - - rT6W LD G(g) II 'r‘V X - 0 & - v Ggpjt ||

3 . 6f0 ff) 0 if) u u 0 ifl 6rcrr 6ror€) 0 ir rS 6io if if || H 1 y ■ - - rf&m LoG(g) - II rf - 65 - (T G655T J) $>S ’ f§> ® ®° rf 6T0 rf) <*rr 6rorr y - - r r 6 3 W - l d IT ~ 0 65 - rf G6MT 5. Qq. r6)6T0rf 6T0 rf)« d 6>rr || efcST. y, rf 6wr l d G(g) rr - ^ <$ - rr - Gewr ||

LDfT LD 35 ffl rf I 653 6TDff eio rf) 6jfr rf) urr 0 || y rr - \i iu 651T ldit - - 6wr urr Gem | | . (y,fjrG6irorrB 6>j)

®rr«ranb

urrji h r. urr U LD 11 0 u 0 ir LD- LD II 6urr £ &6Ulfl 11 6U rr GjS 65 6$ 1

sSLorr U 0 rf 11 u u 65 rr LD LD II 65rr - urr - G6U 0 rT6u&sr if) fr G <5 U 0X0 urrG<§5 05 ID 6TD G<$ IS m m hO fi. o new kritis *0 m i 193 fjrr&tb: GuM&^uirTiDsrT oj r a^rrcnrijb : *^S5>) |i m ,

iif LtsifttioS) " o',j ( , u-ir^Gnrreu rrsL^Gj)^ u u ^ lV; t,,j J

rj-6n)C6tfr I fru_ (TL_ G ld 6to<£)I

uj !j Q- j c ^@jusi)ffOsiSl u u 3i*I u , tu .v‘ . LDrr«46urru4uj 55, m u G | cria , o^g)Cf» _ . _ &ysmw

(oLD&i (FlUfTLOSTT Q<9&/TLdG6TT^) t sG-D<954 #iurrLD6TT Qjrr63sf]Ga5<$

6rt5fr<95* 6f0fTt55*!T QOrrfE^o!5)(2<55<$ " ’ * " “ ’ “

©rofrsjj* u*rr<£5,6ii^ u fflG iu ^ l.

[j - UlO H/B fe QJCd" us\)a)srJl

1. ero rr , 35 rf u ld « rr , rfl 6TDfT , 6T0 pr rr

6(0 6io «rr; ld u ^ rfl ^ r r ; O H ^

UT 6TD G65T (TL_ !T 1_ Gld j | 6T0 0 ru i' ii a.i -n, 1 n 1 ..'up,...... > 2 . 6T0 <5 6TD ff, 6T0 g f f l U LD u i u u g r r , u | ULD«rr rfl 6ro e? 9 1 grrr - <* airr-oj rr - «5£ | l 1

6rD6ro

■: tj TtU j 0! '•n\rsv J m 3 . 6rorr , <$ rf ®o <$ if > u U u) « rr rfJero rrrr «$ ojrr qj rr <55*. g g | Gld - - - ^ 1

6T06»0 « rr

rr 6TQ Gear - - - rr - l_ , rr - 1— G ld | - - - 6T0 <$ THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

^ u ld | <$rr , ld | Tri4?Vitij4«r_.aJS/> : Gu«Ji^ U rrrr <* Qjfr 6ii rr | <9&l <$^ | C ld

U LD <95(7 ; <95 u5' | <95 LD U(T | , J

j era dSfe&cu i j . tti'J'.a - rr i Qkdu^^I tBuajsiCns - ^ -

1 . u r r , 65 rf u u * «n&rr , eh) UojT.i^,®: 6fr>fr , eh)

LDfT <95 Qjrr u uj • - ^rF r^' u j P | CS« dg)

2. urr, <95 u <95 rf u u | — U^-KinD |

LDfT <95 611(T - - - UUJ | ® 65.T UJ. lii»L | - - ^j) || m UlS)03 TIUi. s> J1 :;CT\© 'GJ.ftbOJCSa ?. urr , &> u <$ ff u u ] 6h)<$ 6iDff , 6h) | <$ ff)

ldit<95 6d rr - - u uj I ‘65 fT - - - UJ | C65 - - - - < £ ) |j

4. U LD U<$ U<£ U<$ ff 65U fofferaffi# ^ySai «#& 1 <56 dg) ||

Lbrr , <$ rf 6td g -|1 ■ )(^(Ur <5y®«s>u j » u 65 rf , u ||

61DLD d£) 6^ ft)T)065 iu rr 60 C uj - - ^ ) || ®RCfilf5Stl 1 (lT tr65 61/)

(ns 5 DCfTa Pa . n ® j sa % . n O'la it ri 1 dFIJSOTTlb . jj qjD 8> j * 1 T> ira Tito a n u

1 . urr lMT <5fF <5<$ j | T ?: l ^ | | LDfT J Cf® ||

C2ld <3 ^LUfriDefr Q.,®) G *fT LD J, ^ sr r -r ;,^ )gt3 ii ||

u rr LDfT

<3lD <95 T tfU Jff LD6IT 1 ' ( Q J f f L 65fff) | U ^ ■(?£ t ^ ° 1& - - - QjS | g>$> - - - ..C0& | D Lfo-Tlfa S5 - - 7111

2 . U LD >UfT 1 6>fT; <$<$ | |-n^ u & (E & Ip I U T UfT * LD *>j&o

U LD 65 ' D «fT ff) 6TD J <95 LD UfT , LD j UfT , LD CSld -

if u u STiTI. | ■ ■;• k j Mjojib n »

{Hmmm) : : noi A RARE TANA VARNA eO ^ *'J '•* ^ cO Composed by Veena K u p p i y a r and Walajapet V enkataramana B h a g a v a t a r

with the special feature of both Dhatu (music) and Mathu (words)

u r c ; iD Anuloma-Viloma- c t II il 1.tio ell I Tgb TUT (t 7*1“ ; ;7 TU T 2 ; 31 T»0T9 T1 TiJ& . 1

Presented by Pr. T. S. Ramakrishnan from ‘‘Oriental Music” by 1 •* « " » 1 ■ *x S. “ 1 r 100 5 h 33 -2

|j : (20) ft | u » o j t u j

(ustatiaS))

I! ae£. • voel I fti ahm nu qj s> jj I Ota fttni A fti riafh s&Otm & ak'ia. srtir 6rt),r r f <9517 ; urr ld u ^ rf) | , < $ uld urr grr | , rf 6rorr erorr j]

i ; , 6™ J ' i *. - J - - & - 610 (T ©P (I U^«PO»lT.O(S!T12b J lU'k. icf^ Ug> LJU: j d 1 PGHoU. I *:055<£iH dKUU riic6Q jn i31>

(fd5ULOALDULD*ff6ronSl^u|, <5 rf) 6TO rf <95 LD | U LD <95 LDU<$ff || ji * f h Qj»Pr cua [ ftia& otsfhfe or-.-fha, j o ju $ u g>& cr» fh cfeftiorafr. 6V [T - - - LD - - -GST - 6p - --65T LD -- - ff - -- 60

uaafli [ irm ju $> cl>, (^^juriKbdSI) » dub ft! crfe&igiju ,g

j} nuai® fV.ioiioj .j g>ueu ti»fb(r© & j. 00 ftwwu u g ^ li. cnug? t.cu « . fti s> urr <$rr rf 6roir rf erorr rfl ctd rf) <56 | , rfl a o rf) isrorr r f | sro rr r f <$rr u r r ||

^yw jfcuu jyj.a* » ? Jf i % » . Qso wu *>.

'<$ u LD

rf] ^ u Lorr « rfl oro if) ^ rfl 6rorr rfl

ld « « rfl 6h) fl^rf) 6t0rfl ctd rf] «g rf]^ u | lD*rfl erorrrfl^rf] | ewrflamirugrfl |j 108 the journal of the madras music academy [Vol. XL

(frrranib)

LDfT } <9»fr J if ; crorr if | ; srwr if ; |

5T nr ^ 611 fB UJ GST 6U .J

(e'biow) eiijsM bn;; * (sitifljrjisw&CTr)

1 . «S5fT r f 6TOfr f§ g i r u tr <$rr r f | ; <5 fr u rr g r r | i f 6n)ir rf <*ir

2. «s rf)« 6fl)rr rfliflsmiflrfl6ni)f£<95u<$|• • • « • <5 • u• <$* rf• 6n> if) ffl * | aDrflrflaoiraifta «

3 .

rrrf)<35 • t •

4 . dsrfhifcSffl uld« rfteaorfl rflaorfl* | ldu rfl<$u ifjl llj&UOJw ^ QJ U f i QJ £ ^ 6^ Si £ ^ . I Li <§> S) % & QJ U QJ # <$4 U ^

5 . o ^ r f la o *rfl

« rfl <95 ld it &>u ld i£

u ir iD « r fl a5 LDir^ULD«irrf)6n)ifl| at) rf) <5 ld u if | LDU^Lorr aifl&

U LD <351fl *0 r f <35 <35iriJDU 5* LD U ^ | U ajlT f f , 6T0 rfl J <£litaff) 6T0lflg>U

Note : There is only one other composition with this Anuloma-Viloma feature. A Daru in Gangatarangini raga by Ramaswami Dikshitar, given in the Sangeeta Sampradaya Pradarsini.

} ------

___... _..._ , _... -KV., IIHIJIM ...... I

TEXT OF A NEW MANGALAM OF SRI SYAMA SASTRI

This was copied from the manuscript note-books of Smt. Ramatilakam, niece of Kanchipuram Dhanakoti Ammal. Members of Dhanakoti’s family learnt from Kachu Sastri, brothcr(?) of Subbaraya Sastri.—T. Sankaran.

Ln(BJ«6TTLb sr«rrii)<3!T#6Ufr irrrrf! iDfi]&6trLD (2arrdl606U(r66sf}

LDfRi&emb (2

fBCTrgni pr<3o4 )Ljbu(3 Q j Lurr rBGrfl^iu^rr&b^l oqiu LDfEJ<9>6TTld ||

^^G^6^65flQ<35rTLbLD ^LDLD UfEJ<35fr0 QufTLDLD

^^rflujuQoJ LDfT^LDLjgDrrSoif) ǤUJ LDfEJ

LDmuLDLD &(njmrQ&>nr rr&tofli£uQ 6U-&rrLo(Safriq. gouj LDiHJ«6rrii).

itO mmtio®

__ A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE ARTS IN AN EMERGING SOCIETY* .lend la giood-By Harry S. • Broody eMT 9«jlr iMRrfrt 3n ,1m mm A iiryiIjmmdC*! T© - Professdr of Philosophy of Education, * s*itia® 2 •^■'"'^hfniversity of Illinois, Urband. u?9*% mo^ *'

We wouldn't be concerned with the philosophy of the arts unless there were some doubt about the nature or value of the arts- Unfortunately, there is such doubt. Yet it is difficult to categorize the public’s attitude toward art or education in the arts, because we are not dealing with the hostility or indifference to the arts in general, but rather with a puzzling, almost bewildering, ambivalence. ojdiTtL Q aidiT On the one hand, we make lavish use of art in daily life, advertisements, clothing, appliances, household walls, and human faces are embellished by music and painting, poetry and drama. Many people stiH feel they are not properly married unless certain music is played at the ceremony, and we would no more think of staging an inauguration without music than teaching violin with no knowledge of the instrument.

On the other hand, the natural almost unconscious way we consume art products in daily life disappears the moment we are confronted with serious, professional, or formal art. We become self-conscious—almost to the point of solemnity. Concert halls and art museums will stand for neither casualness nor foolishness.

The use of art or artistic devices in daily life is so general and widespread that we tend to take it for granted. Yet some artist or artist-like person had to compose the ditties that identify the air-lines, cigarettes and automobiles, not to mention insu­ rance companies and detergents. So, although the average man in his average moments does not think of himself as a patron of the arts, he patronizes them very generously indeed, and the more developed cur technology becomes in the production of goods and services, the more will art or art-like products and byproducts

* Reproduced by the kind permission of Author and the Music Educators’ Journal (Sept. 1969, pp. 45-46, 109-119), Pts. i-iv] a philosophy of the arts in an em erging socibty 201 permeate our daily lives. The greater the uniformity of a pro­ duct’s functional and economic value, the greater the premium we put on appearance as a factor of choice. Appearance counts when we can afford to take it into account. Men can live by utility alone, but only if they are forced to.

In other words, this is the day of the image. Political candi­ dates think more of their image than of their platform and program. Automobiles must convey the image of wealth or status or youth. President Nixon is regarded as both a victim of his image and a victor over i t ; the Kennedy image is that clan's most important asset. Despite our scientific tradition and our reputation for practi­ cality, we are still moved powerfully by the demands of art. The assassination of John F. Kennedy and subsequently of Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King gave rise to beliefs (often passionately held) that they were the result of intricate conspi­ racies and plots. In the case of John F. Kennedy, the Warren Report explicitly denied the conspiracy theory, but this has not stilled the suspicions that there was one just the same. Why ? Because iife to be acceptable must conform to the requirements of a good play ; it must have dramatic plausibility. For a world figure to die by the hand of an insignificant individual is an out­ rage to our dramatic sensibilities. And when events fail to con­ form to our artistic demands, our imagination conjures up states of affairs that are more congruent with expectations. We are all at bottom drama critics.

Nevertheless it is an unconscious kind of drama criticism, and the proponents of the conspiracy theories, I believe, would vehe­ mently deny that aesthetic rather than cognitive considerations were motivating them. This is because for them art and aesthe­ tics mean art produced by men whose major occupations are turning out musical compositions, paintings, sculptures, or plays. They do not think of their judgments about a sky being “ threatening ” or the appearance of a man’s face as “untrust­ worthy ’’ as having to do with art or aesthetic sensibility, yet of course they do.

Toward serious or professional art our attitude is not unambi­ guous either. Although the average non-artist feels that a great 26 202 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL gulf separates him from the world of professional art and artists and although his occasional strayings into art museums and con­ cert halls may leave him anxious to know what he ought to feel— and more important, what he ought to say—he feels morally obligated to admire art.. Today this feeling of obligation is the result of something more than convention ; it is also the result of art’s being a success by the criteria of success he subscribes to.

He knows that the arts are “ in” , that the mass circulation magazines devote a Page or two to them every week. Some like the recent Life issue on Picasso, are very fine indeed. For all values outside of our own field of expertise, the mass media judg­ ments are authoritative. Twenty trillion subscribers can’t be wrong. Further evidence of the social importance of art is that famous paintings bring high prices at auction ; symphony con­ ductors and concert performers are highly regarded; the public meets the deficit of orchestras and opera companies year after year; and thieves try to steal famous paintings.

On the one hand, there is a talk of culture explosion ; more classical records are sold ; there is a higher attendance at art events; the cost of tickets is up and their availability down. On the other hand, it is the rare performer in the arts who can make a decent living without some moonlighting. The serious per­ forming arts are kept alive only by the artist’s lack of economic sense.'

William J. Boumol and William J. Bowen in their book Performing A rts: The Economic Dilemma tell us that if increase in population, inflation and other relevent facts are taken into account, the amount spent on admissions to serious art perform­ ances has remained stable over the last twenty-five years. Moreover, they report that the audience is still made up of people who have more than the average amount of formal school­ ing, higher than the average income, and who, on the whole, constitute an urban aud highly selective cultural sub-group. Although now and then the mass media do venture into serious art, television networks are resigned to massive turnings out on those occasions, and heaven help the station that cancels a popular program in their favor. So there is little doubt about the ambivalence of the public toward art, P ts . i - i v ] a p h i l o s o p h y o f t h e a r t s i n a n e m b r g in g s o c ib t y 203

Granted this ambivalence, can we live with it ? In a society that depends so much on technology, on knowledge, on practica­ lity and on precision, is there room for sensitivity to imaginative perception, to vagueness of meaning, to individuality, to the unique particular? Can we afford to let aesthetic or artistic con­ sideration weigh heavily in matters of rockets and moon-shots, in solving our social and economic problems ? Can we forgive the relief recipient for spending our tax dollars for a television set or costume jewellery instead of nutritious food and rat poison?

In a technological mass society, can we ask that life be beautiful before it is healthy and efficient? Is it morally right to substitute cake for bread ? You can guess which activities are being curtailed by the schools forced to cut budgets. The cogni­ tive, the practical, the social, the moral, not the aesthetic values, have the high priorities both in school and society. Can it be otherwise in a mass technological society ?

I realize that we do not live by bread alone; bread is not a sufficient condition for the life worth living, but it is a necessary condition for both the good life and any life whatsoever. Art is not a necessary condition for life, but it is a necessary condition for the good human life. It may even be a sufficient condition of that life. But even in the purest moment of aesthetic exaltation, the blood and nerves are being nourished by non-artistic materials and processes or not at all. It is nothing against art that it is not the most urgent necessity in our society ; it is rather something against society. It is nothing against art that we cannot show it leads to something more useful than itself. To be cherished for itself and to be its own excuse for being is to be at the top of the totem pole of priorities, not at the bottom.

However, in a technological mass society, the roles of art, science, and technology as well as philosophy in shaping the culture are badly skewed. Assigning facts to science, deeds to technology, and values to feeling no longer squares with social reality.

Why do we need Art? Contrary to what is often alleged, science and technology are not merely means to achieve ends that the humanities have 2D 4 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY tV o L . XL

selected. Science and technology create the possibility of new goals. With every new power technology puts into our hands, our duties and responsibilities change, and more often than not, they expand. Cancer did not present Socrates with a moral problem, but the duty to support cancer research, to be on the lookout for cancer signals may well become a moral obligation. In augmenting our power to relieve poverty and pain, science does not merely provide us with means, but indirectly commands our attention to new possible ends and deprives us of the excuse to do nothing.

The obligation to humanize and personalize sex relations is increased, not decreased, by better techniques of contraception. Every one of the virtues—honesty, courage, temperance, justice— has to find new behavioral expressions precisely because science has altered the conditions for their exercise.

Yet science has no way, as science or as technology, to guide our commitments. Action is a response to feeling. Commitments are made as a model of life secures domination over our feelings and imagination. And among these models the most potent are those that are objectified in images of song, poetry and drama. Take the most humdrum of towns and put its name into a song or a poem, and by some strange alchemy it is no longer a place on a map but a character in a timeless drama. It is no accident that bards and minstrels have always been welcome in the courts of kings, even though they ended their wanderings about as poor as when they started. Whatever great men may believe about the immortality of their souls, they rely on art to provide immortality for their fame. Many forces determine our commitments to a life style; the mores of our class, the accidents of our individual psychological histories- But not the least influential are the arts. At the popular mass level, the television commercials, the advertisements in magazines, the popular songs, and the movies offer to our perception the favored images of manliness and womanliness, courage and cowardice, wisdom and folly. If there is little doubt about the potency of these images, the transiency of the popular arts raises a question about their adequacy. Do the popular arts create new images to captivate the imaginatian or do they merely repeat in rapid succession minor variations of the images that Pts. i-iv] a philosophy of tHb arts in an bmbrging sgcibty 205 have already been in vogue ? If the latter is true, does this point to a function for serious art that popular art does not seem to be able to fulfill ? • In a technological society that is also committed to the democratic ethos, there are both too many models and too few ; the choices are too open and too closed. On the one hand, vast areas of our activity offer few if any options; these are the areas in which mass production provides us with a plenitude of low- cost material goods in return for our willingness to accpet a uniform, interchangeable product. The social version of this deal is that we pay for the blessings of our vast technological system by becoming part of huge bureaucratic organizations. If one concentrates on these closed areas of life in our society, one is struck by the loss of individuality and identity and our search to restore them. On the other hand, the freedom from preoccupation with the material needs in a technological society makes possible a flood of phantasy that modern life can stimulate better than it can satisfy. The popular arts portray endless variations of the play­ boy, the jet set, the beautiful people, the sex gods and goddesses. To these phantasy life models must be added the thousand and one faces of success that a highly complex society holds out for imitation. If one cannot imitate them in reality, one’s value system is nevertheles a reflection of them. Accordingly, in those areas of his life that the social system does not standardize him, the modern mass man finds himself pushed and pulled by an over-whelming variety of stimuli among which he cannot choose. For consistent choice, one needs a self-image that is strongly stru­ ctured and that screens out what is incongruous with itself. Sueh a self, as we shalf see later* is achieved by self-cultivation and self-discipline, and these the popular arts do not give or demand. Lacking such cultivation and a regulative self-image, the mass man relies upon kicks to prove to himself that he is more than a nonpersonal cog in the mass production machine. The stronger the kick the more alive he feels himself to be. Some forms of feeling are more conducive than others to the good and happy life. For example, courage is better than panic; self-control in grief is better than emotional disintegration ; con­ trolled anger is the basis of civilization itself; and lust transmuted 206 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V o l. X t into love is still the most persistent theme of all the arts. Ordered feeling is the core of moral goodness or rightness and the basis of the moral virtues. But in every age there are forms of behavior peculiarly appropriate to their expression.

It cannot be overemphasized that these objectifications are not confined to the visual arts. Plato, for one, believed that there were forms of music peculiarly appropriate to the virtues of war and peace, to courage and softness. Certainly the rhythms of the virtues are not alike. The rhythm of steadfast courage is not that of recklessness ; that of temperance is not that of calm wisdom* But however skeptical one might be about this theory, one cannot deny that in music, better than in other art, the rhythm of con­ flict and resolution is objectified for our perception, and surely in no other art are the possibilities of unity and variety more purely and richly exemplified.

These virtues when objectified for our perception by the arts combine to form the image of the good life. Such a life—meta­ phorically speaking—has the individuality, unity in variety, and compelling interest that is characteristic of all good art. In a technological society these are precisely the qualities that are the hardest to achieve—individuality, unity, variety, and vividness.

But if we lack compelling models of virtue today, it is not technology that is the villain of the piece but rather art. For example, art has not yet conjured up images for contemporary woman, freed from the biological yoke of childbearing. The customary images of the wife, prostitute, and casual campanion no longer will do, but what is to take their place ? Nor has art done so much to provide an appropriate image for aggression or peace in a technologically dominated world* Three wars in which this country has participated in the last half century have failed to turn up a heroic life style for the soldier. (Although maybe this only proves the bankruptcy of war 1) The glory of battle has been replaced by a dreary resignation ; indeed the new heroism is to refuse to be heroic about anything. Whatever the moral justi­ fication for this attitude, aesthetically it falls on its face. Only the genius of art can create a convincing image of the “ higher courage” that commands our admiration and emulation. In short, science has multiplied the possibilities of virtue, but art PTS. I-IV] A PHILOSOPHY OF THB ARTS IN AN EMERGING SOCIETY 2 0 7

has yet to create captivating life styles embodying these possibilities.

There are those who have despaired of fashioning a life that is highly individualized, significant and vivid amid the constraints of a mass society ; and there are those who seek the unifying principle in a crusade against the system itself or against the im­ perfections in which it abounds. There are those who with the aid of computers hope to outwit the constraints of a mass society. These, of course, are perfectly feasible ways of maintaining and developing the self. But notice that all of these strategies are campaigns for achieving the aesthetic qualities of a work of art; a story interesting to hear, a life intrinsically interesting to per­ ceive. The twin curses of modern life are boredom and mindless episodic excitement. Life is poisoned by them and art is their antidote, for art is our only protection against monotony and sheer noise, not only in music but in all of life.

Do we need serious Art? If it now be granted that art has a role in a technological mass society and that the role is what has been indicated—to provide order in the realm of feeling—one might argue that popular art is already filling this role. Why, then, this concern with tbe role of art in a modern emerging society? This returns us to the question raised at the outset, and the answer is that we are really concerned about the role of serious art rather than of popular art. If popular art is somehow inadequate, the remote­ ness of serious art from the lives of the masses of people gives point to the issue. There are two controversial points here: that serious art is needed and that everyone needs it. I think there are several reasons for insisting that a much wider access to - serious art by all of our people is essential if art has a serious role in the emergent society..

One of these reasons is the limited potentiality of popular art. By its very nature, popular art can ask for little in the way of either artistic or experiential subtlety from the consumer. It imposes a minimum of cognitive strain. The feelings it objecti­ fies are the common ones as commonly felt and imaged. In this sense, therefore, popular art is conservative. It is reasoning rather than challenging; the models it holds up for imitation are ..

2 0 8 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL the stereotypes of the moment. The short life of the popular art product does not produce variety so much as repetition. But this is not what we need from art in the predicaments of life in a modern mass society. Rather we need highly original forms of life and feeling that will embody the new values and the new virtues. If serious art has any excuse for being—besides being its own excuse—this is ii. Only if we can be quite sure that serious art has failed or must fail in this function can we ignore it. I am o f the opinion that serious art in its totality has not failed in this role, but I am not so sure that this is specially obvious in the case of contemporary art. There are two senses in which contemperary art as a neces­ sary source of life-models is held to be suspect. One is that contemporary art is not less stereotyped than popular art. Tbe difference is that serious contemporary art mirrors tne modes of feeling found among a small elite group of artists, whereas the popular arts reflect the shape of the feelings of the masses. The other sense is that contemporary art has so altered its traditional idiom that the ordinary man cannot perceive the image, let alone understand i t ; and what he cannot perceive or understand he cannot imitate. If contemporary art has anything to communi­ cate, so this argument runs, it is to a small coterie of artists and not to the mass of men.

As to the first argument, it should be noted that some stereo­ types are more subtle, more complex, more vivid, more interest­ ing than others. There is little doubt but that the serious arts— even though many works are variations on a few fashionable themes—display these qualities far more often and more eminently than do the popular arts. Does this make them any better than popular works ? We shall come to that troublesome question, but for the moment it is sufficient to believe that this greater com­ plexity, variety and relatively greater individuality offer more potentiality for the imagination than do their popular counterparts. The second argument assumes that modern serious art has wilfully rejected the idiom of the past and has substituted a strange esoteric jargon for it. But if the serious artist is honest and if he is overwhelmed by the cruelty, the disjointedness, the brutality, the alienation, the frustration, the depersonalization of {Bodern life, he cannot respond with a Shakespearian sonnet, a PTS. I-IV j A PHILOSOPHY OF THB ARTS IN AN EMBRGING SOCIBTY 2 0 $

Beethoven quartet, or a painting by Watteau. The antihero, the scumbling of reality and phantasy, the world of machines and of hallucinogenic drugs, of lust and love are all inexpressible in art forms that shape sound, colour and line into rational and formally clear patterns. Hence the new and strange idiom. Modern art is incomprehensible to the ordinary man, because he does not want to believe that what the artist perceives is real and the rule, rather than an exceptional aberration. I would therefore deny that contemporary serious art is irre­ levant to our time. Its inadequacy as a social force is that it is disintegrative. It may properly shake us out of our illusions, but sadism, alienation, inhumanity, and disorder, although they have a genuine fascination for us, tell us nothing about wbat will make life happy, whole and tolerable. They tell us nothing about coping with the servitude we suffer in return for the blessings of the machine ; they do not conjure up images of new modes of life to embody the new honesty, the new courage, the new heroism, the new chastity, the new personalization of existence. Death without some transfiguration and cruelty without some meaning are not even death or cruelty ; they are no more than molecular agitations.

To this problem I have no answer, and perhaps there is none. One cannot command the artist to feel as he does not, to see as he does not, and to hear as he does not. But I discern two small grounds of hope. First, contemporary art, of necessity, will not survive in toto. Even the work of the recent past has already been sifted for wheat and chaff. Among the survivors may be positive images. The second is that it is impossible for the serious artist to avoid affirming life. In time, the most interesting, the most potent, the most viable expressions of this affirmation may serve to structure our perception and feeling As the inter­ pretive schema of a culture is structured by art, the idiom loses its strangeness. The idiom of the arts of fifty years ago has become part of our eyes and ears. This leads us to the final point in this paper: On what grounds can we argue that serious art is better than the popular arts and that all people should have access to it, rather than it being limited to esoteric elites ? Let us remind ourselves serious art is not distinctive by virtue of its themes, nor can we 27 210 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL prove that great art is more moving than popular art. And we cannot forget that what constitutes great art is not universally agreed upon ; even the experts disagree, and .the judgments of one age reverse those of another. On what grounds can we urge, therefore, that the more strenuous efforts of thought and imagi­ nation needed to be at home with serious art are worth the effort? Are we victims of convention, and are we misguided in forcing this convention upon our children ? These arguments against cultivation of serious art are more potent in our time than in any previous one. For a paradox of our technologically advanced society is that never could the many live so well on the brains of so few. There are packaged foods, ready-made clothes and ideas, and there is little need for culti­ vating one’s powers or self-discipline in order to achieve a modi­ cum of these goods. The system giveth much in return for a measure of conformity and boredom. * , ;

But while a pretty good life is easier for more pecple than it ever has been before, a highly individual, vivid, meaningful life is harder than ever to achieve. The price for a custom-tailored self is as far above the price for the mass-produced version as the price of a custom-made automobile is greater than one off the assembly line. And the price for the genuine self is self-cultiva­ tion—an effort to become knowledgeable and sensitive in all modes of experience. The price takes the form of induction into the traditions of science, the humanities, the arts. A tradition, I hasten to add, is not the same as a custom. Custom is merely a social habit nourished by repetition. Tradi­ tion is, on the contrary, the living remains of successful rebellions. A tradition is a continuously growing interpretive instrument with which we perceive, think and feel. The scientific tradition, the humanistic tradition, and the tradition of the fine arts are the shoulders on which every generation stands, and from which its more gifted members leap to new heights. By these traditions we induct the young into the mind and feeling of the race. To be educated is to make these traditions part of oneself. .We would be astonished indeed for a man ignorant of science to make a great scientific discovery or even to think scientifically, but for some strange reason we expect artistic accomplishments from those who are ignorant of the tradition. We progress by faith in t£ pTS. I-iv] a PHILOSOPHY OFTriE ARTS IN AN BMBRGING SOCIBTY 211 the judgments of the wise and learned whose labours we do not have to, indeed could not, repeat. The great intellectual traditions at any moment represent the market quotations put upon the experience of the race by generations of experts. These were the men who devoted their lives to making fine distinctions and discriminating judgments and to extending the frontiers of human knowledge and feeling. They were the creators and the critics. But the boldest creators did not work outside of the tradition and did not for a moment delude themselves that they did. We see through their eyes, think with their thoughts, and appreciate with their taste. We may challenge any ultimate authority, but for all critical and educational purposes, what is right, good and beautiful is determined by tradition1 as distilled from history by the wise, the learned, the connoisseurs of each generation. s it Serious art, one must suppose, has never worked directly with the masses of people. Small cultivated elites nurtured and sus­ tained the arts, and the tradition functioned through them. But as Karl Mannheim has pointed out, in a mass democracy the people have both political and economic power. They are their own taste-makers, but without self-discipline and cultivation that elites impose upon themselves. The elites are still with us, but their impact on the mass cul­ ture is more and more remote and indirect. More and more they write and paint and make music for each other rather than for the public. We can no longer afford to wait fifty years before the genuine insights of the serious artist filter down into the popular arts and into daily life, if serious art is to have a saving function in modern society, this hiatus must be closed. And it cannot be closed by bringing art down to the popular taste and competence. We could not do so even if we mistakenly decided that we should. The only alternative is to bring the people up to serious art, in the same sense that the common man has slowly been educated into the scientific tradition.

1 The learned tradition does not exclude folk art or even certain species of the popular arts. But before they can generate a tradition, they must undergo the loving but severe scrutiny of generation after generation of devotees or buffs. Such scrutiny creates the connoisseur, and the connoisseur is of the tradition. Jazz, for example, was a cultural custom, an item of cultural fashion, until its devotees began to study it and to formulate tbe criteria that made selection justifiable. I l 2 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

This means no more and certainly no less than to say that our people need to listen and see somewhat as the musician listens and the painter sees—to achieve literacy. This means that just as our people are expected to interpret the language of discursive symbols in the form of reading and writing, so are they to, be ex­ pected to perceive the rich texture of sensory elements embodied in the work of art, the formal design properties of the work of art, the technical means by which the effects are produced, and finally the images of human import it expresses. At a more mature level, one might expect the perceiver not only to cherish works of art but also to know why he cherishes them. But we would have gone a long way if the graduates of our public schools could build into their sense organs the habits of perception that lie at the root of artistic activity and receptivity. Given these skills of perception, the development of genuinely authentic aesthetic standards can be left to the individual’s interaction with the artistic tradition to which aesthetic perception will give him access. Once within that world he can and should fashion his own individual version of that tradition. . There is little doubt that art, in touching our imagination, shapes our actions and characters. The question is whether tbe less or the more cultivated forms of art will do the shaping. Because serious art is so often regarded as remote from the life of the common man, the great power of popular art has gone largely unnoticed or, at least, has not been adequately noticed. Hence it is not surprising that the school regards education in the arts as desirable but not indispensable.

However, there is a hint of a new realization in the educational atmosphere. Our efforts at character education by means of exhortation and courses in citizenship have failed. It is now dawning upon us that we shape character either by conditioning behavior, as they did in Walden //, or by stirring the imagination, as was done in the early days of the Renaissance by the images of Greek and Roman heroes and in our own history by the legends of the West. In other words, one alternative to the Sta,te’s shaping our feelings from birth is the ordering of our feeling by the images of art. Only if art creates new life styles will the old virtues find embodiment in the lives of the young. Conversely, if our culture is destroyed it will be because it has L j r ■

P t s . i- i v ) A p h i l o s o p h y op t h e a r t s i n a n EM ERGING s o c i e t y 2 1 $

been unable to display captivating alternatives to boredom and mindless, disjoined excitements. But to make art effective in life, the schools will have to cultivate the best in art, to inculcate its tradition as seriously as it does the traditions of science, mathe­ matics and history.

So, strangely perhaps, the wheel has come full circle. . For the primitive savage the appearance of trees and rivers told of their friendliness or enmity, and he had to make his peace with them in terms of these clues. Today science and technology have freed us from witches and want, but the human import of trees and water, bombs and rockets, must again be sought in our crea­ tive imagination.

,fiCLIY

.:mu m

■ sSiH hedroMS

"* * * BOOK REVIEWS

INDIAN FOLK MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS by K. S. Kothari. Sangeet Natak Akademi, New Delhi. 1968 ; pp. 110.

India has a larger variety of musical instruments than any other country and much ingenuity has been exercised in the invention of these instruments. There are more than 500 varieties of these, each with distinct name, shape, construction, technique of playing and quality of tone colour. io A number of instruments have fallen out of vogue at one time or other during the past centuries and some of them went in­ to oblivion completely as they were unable to sustain the changing styles of music from time to time. Some have emerged into fuller glory, evolved and developed into their modern forms, e.g. Vina, Sitar, , Gottuvadyam and so on, beautifully orna­ mented with ivory and capable of producing the various nuances of the highly developed and complicated styles of Indian music. But the main bulk of the remaining instruments has been drag­ ging on through the centuries in their primitive shape and form and there are hundreds of varieties of these quaint instruments used by the folk and tribal people in India today.

These instruments are of very great antiquity and could possibly throw more light on the nature of our ancient instru­ ments and show what they looked like in those far off days. Sometimes a few instruments carry names similar to those found in ancient treatises, for example, Banam of Orissa, Bana of Madhya Pradesh, Ravanhaththo of Rajasthan, Kinnari of Andhra Pradesh, Huruk of Uttar Pradesh, Pena of Manipur and so on.

Information relating to musical instruments of India is scattered and attempts by various authors have till now been able to bring to light only a few instruments. To my knowledge, no attempt has been made hitherto to make a systematic survey of all the musical instruments found in India in the classical, folk and tribal music. Such being the case, the attempt made by the Sangeet Natak Akademi, New Delhi, in bringing out this book is commendable.

The book under review is a catalogue of folk and tribal instruments collected for the exhibition of Indian folk musical P ts, i -iv J BOOK RBVIBWS 215 instruments organised by the Sangeet Natak Akademi, New Delhi in November, 1968. The present reviewer alio assisted in the collection of some instruments from Mysore region and also participated in the Seminar arranged in this connection.

■ This is perhaps the first effort to make a systematic record and reference of folk and tribal musical instruments of India but the scope of the book does not permit either elaborate (descrip­ tions of the instruments or trace their development through the centuries.

- The catalogue contains brief descriptions of about 300 folk and tribal instruments used in various regions from to Kanyakumari and Manipur to Bhuj. There are many interesting instruments from Orissa, Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, which are densely populated by aboriginal tribes.

From crude beating sticks and wooden castanets to the sweet tinkling of Jalras and Manjiras, from the noisy of the dancing tribals to the musical Edakka of Kerala, the fearful blare of the animal horn of tbe Nagas to the haunting strains of the (Magudi), we find a most interesting variety of instruments which add colour and rhythm to any combination of the regional music which they accompany. There are cylindrical drums, barrel shaped drums, pot drums, narrow-waisted drums and hemi­ spherical drums belonging to various regions used in festivals, temple rituals, devotional music, ceremonial dancing etc. , Udiikkai, Budubudukke, Davandai, Dudi are examples of hour­ glass shaped drums whose tone varies by pressing the middle braces.

The regions covered in this volume are : Assam, Bihar, Goa, , Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Andhra Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Kerala, Laccadives, Ladakh, Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, fylaharashtra, Manipur, Mysore, Nagaland,. Nefa, Orissa, Panjab, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu, Tripura and Uttar Pradesh.

In India stringed instruments played with a bow are of very great antiquity. There are numberless varieties of these instru­ ments some are held and played like the Western violin while others are played like Sarangi. Some of the bow-played instru­ ments like a violin are : Jogi Kendra and Majhi Kendra of Orissa, Kendra and Banam of Bihar, Chikara and Ravanhathtbo of 2 1 6 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VOL. XL

Rajasthan, Pena and Lha of Manipur, of Jammu ft Kashmir, Agappai Kinnari of Tamil Nadu, Tenkaya burra of Andhra Pradesh, Pulluvan Vina of Kerala and many others. When we have so many varieties of such bow-played instruments, it is strange none of them was found suitable for classical prior to the introduction of the Western violin. The reason is is not far to seek. The large varieties of instruments played with the bow'in India,in their primitive condition must, have been a poor contrivance and probably ignored by the classical musicians who could produce better tones with greater facilities by plucking the strings of the Sitar or Vina with fingers or with plectrum. More­ over all the peculiar gamakas and embellishments of Indian music are brought out with perfection on the Vina, Sitar, Surbahar etc., by the lateral deflection of the strings which is a noteworthy feature on the technique of playing Indian stringed instruments not found anywhere in the world. Consequently the whole family of these primitive bow-played instruments have been remaining for many centuries without experiencing any material improve­ ment and without having been considered worthy of notice by the classical musicians on account of their rudeness and unsatis­ factory tone production. Many of these instruments are mentioned in the present catalogue.

The classification of the instruments is broadly based on the four divisions formulated in ancient Indian musicology viz., Ghana, Avanaddha, Sushira and Tata (Idiophonic), Membrano- phonic, Aerophonic and Chordophonic). There are further divi­ sions and sub-divisions according to the manner of application and various forms of construction. Wherever possible the approxi* mate measurements of the instruments are given. The book contains 59 illustrations of instruments of stringt wind and percussion in the playing position which are interesting. However, unequal, representation of instruments from various regions is disappointing. While the catalogue lists about 65 instruments from Rajasthan, the southern regions of Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Mysore and Andhra Pradesh have not been adequately represented though in fact there are more than 70 varieties of instruments in each of these regions. The catalogue shows only 9 or 10 from Tamil Nadu and Kerala, 15 from Mysore and 16 from Andhra Pradesh, t*TS. MV] BOOK BBVIBWS 2 1 7

We cannot help pointing out certain inaccuracies in the nomenclature of some instruments. Many mistakes in the spell­ ing of names have crept in and we find different spellings for the same instrument. Kundalam of Tamil Nadu and Gundalam of Kerala are mentioned. Kudukuduppai of Tamil Nadu and gudu- guduppai of Kerala are found. Instead of Ekanada, the single stringed drone instrument of Mysore, ‘Ekanda’ is printed. Kurum- kulal and Kurumkuzhal are mentioned as separate instruments of Kerala. I have never come across any instrument carrying the name ‘Deren Bong-Pedem’ in Andhra Pradesh. Many names of drums from the Tamil epic Silappadikaram are listed under Kerala. All these mistakes could have been avoided. In spite of these discrepansies, the book is a welcome contribution and must find a place in every library of the country. S. Krishnaswami

AGRA GHARANA — snnTT — By Ramanlal Mehta. M. S. University, Baroda. Rs. 12/-

The book published under the auspices of the College of Music, Dance and Drama of Maharaja of Sayyaji Rao University of Baroda is about Agra Gharana, a school which was made famous by the late Ustad Faiyaz Khan of Baroda between 1920 and 1950. There are two main chapters in the book, the former dealing with the lineage of the Gharana and its style and the latter giving in notation several well-known compositions—Khyals, Dhruvapadas and Dhamars—popularised by the Gharana.

The book contains facts about the origin and the evolution of the Gharana that ar6 already well-known to its followers and other knowledgeable musicians. The author seems to have based all his opinions about and descriptions of the style of the Agra Gharana on an unpublished manuscript of the late Ustad Tassadaq Hussain Khan, an elder paternal cousin of the late Ustad Faiyaz Khan and the oral hints given by Ustad Khadim Hussain Khan and Shri Ghulam Rasool. Hence, the book while containing useful information about the Gharana, does not have anything original frcm the author himself. As stated by Prof. Deodhar in his preface, the author claims his affiliation to the Kercma Gharana. 2* 2 1 8 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

As regards Chaptey II containing the well-known composi­ tions of the Gharana, it would be useful to every student of music. # The author has acknowledged his debt to Shri Jyotir- dhar Desai among others for helping him to bring out this book. I remember having seen some of these compositions in notation with Shri Desai who was with the All India Radio, Ahmedabad when I was there in 1959.

' • :; ■ ' . ■ i :■> « ' " •." ' ■ < ■ v. R • > = ;• ' k f ’ i ' i I: ;' | ' ' ' ! - ■ 4 The language of the book fluctuates from highly Sanskritised Hindi to colloquial Marathi-oriented Hindi. The book is priced at Rs. 12/-, rather prohibitive for the generally indigent music lover.

It would be worthwhile if Shri R. C. Mehta brought out a book on Kerana Gharana also.

M. R. Gautam

** KAVADI CH1NDU ”—A collection of Tamil folk melodies compiled by Sri S. Ramanathan and published by Kalai Magal Isaikkalluri, 20, Sydoji Street, , Madras-5. Price Rs. 2/-

Mostly the collections of folk songs that are available are confined to the text only, but the tune is the really important thing. This collection of Kavadi Chindu with its characteristic melody has a dharm all its own. This is, as far as I know, the first book to give with notation the extant melodies composed by Sri Annamalai Reddiar of Chennikulam. Besides, three Chindus by the eminent Tamil poet Subrahmania Bharati are also included here. The author who is a musician collected these from great savants like the late Dr. Harikesanallur Muthia Bhagavathar, Mazbavarayan?|ndal Subbarama Bhagavathar, Sri T. K. Jaya- rama Iyer and Musiri Subramania Iyer. The notation is simple and adequate.

S. Sreenivasa Rao PTS. I-IV ] BOOK RBVIEWS . 219

ETHNO-MUSICOLOGY AND INDIA. By Sudhibhushan Bhattacharya, M .A ., Indian Publications, Calcutta ,1968. Rs. 12-50. The author of the book, Sri Sudhibhushan Bhattacharya, a member of the Anthropological Survey of India, has been known to the scholarly world for his fruitful collaboration with foreign scholars like Prof. T. Burrow of Oxford in the discovery and description of little known, uncultivated languages of the Central Dravidian. His stay in Banaras in his early years had given him opportunities to learn Hindustani music and during his work among the Tribals he has been able to take note of data relating to Tribal niusic also. Oftentimes it helps one working among the Tribals, if one moves with them intimately and participates in their life and enjoyments. Whatever material the author has been able to gather on the side of their music, he has presented in this book entitled Ethnomusicology and India. The subject of Ethnomusicology has not developed very much in India. There have of course been a few papers on folk music and the music of the Tribal peoples and their relation to classical music. The Music Academy, Madras had given some place to it in its Conferences and papers relating to it have been published in the Academy’s Journal. In ancient India, the Sans­ krit Texts dealing with music had not failed to take note of the forms of this art as prevalent among the different peoples of the country and this is clearly seen in the preservation in these texts of the names of very many Ragas named after peoples in India in different areas. The ancient musicologists had also taken note of the different traditions, cultivated as well as uncultivated, and they had formulated the frame of reference known as Marga and - with of course their exact range and scope changing and enlarging as time passed—to analyse the main, the standard and the more sophisticated tradition as distinguished from the smaller, the uncodified or regional traditions in different parts of the country. With all these materials handed down in ancient literature and with the great opening up of the field of Anthro­ pological studies in modern times, a large scope had always existed for undertaking comprehensive, descriptive and analytical studies in the music of the Tribals ; with the facilities for record­ ing now available, a regular survey of this would indeed be a rich and fruitful field of musical research, whose findings would be valuable also for the study of the history and evolution of the traditional classical music of India into whose texture, certainly, 220 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MU1IC ACADEMY [VOL. XL some of the significant trends and musical ideas of the different peoples must have gone in. In the present work which may be welcomed as a pionee­ ring effort in this line, the author deals in six chapters with the scope for the work, the uncultivated music, the meaning of music, rhythm, scales and folk music of a particular area. According to the author, the music of the primitive tribes of the country is diatonic, tritonic or tretratonic, mostly ritualistic, functional and congre­ gational and belonged to the pre-pentatonic stage and its rhythm was asymmetric. There was paucity of variation in pitch and musical line and there were of course the words of the song and the occasion of the songs. The subject of meaning of music in ch. 3 is discussed only with reference to classical music, and not tribal or folk music. The chapter on rhythm, where also for the most part the classical Tala-system is explained, should have given us more material on the rhythmic patterns of tribal music. The fifth chapter on the scales shows that tribal music has often shorter scales of three or four notes and the descending scale is more common. About 24 transcriptions of Tribal music recorded in different regions given here enhance the value of this chapter. Refrain, shouting at intervals, crooning and such other charac­ teristics are also noted. There is some mention of the instru­ ments regarding which we may say that the Music Academy, Madras is now executing, with the aid of the Unesco, a project for the survey of the whole field of Indian music instruments, classical, folk and tribal. In the last chapter again, we are glad to see transcriptions of some songs connected with some festivals, worship of Indra etc. As the author says at more than one place in the book, there is very much more material that has been collected by him and has not yet been studied for presentation. It is hoped that he will ere long be able to publish, first of all, transcriptions in notation of all that has been recorded, with brief background notes, i.e a descriptive catalogue of the music material so far collected. Some of the points mentioned must be developed, e. g. his statement that the personification of Ragas as found in Hindus­ tani music is embedded in the Seasonal festivals (p. 20). The following corrections may be noted. P. J4, line 7 from below: the writer’s correct name is Prajnanananda. P. 19. J. 15, P t s . i - iv ] BOOK REVIEWS it should read Sarngadeva. P. 59, 1. 19, the correct spelling is Nagasvaram. V. Raghavan WHO IS WHO OF INDIAN MUSICIANS. Sangeet Natak Akademi, New Delhi. 1968. , We welcome the publication of this hand-book which provides information about those who are something in the field of Indian music. This includes not only performing musicians but also musicologists and scholars who have done research or publi­ cation work in this field. In addition to the name and the date of birth, the branch of music specialised in, Gurukula or Gharana, noteworthy achievements and present address are given for each title. In the case of authors, the titles of their publications are also entered. The data has been collected mostly by corres­ pondence with the persons concerned. The material which the Music Academy, Madras once collected was also placed at the disposal of this compilation. Naturally this compilation of 100 pages needs to be supplemented and corrected in the errors of omission and commission and repetitions, (e.g.: Sri Madurai Srirangam Iyengar on two pages, on 78 and 99). V. R. CREATING A WIDER INTEREST IN TRADITIONAL MUSIC- International Institute for Comparative Music Studies & Documentation. 1967. Berlin. This volume represents the proceedings of the Conference held in Berlin in co-operation with the International Music Council from 12th to 17th of June 1967. Participants were drawn from different countries and India was represented in the papers and discussions by Dr. V. K. Narayana Menon and Dr. . The purpose of the Conference was to focus atten­ tion on the value of the music traditions, classical and folk, in different countries and take note of what was being done currently for the preservation of the diverse traditions. The question of the impact of one music culture on another and the co-existence of all the cultures were also discussed. The proceedings were partly in French and partly in English. We may draw attention to some of the observations of the participants which appear significant: Dr. E. Kraus of tbe International Music Council said : *' Our music inundated the other nations which then tried to imitate it, because they confused the power of technical

. 222 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

development with a higher level of musical culture...The various nations are overawed by the Western obsession with progress. They permit their own world of music tradition to be displaced by alien music concepts, thus making the world poorer...The crisis due to Western music can be seen in the fact that it contri­ butes to a loss of individuality and levelling through the mani­ pulations of the music industry. It consumes its energy in forcing a single musical language on all nations, instead of entering into a fruitful dialogue with the still remaining musical idioms in which are to be found values which have endured through millennia.” Speaking on behalf of the International Folk Music Council, Miss M. Karpales observed regarding traditional music and the changed conditions under which this hardy, but at the same time, sensitive plant had to flourish : It is the duty of scholars to lend a hand in this delicate task of transplantation, so that this pre­ cious plant may continue to thrive in its changed environment. Dr. E. G. Kiwi asked : 41 Could not the International Music Council suggest an action to revive this specific form of Oriental teaching, the individual teaching, and call for the last great teachers to be encouraged in this traditional form of teaching ? Otherwise I cannot see any kind of hope for the Oriental art of music.” Elaborating the influences from other musical cultures on Western music, Fritz Bose said: “ The ancient Greek world adopted and assimilated many elements from Oriental cultures... It is evident that musicology can derive the greatest profit from direct or indirect encounters with the highly developed art music of the East and the most original and significant music of Africa.” Analysing the artistic elements which have contributed to the recent increased listening and appreciation of Oriental music in the West, he pointed out that it was due to some sensitivities and subtleties which they in the West had lost since the middle ages, namely, the melodic element, its delicate shades of colour and ornamentation and the role of rhythms which they could now regain from Oriental music cultures. It is interesting to note from Dr. Robert Garfias’s paper the dominant role that devoted amateurs still played in the art music of some countries like Indonesia and Iran- #TS. I-IV ] BOOK REVIEWS

According to the Japanese participant, Shigeo Kishibe, “ Preservation and diffusion should not only maintain the tradi­ tion but also contribute to the creation of a new contemporary music peculiar to each nation but having a world audience. The new music of each nation should be national as well as universal in appeal.” But I suppose all great art has, while firmly rooted in a tradition out of which it has bloomed, enough elements of pure artistic value which are universal in character and appeal; and it is not meant that a music should be so flattened as to present a minimum which would get for it a universal acceptance. It is interesting to read in the paper of Jose Maceda from the Philippines that there exists in those Islands *a rich variety of pre-Hispanic music and that this has relation to the Malaysian. Brata has given several important data relating to Indonesian music, including some bearing on the Indian influence. In Baduj area in the South of West Java, they have a music exclusively from the bamboo. In the twenties and thirties, they had about 17,000 Gamelan orchestras and this number probably continues! Dr. K. Vatsyayan made the important suggestion that, apart from East-West exchange, there should be more ‘‘intra-Asian’* exchange. I may add to her suggestion what the Japanese par­ ticipant said in his paper that Japan should now be exposed more to music other than the Japanese and the Western and his cita­ tion of the Vina of India, for example, which the Japanese had still to learn to appreciate. The following from Mr. E. Kraus deserve our attention f 1. Prevention of the development of hybridized forms: 2. Deve­ lopment of a taste for the strange and the unfamiliar. 3. Open- mindedness and unprejudicedness. 4. The composer and the interpreter too contribute to the creation of conditions necessary for the co-existence of cultures. All that one can say in conclusion is that active steps should be taken by musicians, musicologists and promoting individuals and institutions to implement the several suggestions made over the tables at such International conferences and seminars. V. Raghavan* 224 THB JOURNAL OF fH E MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. JtL

BRIEF NOTICES - V . R. Compositions of Mahakavi Sri T. S. Sundaresa Sarma, West Main Street, Tanjore.

1. GITA SUDHAKARAM. 0-75. The author is known for his Sanskrit poems, plays and songs, as also for songs and musical Katha-nirupanas in Tamil. In this slender volume, he gives further songs of his in both Sanskrit and Tamil. Only the texts are offered without svaras.

2. SIVA KSHETRA KRITI MALA1. 0-75.

In this booklet again, the same composer noticed above gives the texts of twenty Tamil songs of his in different Ragas on Deities in different shrines.

* 3. SRI RAMA KEERTANA MANJARI. Pp. 146. Rs. 2/-

This is a series of musical compositions in Tamil to be used for Katha Kalakshepam on the Ramayana story, with some Sanskrit verses for the narrative links. This is by the same composer mentioned above.

KANDAN PUGAZMALAI by Smt. Neela Ramamurti, 9, Srinivasan Street, R. A. Puram, Madras-28. Re. 1/-

Daughter of the well-known composer Sri Papanasam Sivan, Neela Ramamurti has inherited both the arts of music and com­ position. In this volume, she has offered the texts of fifty songs of hers in Tamil in a variety of Ragas, including a few Hindustani ones. But these should have been printed with notation.

KALA1CHELVAR by “ Ellarvi ”, Amuda Nilayam, 1/45, Royapettah HighRoad, Madras-14 pp. 105 Rs. 1.20.

“ Ellarvi ”, well-known Tamil writer, has carved a place for himself through his biographical sketches of Carnatic musicians. In the present volume, he gives an account of the life and achieve­ ments of the distinguished musician and composer Dr. L. Muthia Bhagavatar. It is hoped that he will similarly cover all the leading luminaries of the Carnatic field. P t s . i - iv j b o o k r e v ie w s -2 5

- GREAT MUSICIANS OF INDIA by Doily Rizvi, IBH. Publishing Co., Bombay-i. > ,.k

This small well produced volume in 85 pp. gives sketches of fourteen musicians, Vocalists and Instrumentalists of the Hindustani and Carnatic schools. There is a good mixture of the old and the young. The sketches which are short and uniformly appreciative provide interesting reading. SRI RAMA NAMAVALI MALAI. Compiled by Sri Srirangam Sundaram Iyer. Tamil meanings by Sri Sundararama Dikshitar. 4 B/5, Venkatakrishna Iyer Road, R. A. Puram, Madras-28 Rs. 1.50.

There are some Sahasra Namavalis-One Thousand Names for Archana-of Rama culled from descriptions of Rama in the Valmiki Ramayana. Sri Srirangam Sundaram Iyer, well known devotee of Sri Tyagaraja, has similarly gathered and put together here one thousand names of Sri Rama from the kritis of that great composer. They are given in Sanskrit in Devanagari script, followed by a Tamil version by Sri Sundararama Dikshitar. NADOPASANA by Vidvan S. K. Tyagarajan. Publi­ shing House, 248-G, New Dharapuram Road, Palani. Rs. 1.75-

In this booklet of 61 pages, the author, after some prefatory poems on the great Carnatic music trinity presents several essays of his in English on subjects of music like Nadopasana, Sruti, Laya, Raga, Kriti and Varna and the contributions of the music trinity. sa l ■ ' efn ELIYAMURAI ISAIPPAYIRCHI NOOL. by Kum. S. Vijayarupi, Kaula Lampur, Malaysia.

«*' The young artist has given in this booklet an easy Introduc­ tion to Carnatic music, together with some songs, in rare Ragas, composed by Prof. S. Sambamoorthi. The Professor has collaborated in the book of his student.

TIRUVEMPAVAI TIRUPPALL1YEZHUCHI. With tune and notation by Sangita Kalanidhi Sri R. Semmangudi Srinivasa jlyer. Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangham, Brodie Castle, , Madras-28. Rs. 1-50/- 29

««annnR>~iiiwuMu> — 1 1 6 THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [V O L . XL

It is well-known that through the chain of Tiruppavai-Tiru- vempavai conferences organised at the behest of H. H. Sri Sankaracharya Swamigal of Kanchi Kamakoti Pitha, the two ancient devotional mystic poems, Tiruppavai of Sri Andal and Tiruvempavai of Sri Manikkavachakar, have attained wide popularity; and the tunes set by Sangita Kalanidhi Ariyakudi Ramanuja Ayyangar, and in his footsteps by others for the Tiruppavai has made that poem all the more popular.

A similar service for the popularisation of Sri Manikka- vachakar’s Tiruvempavai, as also of his Tiruppalliyezhuchi, has been rendered, at the behest again of H. H. the Acharya of Kanchi, by Sangita Kalanidhi Sri Semmangudi Srinivasa Iyer. Nine verses of the former poem and ten of the latter have been rendered here in appropriate Raga-Tala settings. The distinguished Vidvan and the Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangam deserve our thanks for bringing out this publication.

SRI KRISHNA LILA TARANGINI. Edited by Nori Narasimhan Sastri. Sahiti Samiti, Repalle, Guntur Dt. A. P. Rs. <>/- • **‘“0 0 AH t?r j jgj| h>’\j rj. ti.Cl Although the Tarangas of Tirtha Narayana Swami are well known, a readily available Devanagari edition of the whole text of the Krishnalilatarangini has long been a desideratum. Sri Nori Narasimha Sastri is to be congratulated on filling this gap with his present edition. The volume carries also an Introduction to the author and his composition in English, Sanskrit and Hindi.

THE JEEVA CHARITRAM OF SRI* TEERTHA NARAYANA SWAMIGAL. Sri V. R. Krishnaswami, Varahur, Tanjore Dt.

The author, who recently passed away, was a native of Varahur where Sri Narayana Tirtha lived most of his life. He was also a votary of the Bhajana tradition and has given in this volume a devout biographical account in English of Sri Narayana Tirtha, as handed down by tradition. In the end a few select Tarangas are given with English notes. 1 Pt s . I -iv ] BOOK REVIEWS 2 2 7

SRI. M. R. SANKARA MURTY’S EDITIONS, Guru Guha Gana Nilaya, Bangalore-21. TYAGARAJARA KEERTANEGALU - 1. Re. 1 /- Do. II. Rs. 2/- Do. III. Rs. 2/ - Do. IV. Rs. 4/- Do. VI. Rs. 1. 50: Do. VI. Rs. 1.25.

Vidwan Sri Sankara Murty has done a commendable service to the Kannada musical world by bringing out in Kannada script, a series of editions with notations of Carnatic music compositions. Such publications are many in the Tamil region but not in Karnataka. There is no attempt to do anything new here but only to bring out as many kritis as possible in the Kannada medium. There is a series devoted to Tyagaraja, three volumes of which represent the Pancharatnas, the Utsava-sampradaya pieces and the -bhakti-vijaya.

■ There are other collections in the series of sorgs of Dikshitar, including a volume of the Navagraha kritis, of Purandaradas, of Svati Tirunal etc. The Karnataka Sangeeta Tarangini Granthamale of Sri Sankara Murthy includes so far about a score of volumes. HARIDASA KEERTANA SUDHA SANGRAHA. In Kannada. Asthana Vidwan Sri N. Channakeshavaiah, 36/1, Pipe Line, 10th Cross, Malleswaram, Bangalore-3. Rs. 7-50. The author, a pupil of Sri Vasudevacharya, is one with whose name and work the readers of this Journal will be very familiar. He has presented editions of many rare compositions in the Journal and figured often in the proceedings of the Academy’s annual conferences.

Recently he undertook a major project! for presenting in several volumes, as much possible, of the vast ‘Dasakuta Sahitya*, the devotional songs in Kannada of the Haridasas of whom Purandaradas was the most famous. In this laudable venture, he has brought forth the first volume containing fifty-four Padas with notation, notes and brief biographies of the composers.

KUMMI KOLATTA ISAI NOOL. V. Andal Ammal and K. Ammal. Published with the aid of the Madras State Sangita Nataka Sangham. Rs. 2-50. id xhtd'tf i;w: Htoigflin uh si*T This publication of songs related to the popular homely dances of the young folk, Kummi, Kolattam etc. is to be welcomed. 1 2 S THE JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL^TCL

These will be very useful to general schools as well as the special ones devoted to music training where the syllabi prescribed includes these dances and dance-songs. The authors are experi­ enced teachers of these forms and they give here the songs with notation for different kinds of Kummi and Kolattam, as also a few festival songs ; what is most useful is the diagrams and charts given here for the varieties of Pinnal-kolattam, in which the strings are plaited like bangles, in double rows, like a swing and so on and the steps and the order to be taken for each of these. ISAI MARABU - Sangita Vidwan Sri K. Sankaranar. Pub­ lished by Nellai Sangita Sabha, Tirunelveli. Vidvan K. Sankaranar and the Tamilnadu Sangita Nataka Sangam are to be congratulated on this publication, which contains a small but important text. The Jsai-marabu, as it is called, is found as the title of an old music text cited by Adiyarkunallar in his commentary on the famous . The present text has a few of the verses cited by Adiyarkunallar but as it is based on a fragment, without beginning, middle or end found in a paper notebook of Sri Nelliappa Kavirayar and no second manuscript has been found for checking, it is not possible to say how far this represents the ancient Tsai-marabu or what relation this bears to that old text. However, all that is possible to do by way of editing or interpreting a fragmentary text like this has been done by the Editor. The text teems with technical terms in Sanskrit in a Tamilised form and the Editor has made all efforts to understand and explain them. The explanations are very lucid and the editor has laid under contribution not only old texts but also modern writings in English. He has prefixed an introductory account of music as known from Tamil sources, Indian music in its two schools and Western music. The Nellai Sangita Sabha must be congratulated for sponsor­ ing this publication. SRI DEVI MAHATM1YA KEERTANAS-Sri K. C. Tyaga- rajan, AIR Madras-4. Re. !/• The Devi Mahatmyam is a religious text which is cherished by devotees of Devi with Parayana, etc. A further Pts. i - iv ] BOOK REVIEWS 2 2 9 dimension to the adoration of Devi with this text has been given by K. C. Tyagarajan by providing a musical version of this whole text of 700 verses and the stories of Devi destroying the demons narrated therein. Here are songs in different Raga and Tala settings in Keertana-form which all Devi-upasakas will welcome. Several Rakti ragas as also rare ones are used here. The author is to be congratulated on these compositions. MUSIC EDUCATION IN THE COUNTRIES OF THE ORIENT. International Institute for Comparative Music Studies and Documentation, Berlin. This volume reproduces the proceedings of a Conference held in Teheran organised by the Asian Music Circle and the Iranian National Music Committee from 7th to 12th September 1967- It was presided over by the distinguished Violinist Mr. Yahudi Menuhin. The volume is particularly interesting for the many observations which this great artist deeply interested in oriental traditions has made during the course of the discus­ sions. In the very opening discussion, he pointed out that modern developments did not give scope to the uniqueness of the indivi­ dual, that many children were born today as cultural orphans and that it was regrettable that music was being diffused through diverse media at the lowest common level of universal culture. Mr. Mehdi Forough in his paper on Need for Music Education Today ended with the observation that Radio and Television organisations should refrain from transmitting music j which is below human dignity and contrary to venerable artistic codes. Dr. Forough gave the example of the Iranian children who heard today a sort of music which was neither their own nor good Westesn music, which, in Mr. Menuhin’s words, represented a situation in which the children “ instead of mother’s milk, were getting Coca-cola” . In the course of the discussion on the paper on Music Teaching for the Children and the Youth Out of School by Maurice BercofF, Menuhin observed that the point was not of transferring to Eastern countries the methods followed in England and wondered what the virtue would be in imitating the poor Western musician who was obliged to put on his spectacles to read his music, as all music should come from the heart. The paper by Mr. Tran Van Khe on the teaching of music Vietnam contains many ideas which apply 230 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL equally to India as there had been a close connection between the traditions of these two countries. He pointed out that their tradition of music and the transmission were still oral and t*he transcription of the same on paper could not reproduce the music fully, as it did not provide for the indication of the duration, shades of expression or ornamentation ; each master had his own particular style, his individual manner of decorating a note or of performing a piece; notation, he said, was a mixed blessing and paralysed improvisation; in the oral method, the disciples sat with the master imitating, repeating and in a progressive way assimilating the master’s style through a long period. Omonoto- poeic syllables, that is Jatis and Sol-kattu as we call them, were used by them for learning the rhythms. From the next paper of Mr. Jacques Brunet we learn that the situation in Cambodia was not much different from that of Vietnam or of India. He warned of the great danger of the invasion of Western melodies and harmonies. There is then a discussion on Notation and a paper on Music for Children by the German Composer Carl Orff. These are followed by surveys for Hungary and Yugoslavia, and in the discussion on the latter, Menuhin observed that all methods were best in their countries of origin and while it was useful* to learn different approaches, there were many disadvantages in actual transplantation. In the discussion on Mutual Experience of Music Cultures, he said that the artist must alwajs feel that he was an explorer conducting an adventure, listening to a voice coming not out of a book or a five year-plan but out of his being and that it was this individuality, which was not necessarily a part of any system, which we must protect. A. Adnan Saygun in his paper on Music Education in the Orient made the point, among others, that by Oriental music one should not mean the erudite traditional music only but should take note of folk music also whose study was vital.

Speaking on behalf of the practice in India, Sharan Rani made several pertinent observations and suggestions: Eg. Even m modern institutions, instruction in the old style must be given, m small groups and with individual attention to every student. The passing of an examination was not a hall mark in the art at that gave the student only a false sense of accomplishment and few students trained in this manner had become great masters. P t s . i - i v ] BOOK REVIEWS

Among the recommendations which she made was one relating to the necessity of the large number of ancient mss. on music and the need to recover and publish them. , »

There are then surveys of music education in some other countries and a series on the training of a professional musician. In the end are given 22 resolutions. I am reminded of the far larger Unesco Conference on Music Education in Brussels in 1953 in which I spoke on behalf of India. It would be useful to find out what has been achieved in the intervening decade and a half.

V. Raghavan

THE CLASSICAL INDIAN DANCE IN LITERATURE AND THE ARTS. Dr. Kapila Vatsyayan, Sangeet Natak Akademi, Rabindra Bhavan, Ferozeshah Road, New Delhi. While the Sangeet Natak Akademi, through its publication Committee, have sponsored or assisted a large number of publi­ cations in the fields of music and dance, the book under review represents the first publication which they themselves undertook to bring forth; and by a happy co-incidence the book also happens to be a valuable production in the field of Indian Dance. The author who has had practical training in different styles of Indian dance has brought to bear on this work not only her researches in literature, art and archaeology bearing on Indian Dance, but also her own technical knowledge of the art as preserved in some of the major traditions of the country. The book is the result of of continuous study and investi­ gation of materials including sculptures in different archaeo­ logical sites of the country. As she says in her Preface, while the material, both literary and sculptural, has been known, the present endeavour of hers is to correlate all of them in a historical as well as asethetic study of classical Indian dance which had a large background and in which, to quote Bharata, there was hardly one branch of knowledge or art, which was not imbedded. All this is'necessary for an aesthetic appreciation of Indian dance of the richness of which, even most accomplished dancers might not have a knowledge. As she points out in her Introduction, in Indian dance the wheel of Indian aesthetic seemed to have come full circle. That dance was the basis of other aits, painting 232 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY (VoL. X t

and sculpture, was emphasised in the Vishnu-dharmottara; this theme is elaborated by the author in the course of this work of over 400 pages, enriched with a large number of photographs of sculptures and supported by numerous analytical tables which present at a glance the different aspects of the technique of classical dance. r? In the opening chapter, the subject of Indian aesthetics centering on the Rasa theory is explained with reference to dance, music, painting etc. In the second chapter on the theory and and technique of classical Indian dance, which extends to 135 pages, the author presents the various components in the tech­ nique of Indian dance, the four abhinayas and their constituents viz. the movements of different limbs of the body; also the technique of the pure dance (Nrtta) and the movements of the different parts of the body coming under this are all presented here in a number of tables together with explanations. It is a compact exposition of the Sanskrit texts bearing on the art of dance. The 108 Karanas are also discussed in this chapter with reference not only to Bharata’s text but also their sculptural representalion in the Chidambaram temple and what previous writers have written on this subject.

Chapter III entitled Literature and Dancing traces the des­ cription of and references to dancing in Sanskrit literature— Vedas, Itihasas and , Scientific writings, commentaries, Buddhistic and Jain works, culminating in an extended survey of classical .literature, poetry and diama, which are full of this material; all through the data is coirelated to the Natya Sastra and critically reviewed. In about 140 pages, this chapter by itself is a mini-thesis.

The fourth chapter which does a similar survey and critical evaluation of the dance-material in sculpture in nearly 80 pages and with 153 art-plates, some of which carry more than one piece of sculpture, is of equal, if not greater, value. Chronologically, geographically, stylistically and from the point of view of theme- significance, the assemblage of these sculptures displays the widest possible coverage, and in itself is a task of no mean labour or learning; but all this has been commented upon and identified in terms of Karanas, Hastas etc. v Pts. i - i v | BOOK RBV1BWS 2 3 3

Chapter V - Music and Dancing completes the survey, and the Bibliography and Index are as full as possible. However proofs must have been read far more carefully. “ Bharata-sagara **

SINHALA NATUM. M. D. Raghavan - M. D. Gunasena & Co. Ltd., 217, Olcott Mawatha, Colombo. Rs. 12/- The author is a well-known scholar in the field of social and cultural Anthropology with special reference to Kerala. After a long period of work associated with the Madras Museum, he became the Ethnologist of the National Museums of Ceylon and took into the range of his work the folk art and culture of Ceylon which are so closely connected with South India. Already the author had shown his interest in dance and drama in folk-life and had published a monograph on these arts in Kerala. He had also brought out a series of papers and monographs on Ceylon Dance, Culture, and Society. Thanks to the award of a research scholarship by the University of Ceylon he could carry on detailed investigations into Sinhalese dances and with the collaboration of a number of local scholars and artistes he has been able to bring out the present book dealing comprehensively with the dance-drama arts both among the folk and the cultivated exponents of these in the Island. Dance and drama of Ceylon form a chapter of the larger subject of Indian dance and drama. Naturally all these Sinhalese materials have to be integrated and interpreted on the background of the classical and folk art in India. The ancient classic Silap- patikaram refers to Sinhalese dance as a wellknown mode. The Kandyan dance has become widely known as accomplished per­ formers of this in the traditional style have been taken out of the Island, and the outside world given an opportunity to see, enjoy and understand this most prominent form of Ceylonese dance. Recently, after Independence, interest in the national arts have grown and the Government departments for Social and Commu­ nity Centers and Backward Community Development and the Arts Council of Ceylon established in 1952 have afforded con­ siderable opportunities for the votaries of the arts for putting forth their efforts to rehabilitate the arts and make the public 30 2 3 4 THB JOURNAL OF THE MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [VOL. XL

more aware of the cultural heritage of the Island. The present publication of Sri M. D. Raghavan gives at the end, a biblio­ graphy of monographs and papers relating to music, dance and drama in Ceylon, but in the present publication those who are interested in this subject will find a consolidated treatment of all forms, major and minor, of the dance-drama arts of Ceylon.

The work is in two parts. In the first several old forms of dance for amusement as well as for the Royal court and for the propitiation of Deities are described in detail, together with their music and costume. In the second part are described some more specific forms of Folk Dance and additional material on those described in part one are given. The author has not only gone about personally witnessing performances of all these, but also examined unpublished mss. from some of which he has made reproductions in the present volume. Naturally the treatment includes data pertaining to several other subjects also, like Litera­ ture, Ceylonese History, Tamil contributions, Religion especially , so that the volume forms a very useful contribution to the study of the Culture of Ceylon.

The opening chapter traces the history of dance in Ceylon from the references in Buddhist literature and from historical references and traditions. The second chapter which in short traces the history of the dance in courts by courtezans, which is the same as what is now called Bharata Natya. Chapter Three deals with the music and dance during religious and court festivals. Digge Natuma a sacred dance of the temple is given a more detailed and documented treatment than what has already been said about it in chapter two. The components of this form of Bharata Natyam, Abhinaya etc. are shown from a number of quotations from Singalese Kavya literature including Singalese imitations of Kalidasa’s Meghaduta; the authority of Bharata’s Natya Sastra is also mentioned in some of these citations. The same chapter deals also with the music which forms the basis of the dance, chiefly the Vannams. Next to Vannams come the devotional songs called Bhajanam in “ highly Sanskritised language with a large mixture of Tamil words ”. The music called Viraha has a larger melodic range developed under Tamil influence. The author extracts also in this chapter descriptions OS

i m J PjS- I-IV] BOOK RBVIBWS 23 5 of dance in the Island by foreign travellers. The chapter called Aharya Abhinaya describes the stage-setting, costume and masks. The Kandyan dance is of course the best known and best pre­ served form of Ceylonese dance and here again we have the same pervasive influence of the dance of the Tamil country. Perafiera are the festivals and pageants which form the occasion of this dance and this falls into four classes, Ves (Vesham), Natyadi (comparable to the bfaiyandi Melam), Udukkai named after dim!- nitive drum Damaru which accompanies it and Pantheru which again is named after a kind of Tambourine which is used in the dance. Tbe author describes the different kinds of Vannams used in Kandyan dance an account of which the present reviewer had given in the Journal of the Music Academy, Volume It is noteworthy that in the songs and mss. relating to the dance, there is also references to Vadiya which is a reference to Vaduga meaning the North or the Telugu country. As in the Indian tradition the Rhythmic syllables Tat - Dhi - Tom - Nam are given mystic meanings in Ceylon also. Chapter Six gives an account of the dance of amusement (1) Kolam meaning pageant which is related to Tamil and Mala­ yalam forms of magical and exorcistic dances. It is interesting to note that there are ms. on Kolam dance. (2) Kalayedi is probably what is called in old Tamil literature in Kuda~k-kootu% dance with pots thrown around. Singalese verses with English translation are quoted here to bring out the nature of this dance. (3) Li-keli. The dance with sticks, i.e. Kolattam. (4) Raban which also takes it name after a single faced circular drum used by them ; this dance is a feature of the new year celebration. The author quotes a number of Singalese songs relating to the Raban, in English translation. n (5) Rukada is the puppet play and the author gives a histori­ cal account of the puppet in Ceylon. . (6) Vadiga patuna: This is prevalent in South Ceylon which has especially preserved a considerable amount of traditional culture. The South Indian costume adopted in this dance is tell­ tale. It is a dance of the arrival in Ceylon of who were expert in Sunyam and other rites and rituals for the eradica­ tion of evil spirits. The dialogues figuring in this given in English 2 3 6 THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY [ V o l . XL translation is very interesting. Dances devoted to the Gods occupy chapter 7. (1) Kohomba Kankariya is associated with maladies and the propitiations of God (Yak or Yaksha) for their eradication. (2) There are a number of dance dedicated to Goddess Pattini (chaste wife) which is an extension of the Pattini cult in Tamil literature; these are generaly described. In the Island, the Pattini cult has taken several other shades, legends and forms. (3) Devol Devio is also connected with the Pattini Cult. (4) The Bali is the propitiation of the 9 planets. (5) The Daha-ata Sanniya is the dance of propitiation of the 18 forms of Yakshas connected with different maladies. Chapter eight describes the dances of the tribes: (1) The Vedda or the hunter who is also the worshipper of Yaksha. (2) The Sokori of the Kinnarayas who are peasants and repre­ sent a community which came from India. Their dance is a form of play describing the travel of a group of people including teaeher, Astrologer, medical man etc. from North of India to Ceylon. The Rodias who are good looking beggars have also a dance of their own. Chapter nine describes the different kinds of music instru­ ments the chief one, most often employed is, the Drum of which not less than 32 varieties are known. In part 2 of the work some of the dances mentioned already are again dealt with, and further material in tbe form of songs related to them are given. A further form described in Chapter VI part (2) is the dance related to the story of the unfortunate sister who by Fate had to marry her own brother. There is an appendix in the end which gives a brief account of the leading forms of Indian dance which would help a reader or student of Singalese dance basic information for comparison. Besides detailed index and bibliography there are 29 plates of photographs and drawings illustrating the dance and music instruments. Sri M. B. Raghavan has added to his former books Society and Culture, Ceylon and India, and Ceylonese History, Society and Culture a further piece of work in Singalese Natum which completes his survey of Singalese Art and Culture and their close relation to the Art and Culture of India. V. Raghavan P t s . i - iv ] BOOK REVIEWS 2 3 7

(1) ARUNAGIRINATHAR’S TIRUPPUGAZH NOORU. By Sri T. A. Sambandhamurti - 4, Station Road, , Madras-50. Rs. 3/-

(2) ISAIPPANBU. By Sri K. C. Tyagarajan, A. I. R., Madras. R s.; 2-50/-

0ii)Lp iBfr® fBfrL_« lilrr^rr u)fr<3§)u4<5Tr6iT6W @6iisfl0 jjTsb^^ti)— (1 ) ^ 0 UL|%Lp 0JT®I (gfrewLjrii) u^luq) (2) g6y)fiFuu«rari_|. (y^^CiLi 0 d j

6$ 0 0 j r 6b<956r f l6# c^^fftu-jrrassTrrr^uj 9"* &UDUiE£Qprr@$iLjLb C) 6g)iu€ajg><5^)fflib ^^nffupTLbuecDfruSl^jib jbulSl-ld Q«rr6Mri_surf<®6ir. GJojjprrr 6ut_l i rr rr ^ u 6Ufr0 <$ l u r r i r ” cj)juu it 0J6WU ^

^ 0 6urr£5<$iurrrf .sssnfle# <#)e^ujCl«(rk|.«6jr, erjSg&wGm rr O j f r <$6# I (2

Ljsosurf ; ^ 0 ajfr0 rf yrj? d?£§6$L_r&i« rBtriuasra&trij'ifl&fr (kj_. rrprff, u 60 #i_rr«2srr0 0 «jrrjfhjjjj usO6iS) 0 0®d<5:* <3S06fl<3&2srrtLjii) surr <$<$<$« Ajpjpa. Q<3sn-©00Qjrr. y $ ^!ujfr<95frnrgQ6# sufrtuu u m l© , LSi^eb, C^rril© 6iirr0 <$ujLb, g>6O0 rrmj«ii) ®jrr<$&au uu5l6BrjDsurr.

0611000 0 jf 60IT d$ff)llJltrr«Ali) Q u ir0 j: 0655 Q ld 6# lj(S 0 .

^)0uq*6iDipiqu3 ^(^mr&iflujir&DrriLiLb Qu0 ®dldij u© 0 <$

0 6 # CiBfr00 ^fTL- 4 jjepj-^-snij-y&rr QeiJ6iflu5)Ll©6Tr6Trfrff. L|6TO0fB01 LDf&J-9SiriD60 q 0 0 |u3 r f Q u 0 0 6 # 06#]UUL.U Ufr65#)|$6t? THE JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY t^OL- XL

6U»T653rQLDLli_®DLDrfe^ U60 rj-rr&f£ja(6flj6rr dlrflgirtflaftf}, &rTeSldj[f), n&L_63761J

^ d J u j G D e u 0/5)ul5)l_00<$<9S6396ij. a_Li(2ii9r7<95LDf7637 fjT7’'

67gpiLD j/r& ou lS o tu 0/51 grsbeorr 6TD6urrfRj<95(615110 <9500Lo-L51rr^il 67637 glfr6irarC2i_ iS/f)ajQu0 // .^srrio, <9=(7 0 r7rr 653710, 659<950 g*0 jprs^rr)@siTCSsrr(aui Gld<#<9f« £60 ujT633fl-(2LO<9:<9>6bujiT633f); <£rr6urr6mfl-<£rj-Gi]ir6wfl; srO0 jfrsnj <£9(7/ 51-

<9=0Jf76TDg)iT^ J 00619Lb-0]061)L£> <3ur76370 06390<956T7

0 . fEfT. <9=. 05(7. SFfEiaUD g)0 0fT66l6£j6T76T7 <^01100 C^rriq, 10 0 0 0 iT6i5l6b ftrognno G^rriq.ujfr«£0 @639<9= ^[,<#1 (fill) (7 <95 6(7 <^639L_LJLJd£)6b3sO. c-9j6Ulf<*(6T5<®0 @6390 0 ]<£ <95x11.(5110 6H639 J>|637637(2LD* ^[TlS rrr7£ 0 <$6b ^<£1 0(76170 £§©6 ^ 63910050 J6T76TI 0 J. ‘ 6rt)f7^l0 Q9=<3657 ’ <^(f00637(Ipli) <=^((20 CoU(76\9 2—6T76TT 0 ]. ' ‘ (2 0 r7@639L_lU Q9= 6$ 119637 ’ (EL_L_LJfr639L_ll96b £ _ 6T7©fT0 j. i5!(j'<9:(7g’0 t0j« 0 ffliij uo"L_ 6093(6510 Standard, uni­ form c:^j0 O"6D0 J glLl_UD!T35r SUlTS33TQtl9L.®952siT L) Qu0 0 6 O Ur7L_U) Q<9= (LfSlI 0/ ST6Tfl0. ^,(63)60 a?0ULj«Lp L)r7L_6b<£&ir Lf<$tlJ tr A

P t s . i - iv ] BOOK REVIEWS 239

6Uff63OTQu)LL©«6Tf}6b iSfTtfFfnTLD Q^LUSU^frsti 9 ^ UirL_6£f«0U U60 6UfT633rQlDLl@«STr <2^rT6VTJJJLDITuSeW @LpUUfEJ«6TT 6T/DUL_

a> ^asr iurr<^]; gtreinb: ii))6rDfrggrr<$ gDibsiDu; asrr^^LfrrLb ihfriu^s) lSIgttfcrruSleir ^)ili_uuLq- urL_6b a^asfrfrutreijsr irnr*^^)

6£lii) id6060 g [r 6r r @ < £ l 6g ] L i) ( 2 1 ^&a$iTld) ^ 6* D j > r E a ^ 6r r 6n * a i j .

(2<55<5f)«<3rrnr a ^ - u urfe^j6orrfr6if] liteij-^iTLj ^m uuem uggrE&tfGrr 6nmf. ^ gst^ ild j y U60 gj)0<$ ^ ‘SBjbgueu^i (Lpiq.iuT^ atrrfhuLD. ^liSlgum djlgium rg0l

<95(6f5«@ ^etoMg^GOri)jD 6i ( i J l ^._06urr«(S6iJ6wr©Lb. ^IfEj/roSlOT (Lp«6ij6?Dfru5l6b <$T6wuu®L£> "To fin up the nature of P&zm correctly “ Player of Served memory ” “ Genious ” Curreijr^D iS6?DLp«6Tr guSlLprEir® Q & iu s j L)rrU|L_L_6ll367f5r G<$6E>ojQuj6ffr Qa=nr6b60^ Case^DsiiuSlsb&o.

6n)fEJ<€a5^6iD^ u6oG

6fild}iuirrr<£<£la>6rr ^ 6 m (^(S^ rr£)jLb u l _ l _ l d Q u

^ ttSlfp LD U60 0jgp<$<95f&J<$6rr (^QLDfEfglrTLDIT&GlGl] lLj6TT6ir6Sr. ^a&GJoJ “ ©fOfEJ^lb ,CSu<5F ” (S6U6MTIifUJ <3^56E)6>JlLjLb 6U

60LD ^ l^ ^ )0 u u 6 O T fl« 0 gL_«fE^ asi63r<5F uuSI&stjd 6Uffc®{6f5

Qufr^]LD««(6T5

(glCTrgOILb 6T’6Tf)6?DLD O JfT « 0^ 6 O <-^61161160 6I| <5Fj-60ULD6060. &_ajfT

fT6WTii)n-« ( L p « ® J 3 s w ‘ Qjrrujdifcm ’ sreo rgu 6$6Tra5a5ULiLl($)6rr

6Tr^j ; <9S06$c956!f)6ST UL_fRJ<* 6ir eSsTT^LD^fr® ^{glli). 06ST (LpL D !J‘(^]<56(rc95i.L_.L-^^l6b CaFfTfBajJ <35&Q&[fl (2aSL.U6D0Lb a5li)y,rrfrGtD6U 4 oJSssar’QujssrGj) 0 j$ ul5)($)qj6id

* «2sO0rr d<$’ ergryii) L5lffi6^60 (SgrrftirjjpjLb G^ul/iqerr

<®3stt Qurr^jLDc5«6Tr Ljrflrfeajj QarrdreuirGrj-rr Q 6>J6m j a y

a^C^asLb. G^lerrcsaj^^leb «rr 6M'LJU©ib Q ^rr ^jj^err— ( a _ a 5rrpr6w r

" 'rrjr - iirjr.j, 4 ) (yxsorgrrrrii) Q grri—iiidluj £Lp&6iD&a < x r r 60r r j i) a5065<$fT6b glujaBa^l, 96ijrQtn)63r<£ nr«6S)...... ” —

L 2 4 0 THB JOURNAL OF THB MADRAS MUSIC ACADEMY {VOL, XL

(§ 6id & 6!d ililj Ljrflfc &tfQ&fT€rren'C!6V6m ($ Q L D 6zrji) ^ffe u ii) s(5}«dld ujrr&sr @fE<$ oSeirss reem-uSeo ^L~ibqir^®6$L_s<5^®u).

<#60 Qi_f&j3»eifl6b ‘ c^surr^Lb’ ijmdjD @i—fHJ^crfleb * ^euT^jasssrti) ’ (ourrw jq QirnfQurr([$&j8jLDrr<£SU lSIf G iu rra LDiFu3(ttjiEgiLb @ tP uu @l_lJd <$0 u « D 6u C ilj. (6T6m m fJ ’ :&u<5 Lb’ <^<9§)uj Q ^ frT ja s s fr ^ i^ s s ix * . (bl_ld(tl_ Co6U633ri£}-iLlo^D

UJ61DQJ. SfS

Gfoufr srresru u@^luS!60 SOTsrfQsrrsrr ld^ ujld sfT60 2_0u i iii-|— e^^n"6U0 / §KJ5 (^ ~ 2—

(TfTSLb, ^rrsTTtb, U 6bsosfl Sin) ^ s w iS s ^ A ^ tx p s T iT “ L9rr<5fr6sr

LDfT63T .J^LbSLDiTSS ” S0^UULlL_<$rr«<5 Q^ffltUS^eb&O. Q6,sr6ff)li) Qsrr6WL_6ID6u’' 6T€Vrcp 0 fn5)^6§)0S^)c(T)i§(, J5/r

‘U6060©S1’ u@<$u5l60 a5ffe^j6TT6tr * ^epGteonrLDLb ’ ‘ iSfr<$ (SoDnriDLb ’ . UjbrfjllU ©SlSTT<5><9>li) <2<956E)GUS0 6TJDJD ^611 6$ 60 Qu0 e n g ]* <5T6isrrp} S-05SLDrrs (Lpix^jjj ©SIlLi—nrirf gfffc jj/r 6vS) spgrrgfr rfilen ssld : ‘ ^guQsorrLDLb ©r&srujjj gjrr6trgjang) gGrr tm S^flunsu (SuTil(5 *Q*TCTrar(5 U60606$©duj (Lp<$,

^ fr©5160 ^IjduiSIl-ld Glujr)j&(r!jaa (^ojem-Qu). 6^3swu36Br QiDLl©«3srru ujfrjfihu sfi)6U{r®LD Qgtflujirg rr6nSl«rr«6ir # 0 ^ 1 ( S u g g & D d b u

U J B jfil 6TLJUIq. «6OT61| <£5fr6m(L/>lq.lLjU3? @©D<3F<$@ uufE/«(6j5ib (2 ^ © d © j .

«6»l_<^1u lilffkSla) 10 [Tfr«fRjcS6Tr 6$6Yr<$<£Lb Qujp^perr

6tr©5r. L%<^

glli) LD^)ULj6!D!r 0 0 0 ^ «».JJJSJJ^JDdSfTdB ^6060. 2_6W

6JDLDUJrr 63T Q un- J^LD<$<9j6Tf)65T <3=rEJ<35L_nij<35Ssrr

ttfU) ^ff<*<95 0JT6OIT<#f)uJlf l36W6lirf£l(8jLJQjrr606Q. 2_6ff>LpLJUfT6b Gu)6i5r 6?DLD Oujpjpeurr ; (SiDg^jiii ®_©olp<$«, gl©Dj6uiT 9 0 fBrr^Lh

<$.

RARE (UNPUBLISHED, KRITIS OF SRI TYAGARAJA. Published by Sri Tyaga Brahma Mohotsava Sabha, Tiruvaiyaru. Rs. 3/- The repertoire of leading Vidwans of fifty years ago, according to their own statements, consisted of a dozen Kritis of Sri Tyagaraja, a few each of Sri Muthuswami Dikshitar and Sri Syama Sastri. Their conceits were still listened to with respect and rapt attention by hundreds of connoisseurs for their deep knowledge of ragas and artistic exposition. A keen desire of recent origin to unearth the works of the Music Trinity has brought to light several pieces not known before. It is strange, but note­ worthy, that Sri Tyagaraja has been the subject of this research to a much larger extent than the others- Apart from Tillaisthanam Narasimha Bhagavatar who left a printed collection of Tyagaraja Kritis, the credit for taking the trouble of printing a comprehen­ sive volume of available Kritis goes to Sri K. V. Srinivasa Iyengar, although a few familiar pieces are missing even in his book. The craze for something new has been responsible for attempts to bring to light new pieces and no one has suffered in this venture more than Tyagaraja. Not only the sahitya but the musical structure too has come in for changes. 'Music lovers are aware of some Kritis, passing off as the Saint’s compositions, bearing even the Tyagaraja .

In this context the attempt of the Sri Tyaga Brahma Mahot- sava Sabha to publish 26 new Kritis of Sri Tyagaraja, which have not been heard of at all before, is bold indeed. Some Vidwans are trying to popularise them too- Conflicting views have already been expressed on these new pieces, and their worth is still to be established. It would be interesting for music lovers to know the traditional source of Sri Tiruvaiyaru Subrahmanya Aiyar, who has given these Kritis for publication, whether he got the sahitya with the music, and from where, and such related details. There are obvious controversial points. * Ganarchaka *